DEFENSE
WHITE PAPER
2008

www.mnd.go.kr

The Ministry of National Defense
The Republic of Korea

Defense White Paper

2008

The Defense White Paper 2008 describes in comprehensive detail thenational defense policy in 2007/2008 and furture directions.
Every Defense White Paper published by the ROK Ministry of National
Defense (MND) from 2000 is available at the MND website (www.mnd.go.kr).
For comments or questions, please contact MND Defense Policy Division at:
Defense Policy Division MND
Phone: 82-2-748-6237
Fax: 82-2-748-6895
E-mail: cyber@mnd.go.kr

Message from
the Minister of National Defense
The year 2008 was a remarkable year for Korea, during which it took an energetic step
towards building a“Country that Stands Tall in the World through Advancement.”
This year also marked the historic 60th anniversary of the Republic of Korea (ROK)
Armed Forces. The Korean military has successfully overcome many challenges andhardships over the past sixty years, including the Korean War. As a protector of theconstitutional values of liberal democracy and market economy, the ROK Armed Forces
have been the steadfast guardians of peace on the Korean Peninsula. Further, they haveshared the proud history of the nation’s prosperity with its people every step of the way.
Going forward, the ROK Armed Forces will take advantage of past experiences andaccomplishments to reshape themselves, ushering in another successful sixty years ofhistory.
Today’
s rapidly changing security environment presents new challenges andopportunities for the Korean military.
Around the globe, we are witnessing the emergence of new dynamics of international
competition and cooperation based on the disparate interests of nations. At the sametime, traditional military threats persist even as we see an increase in transnational andnon-military threats. In Northeast Asia, an arms race continues as regional powers vie for
their regional leadership amidst the ever-growing cooperation and interdependence.
On the Korean Peninsula, the government of the Republic of Korea has continued its
efforts to steer its relationship with North Korea towards mutual benefits and common
prosperity. Despite these efforts, North Korea’s military threats remain unchanged, andSouth-North relations have continually strained.
Domestically, the ROK is facing a tough economic situation in the wake of the global
financial crisis. Our military is expected to efficiently manage Korea’s defense andflawlessly implement defense policy tasks such as defense reform and transfer of wartime
operational control.

The difficulties in domestic and global security environment and defense situation pose
unique defense challenges for our military and require more fortitude and focus than everbefore.
To better support Korea’s national vision and fulfill its role in this era, the Ministry of
National Defense has formulated a new vision for the coming years: an“Elite andAdvanced Military.”We have drawn the Eight Tenets of Defense Policy from this visionand have consistently pushed forward these tenets.
Throughout 2008, the Ministry of National Defense has introduced bold measures tobreak away from the existing practices and implemented incessantly various reforms andtransformations across the whole spectrum of national defense. The foremost goal of thisreform effort was to promote a culture of“strong warriors”and“strong military”
dedicated to combat, in order to build the foundation required to develop our armed
forces into an advanced and strong military. Internationally, the ROK Armed Forces havesuccessfully carried out various peacekeeping activities, contributing to world peace andenhancing Korea’s stature on the international stage.
We will continue to build an all-directional military readiness and defense capabilities
that enable us to protect our nation against not only North Korea’s military threats but
against all threats across the spectrum. The ROK-U.S. Alliance will evolve into a futureoriented strategic alliance. No less important, we will strive to reduce the burden of
defense expenditures through low-cost, high-efficiency defense management.
Furthermore, the Korean military will transform itself into an institution that further
respects the comforts and needs of the citizens it protects.
Defense White Paper 2008 is the first such paper to be published under the Lee Myungbak administration. It reflects our will and efforts in all aspects relevant to defense,
including defense policy guidelines and key achievements, as we strive to realize the newadministration’s national security strategy. In particular, we tried to provide detailedinformation on topics of keen interest to both Korean and international readers, including
the ROK’s defense posture, defense reform, and the future direction of the ROK-U.S.
Alliance among others. In addition, the Appendix includes various defense data that may
be useful for academic research in the fields of national security and defense.
It is my hope that Defense White Paper 2008 will foster a better understanding of ourefforts toward developing an advanced force capable of meeting the strategic challengesof the 21st century and strengthen the public’s trust and care for the military. The
continued interest and support of the Korean public will help us in our endeavor as wemove forward.

December 31, 2008

Lee, Sanghee
Minister of National Defense
Republic of Korea

Contents
Chapter 1

Changes and Challenges in Security Environment
Section 1 Global Security Environment …………………………………………… 10
Section 2 Security Situation in Northeast Asia …………………………………… 15
Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military Threat …………………………… 25

Chapter 2

National Security Strategy and Defense Policy
Section 1 National Security Strategy Guidelines ………………………………… 44
Section 2 National Defense Policy ………………………………………………… 47

Chapter 3

Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security
Section 1 All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture …………………………… 56
Section 2 Integrated Civil-Governmental-Military Defense Posture …………… 71
Section 3 Strengthening Spiritual Power ………………………………………… 77

Chapter 4

Creative Development of ROK-U.S. Military Alliance
Section 1 Future-oriented ROK-U.S. Military Alliance …………………………… 84
Section 2 New Alliance Military Structure ………………………………………… 87
Section 3 Securing Quality Stationing Conditions and Promoting Mutual Trust …91

Chapter 5

Improvement of Defense Capabilities
Section 1
Section 2
Section 3
Section 4
Section 5
Section 6

Chapter 6

Defense Reform for“Elite and Advanced Military”…………………… 98
Development of Military Structure …………………………………… 102
Force Structure in Preparation for Future Warfare ………………… 108
Fostering the Reserve Forces as Key Combat Units ……………… 114
Strengthening Defense Diplomacy …………………………………… 120
International Peacekeeping Operations ……………………………… 133

Military Support for Peace on the Korean Peninsula
Section 1 Confidence Building and Arms Control ……………………………… 146
Section 2 Repatriation and Settlements of ROK POWs ……………………… 156

Chapter 7

Professional Armed Forces
Section 1 Defense Manpower Management …………………………………… 162
Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education ……………………………… 171

Chapter 8

Pragmatic Defense Management System
Section 1 Advanced Defense Resource Management ………………………… 192
Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine ……… 201
Section 3 Defense Informatization for the Future ……………………………… 219

Chapter 9

Improvement of Quality of Life
Section 1
Section 2
Section 3
Section 4
Section 5

Chapter 10

Appendices

Defense Manpower Management …………………………………… 232
Improving Working and Living Conditions …………………………… 235
Designing an Advanced Medical Support System ………………… 244
Maximizing Employment Opportunities for Veterans ……………… 248
Stable Management of Military Pension System …………………… 254

The Armed Forces Serving the People
Section 1
Section 2
Section 3
Section 4
Section 5

Cultivating an Advanced Barracks Culture………………………… 260

Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights………… 266

Improvement of Military Service and Administration Systems …… 285
Respect and Compensation for Veterans …………………………… 293
Defense Policies Reaching out to the People ……………………… 298

Special Annex ……………………………………………………… 306

Information on Foreign Affairs …………………………………… 340

1. Sixty Years of the ROK Military and Its Footsteps
2. Timeline of Services’Introduction of Weapon Systems

Appendix 9 Status of the Dispatch of ROK Troops
Appendix 10 Joing Communique of the 39th U.S.-ROK SCM
Appendix 11 Joing Communique of the 40th U.S.-ROK SCM
Appendix 12 Major International Arms Control Regimes and Organizations
Appendix 13 Status of International Defense Exchange and Cooperation

Military Capabilities and Expenditures of Major Countries …… 313
Appendix 1 Military Capabilities of Neighboring Countries
Appendix 2 Defense Budget of Major Countries

Information on North Korea ……………………………………… 316
Appendix 3 Comparison of Military Capabilities between ROK and DPRKAppendix 4 Comparison of Economic Indices between ROK and DPRKAppendix 5 Chronology of Major Events Related to the North Korean Nuclear Issue
Appendix 6 North Korea’s Missile Development and Specifications
Appendix 7 Chronology of Inter-Korean Military Talks
Appendix 8 Agreement on the 2nd Round of South-North Defense Ministerial Talks

Domestic Information ……………………………………………… 358
Appendix 14
Appendix 15
Appendix 16
Appendix 17
Appendix 18
Appendix 19
Appendix 20
Appendix 21

Status of Defense Budget
Status of Signing Int’lDefense Industry Cooperation Agreements
Combined/Joint Training and Exercises
Organization of MND
Members of the National Defense Committee, National AssemblyTimeline for Deployment of Zaytun Unit
Status of Defense R&D Investments
Status of Fielding of Major Military Equipment

Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter

1

Changes and Challenges in Security Environment● Section 1 Global Security Environment● Section 2 Security Situation in Northeast Asia
● Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military ThreatChapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

Section 1. Global Security Environment
Coupled with conventional military threats, the global security today is characterized byincreasing transnational and non-military threats, such as terrorism, proliferation of
weapons of mass destruction (WMD), and natural disasters. Elements causing security
threats including disputes over territorial, resource, religious, and racial issues are
becoming multifarious and complicated.
In such an environment, all countries endeavor to maximize their own interests,
strengthen their security capabilities, and at the same time exercise strategic cooperation
and restraint in foreign affairs.

1. The Changing Security Threat
The most notable changes in the security
environment today is the rise of complicated and multifarious transnational andnon-military threats besides conventional
military threats. Threats such as terrorism,
proliferation of WMDs, cyber attack, etc.
Chinese troops ordered onto the scene
have become universal, encompassingof the Sichuan Province earthquake
disaster (May 2008)
wide areas. Other non-military threats suchas contagious diseases, natural disasters,
global warming, and environmental pollution have also come to the fore as
major pending issues.

10
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Global Security Environment

Chapter 1

The proliferation of WMDs such as nuclear, biological, and chemical
weapons, as well as the means to deliver them through ballistic missiles isseen as one of the primary factors posing a major threat to global security
today. It is particularly damaging to global security that some nations possess
the technology to develop nuclear weapons and long-range missiles. In
addition, they can easily acquire related parts and materials on theinternational black markets. Furthermore, biochemical weapons such as
anthrax and sarin gas feared to be easily manufactured at low cost, whichallows non-state actors1) to secure such weapons without a great deal of
difficulty.
Since the September 11 attacks in 2001, the activities of non-state actors
have been regarded as one of the primary factors threatening global security.
They are now able to acquire means of attack and yield destructive powerthat was not possible in the past, due to the globalization process andadvancement of information technology. Moreover, it is usually the case that
unlike a regular army, they are organized as diffuse networks ofmultinational members, rendering efficient management difficult.
Meanwhile, though the likelihood of a large scale war has diminishedsince the end of the Cold War, various types of local warfare continue allover the world. These result from the effect of complex factors such as
territorial and resource disputes, religious and racial conflicts, and separatist
and independence movements. In the Middle East, the Iraq War that began
in 2003 is still ongoing. As for the war between Israel and Lebanon thatbegan in July 2006, although it came to an end, the causes of the war are still
remaining. In Europe, Kosovo
declared independence from Serbia
in February 2008. Immediate approvals were echoed by the United States
and the major EU countries, butseveral countries including Russia,
China, and India have yet to do so. A speech by Kosovo Prime Minister Hashim
Thaqi for the declaration of independenceˇ(Pristina,
February 17, 2008)
In Africa, series of disputes are1) Non-State Actor
Defines the subject of action(excluding states) such as anindividual, group, multinationals, private enterprises,
non-governmental organizations (NGOs), and international organizations.

11
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 12) Since Venezuela declareda nationalization of resourcesin 2007, countries such as
Bolivia, Ecuador, Uruguay,
Chile, and Argentina havejoined the movement to nationalize raw materials (2008
Diplomatic White Paper ).

waging on in Sudan, Somalia, and Figure 1-1. Locations of Major Areas of Conflict
Chad. The areas in dispute areshown in Figure 1-1.
KosovoThe recent competition between
LebanonIraq
nations to secure energy resources
has become a new variable in the
Chad
Sudan
global system, elevating the imporSomalia
tance of energy security. Consequently, major powers vie with eachother for new energy sources in Central Asia, South America, Africa, and the Caspian Sea as well as in the Middle
East, thereby destabilizing the situation in the areas. In particular, somestates2) continue to strengthen their stature and influence within theinternational community by flexing their energy resource power.
There are also new, previously unforeseen security threats that have cometo the forefront of the international community. Such incidents as the spreadof contagious diseases (Avian flu and SARS), and large scale natural disasters(Sichuan Province earthquake in China, cyclone in Myanmar, etc.) can haveboth an unpredictable and unprecedented effect on global security.

2. International Efforts for Peace and Stability
As potential global security threats have become increasingly diverse andcomplex, new countermeasures have been required accordingly.
Since a countermeasure employed by one single country against
transnational and non-military threats has its limitations, cooperation withallies and friendly countries and the international community should beemphasized. Indeed, comprehensive countermeasures are most necessary,ranging from the existing military means to non-military ones including
diplomacy, judicial review, information, and economy. Thus, when it
became clear that al Qaeda was behind the 9/11 attacks, the notion that

12
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Global Security Environment

Chapter 1

mutual assistance on a global basis was
essential to deal with the problem of preventing
proliferation of terror and weapons of mass
destruction was given great credence.
Accordingly, the international community has
reinforced international cooperation to preventthe proliferation of WMDs and to counter
terrorism. As part of such international cooperation, various regimes have been further strengthened to deal with information sharing, freezing
Training for the prevention of
proliferation of WMDs
of assets, criminal investigative cooperation,
search and extradition of terrorists, etc. International activities to prevent the
proliferation of WMDs are promoted through international conventions andan international organization. International conventions include the Nuclear
Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT), the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC),
the Biological Weapons Convention (BWC), the Hague Code of Conductagainst Ballistic Missile Proliferation (HCOC) and as an internationalorganization it includes the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA). In
addition, the United States expands the activities preventing the proliferationof WMDs that could be linked to international terrorism by utilizing theProliferation Security Initiative (PSI),3) in which 93 countries are participating
directly or indirectly as of October 2008.
The 9/11 attacks that took place in 2001 have become an event that madepeople realize the sheer scale of the present threat to international security.
Thereafter, nations around the world including the United States began the“Global War on Terrorism.”Along with the Afghan troops, the International
Security Assistance Forces (ISAF),4) which is comprised of multi-national
forces, currently continues operations to eradicate the remnants of al Qaeda
and the Taliban in Afghanistan.
The international community continues to make an effort to solve various
types of local disputes. At the Middle East Peace Conference held in
Annapolis, U.S., in November 2007, it was agreed that a peace agreement for3) Proliferation Security
Initiative (PSI)
As an initiative to prevent
proliferation of WMDs and its
associated materials related
to the means of delivery byconcerned nations andterrorist groups, the UnitedStates took the lead andlaunched it in June 2003
with 11 European and Asian
countries.
4) International Security
Assistance Force (ISAF)
In line with the resolution by
the United Nations Security
Council, multi-national forcesof 53,000 troops are comprised from about 40 countries as of June 2008 inorder to support the maintenance of public order andreconstruction after the war
in Afghanistan.

13
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1☞ Refer to Chapter 5,
Section 6 for details on
Korea’ s dispatch ofpeacekeepers to Lebanon (UNIFIL).

the resolution of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict would be concluded by theend of 2008 with quadrilateral talks led by the U.S., EU, UN and Russia. In
addition, as of June 2008 about 12,000 UN peacekeeping forces from 26
countries are striving for peace and stability in Lebanon. The African Union(AU) and UN play a role as mediator for peace and stability in the Darfur
region of Sudan in which a five-year long civil war rages on. However,despite the mediation efforts by the international community, social conflict
and the bloodshed due to civil war abide.

14
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Security Situation in Northeast Asia

Chapter 1

Section 2. Security Situation in Northeast Asia
In Northeast Asia, cooperation and interdependence among nations are deepening invarious fields such as security, economy, etc. In the meantime, factors for potential
conflict such as North Korea’s nuclear issue, the cross-strait relations, historical disputes,
and territorial disputes over islands still persist. Simultaneously, each Northeast Asian
nation continues to make an effort to enhance its influence and modernize its militaryforces.

1. The Regional Security Structure
Northeast Asia is an area concentrated with major economic and military
powers in which traditional confrontation and cooperation coexist. Within
this security structure, the major powers in the area maintain mutual
cooperation and balance of power at the same time.
While the United States, which is in a security alliance with both Japan andAustralia, is solidifying the alliances with both nations, the three nations arestrengthening tripartite security cooperation since the Japan-Australia Joint
Declaration on Security Cooperation in March 2007.5) Also, in October of thesame year, a triangular security cooperative system of the United States,
Japan and Australia was set into motion by a combined maritime training
exercise.
China and Russia too are strengthening a strategic cooperative relationship.
The Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO),6) formed around China andRussia, held a combined training exercise among member nations under

5) Joint Declaration of Security Cooperation for Japanand Australia
Japan has made its firstdeclaration for security
cooperation with a country
other than the United States.
6) The Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO)
Its member states include
six nations of China, Russia,
Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan,Tadzhikistan, and Uzbekistan. It is an organization
established on June 15,
2001 for the purpose of
mutual cooperation andsecurity enhancement in theregion among the governments with a summit meeting held annually.

15
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

China’
s initiative for the first time in 2005, and for the second time in July
2008 under the leadership of Russia. The SCO held a defense minister’smeeting of member countries in May 2008 and agreed to hold the thirdcombined training exercise in 2010.
Meanwhile, neighboring countries run parallel ventures in an effort toresolve any security uncertainties. The Secretary of Defense of the UnitedStates visited China in November 2007 and agreed to set up a military hotline between the two countries, which went operational in April 2008. As for
China, Minister of National Defense visited Japan in September 2007, and in
November of the same year a Chinese naval vessel made a port call toJapan. On the other hand, a Japan Maritime Self-Defense Force ship visited aport in China in June 2008 for the first time since World War II.

2. Security Issues in the Region
Northeast Asia, unlike the rest of the world, is an area that contains manyvaried and challenging issues such as North Korea’s nuclear issue, the crossstrait relations, the territorial disputes over islands, historical disputes,
exclusive economic zone (EEZ) issues, and so forth.
North Korea’s nuclear issue forms a serious threat to global security as wellas to the security of Northeast Asia. Since a nuclear test was conducted by
North Korea in October 2006, tension has built up in the region. As the sixparty talks continue to facilitate North Korea’s nuclear disarmament, there
were two rounds of agreements concluded among the participants via talks
in 2007. These included the“initial actions for the implementation of theSeptember 19 joint statement”(February 13 agreement accorded in February2007) and the“second-phase actions for the implementation of theSeptember 19 joint statement”(October 3 agreement accorded in October2007). In July 2008, an agreement was made for setting up a monitoring andverification system at the meeting of chief delegates of the talks in July 2008,
and at the follow-up meeting of the respective foreign ministers they

16
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Security Situation in Northeast Asia

Chapter 1

reconfirmed a political mandate for North Korea’s denuclearization. The
participating nations of the talks are making an effort to resolve the issue
based upon agreed principles.
The cross-strait relations7) is one of the potential threats to the security ofNortheast Asia. With the rise of the Ma Ying-jeou (馬英九) regime, whose
core political line was referred to as improving cross-strait relations at the
Taiwanese presidential election held in March 2008, a turning point occurredappearing to ease the tension between the two. Also, as was evidenced by
the visit to China by Wu Bo-hsiung (吳伯雄), the Chairman of theKuomintang (the Nationalist Party) in May 2008, various efforts by China andTaiwan to relax the tension continue. Nevertheless, the possibility of adispute in the cross-strait relations remains.
The existence of disputes over territorial sovereignty between China andJapan, or between Japan and Russia is the cause of yet more unrest in theregion. There are also historic issues: China’s so-called Northeastern Project;
the distortion of the history textbook by Japan; and Japanese politicians’visits
to the Yasukuni Shrine are all factors contributing to the regional instability.
Besides these, the establishment of an EEZ to utilize oceanic resources has
become a potential factor for disputes as nations in the region adhere to theposition that is advantageous to their own country.

7) Cross-Strait Relations
A general term for thevarious problems between
China and Taiwan.

3. Military Trends of the Major Countries in the Region
In Northeast Asia, a multinational security cooperation system like that ofEurope or other regions has not yet been established. Military powers suchas the United States, Japan, China, and Russia are competing for influence.
These military powers are pushing forward with the modernization of forcesin order to keep apace with the new security environment. Up-to-datemilitary posture of the four major powers surrounding the Korean Peninsula
is depicted in Figure 1-2.

17
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1☞See Appendix 1: Militarycapabilities of neighboring
countries.

Figure 1-2. Military Forces of the Four Major Powers Surrounding the Korean Peninsula·Troops: 1.03 million·Main weapons: 1 aircraft carrier, 67
submarines, 1,973 fighters (bombers)·Military expenditure: $70 billion·Military modernization: Strengthening
strategic weapons·Troops: 0.24 million·Main weapons: 16 submarines,
369 fighters·Military expenditure: $41.1 billion·Military modernization: MD,
AWACS aircraft, Aegis ships,
airborne tankers·Troops: 2.205 million·Main weapons: 62 submarines,
2,604 fighters (bombers)·Military expenditure: $121.9 billion·Military modernization: Strategic
missiles, strategic nuclear
submarines, strengthening outerspace capabilities·Troops: 1.5 million·Main weapons: 11 aircraft carriers, 71
submarines, 3,700 fighters (bombers)·Military expenditure: $535.9 billion·Military modernization: Asia-Pacific area,
USFK/USFJ redeployment※ Source: The Military Balance 2008 (London: International Institute for Strategic Studies)
National Defense Expenditure on the basis of 2006 National Defense budget; Fighters ( bombers ) including Air Forcestrategic bombers, bombers, fighters, and navy fighters.

8) U.S. DoD classifies
security threats in the 21stC. into traditional, irregular,disastrous, and destructivein the 2006 QDR madepublic in February 2006.

A. The United States
As a consequence of the lessons learned from the 9/11 attacks, theAfghanistan and Iraq wars, the United States is building up capabilities to
respond to a diverse array of new threats as well as traditional threats.8)
Consequently, the U.S. Army has been reorganizing its combat units andsupport forces into light and maneuverable units. The U.S. Army
redeployment plan confirmed in December 2007 makes it essential for a totalof 48 brigades to be reorganized with 74,000 troops, including 65,000 active
duty and reserve troops, reinforced by 2011. The Navy and Air Force havebeen promoting restructuring with theemphasis on enhancing efficiency.
Considering the strategic importance of
the Asia Pacific area, the United States has
increased its Navy and Air Force assets inthe area. The Navy replaced the convenAircraft carrier George Washington
tional aircraft carrier USS Kitty Hawk with

18
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Security Situation in Northeast Asia

Chapter 1

the nuclear powered aircraft carrier USS George Washington in August 2008.
The Navy also plans to deploy 60 percent of its submarine forces to the
Pacific by 2010. The Air Force plans a rotational deployment of one
squadron of its most advanced fighter, the F-22 Raptor, in Guam for the firsttime.
The United States Forces Japan (USFJ)
has relocated the U.S. Army I Corps(forward) based in the State of Washington
to Camp Zama in Japan in December 2007
and is being reorganized to be a command
which can execute an integrated mission
F-22 Raptorof the U.S. Forces in Japan. The 8,000
Marine Corps troops stationed in Okinawa are scheduled to be relocated to
Guam by 2014.
The U.S. Forces Korea (USFK) plans to maintain troop strength at 28,500
as agreed upon at the ROK-U.S. Summit in April 2008. At the same time
there are preparations underway for the transfer of its wartime operational
control to the ROK military in 2012. It is pushing ahead with restructuring inorder to enhance the war-fighting capabilities of the units under its
command.
B. JapanJapan raised the Defense Agency to the status of a cabinet-level Ministry of
Defense (MOD) in January 2007. Furthermore, with the emphasis placed on
responding to the changing situation positively and on expanding theregional role of the Japan Self-Defense Forces (JSDF), it plans to draft the
new National Defense Program Guidelines (NDPG) by the end of 2009.
While JSDF maintains about 240,000 military personnel, it has retired theoutmoded weapon systems and replaced them with high-tech weapon
systems. Major weapon systems that went operational most recently include
two new Atago-class destroyers, which are additional to the four existing
Kongo-class destroyers, and six Apache attack helicopters. In addition,

19
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 19) Air Refueling Cargo
Aircraft
JASDF imported from the
U.S. Boeing co. in February
2008, which was remodeledfrom a civilian cargo plane
into a multi-purpose airborne
tanker. It can airlift troops
and cargo in addition to air
refueling.

included in the ongoing modernization for armaments are newly developing
tanks, a 13,500 ton Hyuga-class helicopter-carrying destroyer (DDH), and air
refueling cargo aircraft.9)

Air refueling cargo aircraft10) C4I2
This is a command andcontrol system for the JSDF,
and in consideration of theweighted importance ofintegrated operation by
JSDF following the creationof the Joint Staff Office inMarch 2006, interoperability
was added to the existing
C4I ( Command, Control,
Communication, Computer& Intelligence) thereby changing its designation to C4I2.

11) Ground-based Interceptor Missiles(PAC-3: Patriot Advanced
Capability)
This missile is designed tointercept a ballistic missile at
low-altitude below 15km
12) Sea-based Interceptor
Missiles(SM-3: Standard Missile)This missile is designed tointercept a ballistic missile athigh-altitude above 100km

Helicopter-carrying destroyer (DDH)

In addition, to strengthen its joint operational capability, Japan has
expanded the frequency of joint training sessions and built a unified C4I2,10)
thereby constructing an information integration-delivery-sharing system andboosting interoperability.
In the field of military satellites, Japan has built a four-satellite structure by
successfully launching its fourth reconnaissance satellite in February 2007.
Subsequently, Japan’s Diet has made an institutional foothold for thesubsequent development and operation of a high performancereconnaissance satellite and early warning satellite by passing the Space
Basic Act in May 2008 that allows military use of outer space.
On the other hand, as North Korea testlaunched a ballistic missile and conducteda nuclear test in 2006, Japan has begun theearly construction of the Missile Defense(MD) system. To this effect, Japan has
deployed ground-based interceptor missiles (PAC-3)11) at four bases of the JapanAir Self-Defense Force (JASDF) in the vicinity of Tokyo since March 2007. In December of the same year, Japan conductedSM-3 interception test
a ballistic missile interception test for seabased interceptor missiles (SM-3)12) off the

20
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Security Situation in Northeast Asia

Chapter 1

coast of Hawaii in a joint effort with the U.S. In January 2008, Japan
operationally deployed a SM-3 loaded Aegis destroyer and further planned tobuild a ground and seaborne MD system by 2010 in a joint effort with the
U.S.
C. China
China pushes ahead with military modernization through continuous
increases in the national defense budget13) based on high economic growth.
This is an effort to attain the military strategy,14)“winning local wars inconditions of informationization.”In particular, the army concentrates on anenhancement of a rapid-reaction capability, the navy a deep-sea operations
capability, and the air force a long-range operation capability.
While the Army expands the aviation corps with attack helicopter units as
its main element, it is known to have created mobile tactical missile units for
deployment in the southeast region.
The Navy has introduced four Sovremenny-class destroyers (7,900 ton) and12 Kilo-class submarines (2,300 ton) from Russia, thereby enhancing coastal
defense capability. The Navy deployed for active service in July 2008 a Jinclass strategic ballistic missile submarine (nuclear-powered) (SSBN) with
Julang (巨浪)-Ⅱ type ballistic missiles on board whose range reaches 8,000
km, and have another for test-runs. In the future, the Navy is scheduled tohave 5 Jin-class SSBNs including the two aforementioned vessels.

Jin-class SSBN (Type 094)

J-10 fighter

The Air Force deployed its self-developed J-10 fighters operationally in2007 and plans to produce additional J-10C bombers, the modified version of13) National Defense Expenditure of China
China announced at the
11th National People’s
Congress in March 2008
that their national defense
expenditure for 2008 would
be at $57.2 billion ( ¥417.8
billion ), which is a 17.6%
increase compared to thatof last year. This should
correspond to 7.2% of thetotal budget for the year
2007, which is equivalent to
1.4% of the GDP. In themeantime, U.S. Departmentof Defense estimates thereal size of China’s national
defense expenditure to be$97-139 billion ( threefold ofChina’s proclaimed amount)in the Annual Report on the
Military Power of thePeople’s Republic of China,
released in March 2008.
14) Military Strategy of
China
China’s People’s Liberation
Army established informatization as a constructive
direction for national defense
modernization in order toadapt to the international
strategic environment andnational security circumstances. It concentrates its
efforts on building the Navy,
the Air Force and the 2nd
Artillery, thereby focusing
mainly on winning local wars
in conditions of informationization.

21
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

the former. And while introducing the most advanced fighters including Su27/30 from Russia, the Air Force is concentrating its efforts on license
production via technology transfer and indigenous aircraft production. As ofJune, 2008, it has four Airborne Early Warning and Control (AEW&C) aircraft
Kongjing (空警)-2000 and two small-sized KJ-200 aircraft, with a third KJ-200
aircraft under production. At present, the Air Force has 10 airborne tankers
and expands the radius of operations by making up for the weak points of
the air-to-air refueling device for the existing fighters.
In the meantime, China conducted a successful anti-satellite test with aballistic missile in January 2007 and launched a moon exploration satellite in
October of the same year, further preparing a construction plan for a spacestation, thereby intensifying their efforts in space development.

15) After the end of the Cold
War, 10 Eastern European
countries including Poland,
Czechoslovakia, and Hungary additionally joined
NATO, expanding thenumber of member countries to a total of 26 countries as of June 2006, whilein early 2009 Albania andCroatia are scheduled tojoin.

D. Russia
Russia sees NATO’s expansion toward Eastern Europe15) and the American
drive for a MD system in Eastern Europe16) as important changes in the
security environment. As a response, Russia is enhancing its strategic
deterrence capabilities, as well as the efficiency of its command system byreorganizing its force structure.

16) The United Statesagreed with the countries
concerned that a missile
tracking radar site would beinstalled in Czechoslovakia
and an interception missile
base in Poland (July-August,2007).

Topol-M missile

MS Yuri Dolgorukiy

As for the ground forces, Russia has abandoned conventional strategic
missiles and initiated the deployment of inter-continental ballistic missiles(ICBM: Topol-M) equipped with a new type of guidance device, thereby
completing deployment of 48 fixed missiles and 6 mobile missiles as ofDecember 2007. By 2015, it plans to enhance its nuclear deterrent by

22
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Security Situation in Northeast Asia

Chapter 1

deploying Topol-M missiles to a total of 9 regiments (6 fixed type regiments,
3 mobile type regiments).
As for the maritime forces, reinforcement to submarines is a prominent
agenda. In April of 2007, the first submarine of the Borei-class SSBN wasrolled out at the North Sea Fleet. Two more SSBNs by 2011 are scheduled to
be built for an assignment to the Pacific fleet. On the Borei-class SSBN,
Russia plans to mount 12 Bulava17) submarine launched ballistic missiles(SLBM) for which Topol-M missiles were modified for a surface launch.
As for the aviation forces, Russia fortified long range operation capability
by improving the performance of the Tu-160/95/22 strategic bomber. It isalso preparing for future warfare by concurrently promoting thedevelopment of the Sukhoi I-21(tentatively named)18) fifth-generation fighter.
In August 2007, Russia resumed long-range reconnaissance flights withstrategic bombers that had been suspended since the 1990s. Russia has lately
carried out vigorous reconnaissanceactivities mainly over areas of strategicinterest such as the Arctic Ocean and theNorth Pacific. Also, in air defense, it continues to field deploy new type air defense
missiles (S-400 Triumph) centering on the
S-400 Triumph air defense missile
Metropolitan Area.
As for military structure, Russia plans to integrate the present system of six
military districts19) into three regional headquarters: the West, the South, andthe East. This is aimed at raising operational efficiency by simplifying thecommand system. Presently, the usefulness of this restructuring is being
tested through command and staff training. In accordance with the integration plan for regional headquarters, each respective region is as shown in
Figure 1-3.

17) Bulava
In NATO, the SS-NX-30 is incommon use.

18) Sukhoi I-21
Compared to the existingfighters, it is known to havean upgraded stealth system,
and is also called PAK-FA,
Su-50, and T-50 (company
designation).

19) Present Russian Force
Structure
Consists of six military
districts: the Far Eastern
Military District, the Siberian
Military District, the VolgaUral Military District, theMoscow Military District, theLeningrad Military District,and the North Kafkaz MilitaryDistrict.

23
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

Figure 1-3. The Integration Plan for Russia’s Regional Headquarters

FinlandWest Regional HQ
East Regional HQSouth Regional HQ
Belarus
UkraineKazakhstan
Mongolia
Caspian Sea

China

24
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military Threat

Chapter 1

Section 3.
North Korean Situation and Military Threat
In 2008 the New Year’s joint editorial, North Korea announced it would grow into“astrong and prosperous socialist nation”by the year 2012. To achieve this, the Northurged a general mobilization in order to construct“a nation driven by a strong ideology,
military, and economy.”North Korea also made it clear that it would concentrate its
efforts on maintaining the regime with the National Defense Committee (NDC) Chairman
Kim Jong Il at the center and as its leader through the“military-first politics.”
While North Korea is seeking to improve Pyongyang-Washington ties and promote
friendship with China and Russia externally, North Korea is concentrating on improving
its relationship with the Third World. In relation to South Korea, North Korea criticizes thegovernment’s policy towards the North and takes hard-line measures against the South,
thereby creating a tense political situation between the two countries.
In terms of military strength, North Korea maintains its huge conventional military
power as before, and continues to develop weapons of mass destruction (WMD). This
creates a threat to the Korean Peninsula and to the general security of the region.

1. Domestic and Foreign Policy
A. Domestic Policy
North Korea is intensifying its military capability under the banner of“building a strong and prosperous socialist nation.”The North has
consolidated the“military-first politics”that has been advocated since theestablishment of the Kim Jong Il regime. It has since promoted the stability of
the regime and transposed the NDC into a permanent organization. By

25
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1
A torchlight procession commemorating the60th anniversary of the regime(September 9, 2008)

Kim Jong Il, the North Korean NDC Chairman,
visits a military unit (August 6, 2008)

replacing some senior officials in the party, government and military,
Pyongyang is continuing to stabilize the regime with the Chairman of the
NDC, Kim Jong Il at the helm.
Economically, by adhering to a socialist economic system and promoting
limited reform and opening policy, the North Korean economy isexperiencing a limitation on its recovery.
Recently, North Korea has been concentrating on resolving the“foodissue”with such rhetoric as“achieve one’s salvation through one’s own
effort”and“the people’s livelihood-first principle”in order to overcome thefood shortages brought on by the current economic crisis. Despite having
exerted all its efforts to counter the economic crisis with such measures as
the elevation of livelihood for residents through an increased output ofcomestibles, daily necessities, electric power and coal, the truth of the matteris that the North has not harvested substantial results.
Socially, North Korea has imposed
more strict controls on freedom ofthought in an effort to oust capitalist
ideology and adopted strong control
measures in the border areas against
North Koreans who attempt to
defect. Additionally, while increasing
Barbed-wire fences along
the North Korea-China borderthe punishment for deviations suchas bribery, abuse of power, accumulation of wealth by illicit means and so forth, the North is conducting a form

26
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military Threat

B. Foreign Policy
The North is focusing on navigating through the difficulties presented tothem by the nuclear negotiations with theUnited States since conducting a nuclear
test in October 2006. In 2007, North Korea
agreed to the February 13 and October 3
Accords that outlined the declaration anddisablement of its nuclear programs andeconomic compensations by the nations
concerned through the six-party talks andU.S. State Department’s director ofbilateral contacts between North Korea
Korean affairs is taking overand the U.S. Accordingly, the nuclear supplementary data for the declaration of
the North Korean nuclear programs(Panmunjeom, May 10, 2008)
facilities at Yongbyon were frozen, closed,

Chapter 1of propaganda education on the population to reconsolidate internal control.
In terms of the military, foremost, North Korea is concentrating efforts onstrengthening asymmetric force. To this end, the North is focusing onstrengthening its special warfare capability through augmenting the lightinfantry units and enhancing their night-time and mountaineering trainings.
In addition, the North is developing diversified missiles such as new surfaceto-surface and surface-to-ship missiles, and constructing submarines andmidget submarines. Second, North Korea is reinforcing the capability to
execute modern warfare. This is evidenced by the construction of acommand automation system and by the cultivation of computer hackers forcyber warfare. Thirdly, the North is preparing ways to enhance thesurvivability during wartime such as the deployment of electronic jammingand deception devices and the construction of underground fighter bases.
Furthermore, North Korean military is conducting planned military training as
usual by securing the military supplies in spite of economic difficulties. In
doing so, it continues to create military tension including infiltration of theNorthern Limit Line (NLL)20) on the West Sea boundary while operating at
top level combat readiness.

20) The Northern Limit Line
(NLL)
Established in August 1953
by the Commander of theUnited Nations Command inorder to reduce and preventthe possible outbreak ofvarious types of armed
conflict, contingencies between the two Koreas, andlimit the patrolling activities
by the ROK Navy and Air
Force in the West and East
Seas.

27
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

and sealed in accordance with the disablement measure. In May of 2008,
North Korea submitted a document entailing its nuclear weapons activities tothe United States, and then submitted a formal statement to the People’s
Republic of China, the chair of the six-party talks. However, due to certain
verification issues regarding North Korea’s nuclear programs, the UnitedStates deferred the removal of North Korea from the U.S. state-sponsors ofterrorism list. This has resulted in the North responding by stopping thedisablement process and restoring its nuclear facilities. In early October, atentative agreement over the verification scheme between the U.S. and theNorth was made, and as the U.S. announced the removal of North Korea
from the terrorism list, the disablement process resumed later that month.
However, the North still shows a negative attitude in adopting a documented
verification protocol.
To Japan, North Korea urges the liquidation of past affairs and continues tocriticize the strengthening of its military capabilities. This includes theconstruction of a missile defense system and the increase of reconnaissancesatellites. Additionally, although both sides established informal workinglevel contacts to resume talks for normalizing diplomatic relations, noprogress was made due to a sharp difference of opinion related to the reinvestigation of kidnapped Japanese citizens and the lift of economic sanctions.
In relation to China, Pyongyang is focusing on restoring the relationshipthat has been apathetic since the nuclear test through mutual exchanges
between political parties, governments, and the militaries. As evidenced by
the conclusion of the Rajin (�津)-Khasan railway construction contract, theNorth maintains freindly cooperative relationship with Russian based on
economic cooperation.
In regard to the Third World countries, North Korea maintains friendly
relations with a total of 160 countries including seven countries that had
established diplomatic relations or restored relations in 2007. Pyongyang isfocusing its diplomatic efforts to strengthen political, economic, and military
cooperation.

28
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military Threat

Chapter 1

C. Policy toward South Korea
While North Korea is active in gaining
economic profits through non-governmental economic cooperation, the North
avoids dialogue with the authorities of theSouth. North Korea further disrupts the
public opinion of the South and continues
Office of Inter-Korean Economic
Cooperation in Gaeseong Ind.
to alienate the relationship between Korea
Complexand the United States, such as asserting
withdrawal of the U.S. forces from Korea. Moreover, while threatening thepeace on the Korean Peninsula and its region with the nuclear testing, North
Korea still maintains a passive attitude in building substantial militaryconfidence to reduce the tension and facilitating peace on the Peninsula.
Since the June 15 South-North Summit Talks, North Korea has been
continuing discussions with the South and actively participating in the SouthNorth exchanges and cooperation projects that are profit-oriented, such as
the construction of the Gaeseong Industrial Complex and Mt. Geumgang
tour program. However, Pyongyang has been degrading South Korea’s newpolicy toward the North, and resuming reprobation activity against the South,
which had been in abeyance. This attitude is causing some new frictions toarise.
In addition, North Korea unilaterally deported South Koreans in charge of
the Office of Inter-Korean Economic Cooperation in Gaesong, and further
cut off the hot line of Panmunjeom. Since December 1, 2008, the North has
been taking steadfast measures by limiting or blockading ground passage on
the Military Demarcation Line.

29
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

2. Military Policy, Strategy and Organizations21) Four-Point Military
Guidelines
1) Turning the whole nation
into a fortress2) Arming the entire population
3) Modernizing the entire
military4) Instilling cadre potential in
every soldier22) National Defense Budget announced by North
Korea
North Korea announced
15.8% of its total national
budget as military expenditure in 2008 at the 6th
meeting of the 11th session
for the Supreme People’s
Assembly in April 2008. (Theactual defense expenditureis uncertain.)

A. Military Policy and Strategy
North Korea adheres to the strategy of“the communization of the entire
Korean Peninsula”as manifested in the North Korean Worker’s Party (KWP)
Regulations. To make this a reality, the North maintains large scale military
power. The North Korean military policy is rooted in the Four-Point Military
Guidelines21) adopted in 1962. Despite deepening economic difficulties, theNorth preferentially assigns national resources to the military sector under thebanner of“military-first politics,”thereby continuously reinforcing its militaryforces.
North Korea’s military strategy toward the South is the“short-term
blitzkrieg strategy”to win the war before the arrival of the U.S. augmentation
forces. This strategy can be deduced from the consideration of the battlefieldenvironment on the Korean Peninsula. To this end, the military will try totake the initiative in the war through“an early surprise attack”and mixed
warfare with the regular and guerrilla army. At the same time, the military
will exploit a success with its firepower and armored, mechanized units.
Having learnt from the wars of Afghanistan and Iraq, the military has recently
been enhancing the capability of Special Warfare; strengthening training for
operations in urban areas, the mountains and at night; and reinforcing thecapability of modern warfare execution.
North Korea has been allocating a large part of its national budget on
defense. From the late 1960s to the early 1970s, Pyongyang detailed themilitary spending for those fiscal years, 30 percent of the total national
budget. Since 1972, Pyongyang has announced the only ordinary
expenditures as the national defense budget while undisclosing most of its
s actual military
defense budget. 22) It is estimated that North Korea’
expenditures exceed 30 percent of its gross national income (GNI). This is
the estimated amount considering the characteristics of its regime and budget
system. It is known that there is another source of income through theindependent military accounts: the defense industry, the exports of arms,

30
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military Threat

Chapter 1

and businesses set up within the military to bring in foreign currency.
B. Military Command Organizations
The National Defense Committee (NDC) is the highest-ranking militarycommand organization in North Korea. It is clearly expressed in the North
Korean constitution that the NDC decides on national defense-related issues
and defense projects.
The General Political Bureau (GPB) manages the KWP’s apparatus within
the military and relevant political indoctrination programs. The General Staff
Department (GSD) has the command authority for all military operations.
The Ministry of People’s Armed Forces (MPAF) represents the military
externally. The MPAF also exercises the military administration authority by
managing and implementing the military affairs such as military diplomacy,
logistics, military finance, etc.
Since the inauguration of the Kim Jong Il regime, the relationship among
the GPB, the GSD and the MPAF has changed horizontally. As for the MPAF,
its stature and functions have weakened, but it still represents North Korea
military. The military command organizations of North Korea under the NDC
are shown in Figure 1-4.
Figure 1-4. North Korea’s Military Command Organizations
National Defense Committee

General Political
BureauGeneral Staff
Department

Ministry of People's
Armed Forces

×××

×××

×××

×××

××

××

××

Reg.
Corps

Mech.
Corps

P’
yang
DefenseCMD.

BorderGuard
CMD.

ArmoredDiv.

Mech.
InfantryDiv.

Artillery
Div.

(9)

(2)

Navy
CMD.

Security Guard
Command

Light
Infantry Missile
Air Force
Training Guidance
CMD.
Guidance Bureau
Bureau(4)※ X X X: corps, XX: division

31
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

3. Organization, Weaponry and Deployment
A. ArmyThe North Korean Army is organized
into nine forward and rear area corps, twomechanized corps, Pyongyang Defense
Command, Border Guard Command,
Missile Guidance Bureau, and Light
Cheonmaho tank
Infantry Training & Guidance Bureau(LITGB) numbering a total of 15 corpslevel units. In comparison to the end of the year 2006, it means that two
mechanized corps became two mechanized divisions, one tank corps
became one armored division and one artillery corps became one artillery
division. But in the aspect of war potential, there is no significant change
because they have maintained the corps level dimension.
North Korea deploys about 70 percent of its ground forces in the south of
the Pyongyang-Wonsan line. Currently, 170mm self-propelled artillery and
240mm multiple rocket launchers (MRLs) deployed in the frontline arecapable of carrying out a massive surprise bombardment on the Greater
Seoul metropolitan area from their current location.
In addition, the North Korean Army has produced upgraded tanks(Cheonmaho) and deployed them in the armored and mechanized units.
The current holdings of major weapons in the North Korean Army are
shown in Figure 1-5.
Figure 1-5. The North Korean Army’s Holdings of Major Weapons※ Approximate figures

Tanks(3,900)32
Defense White Paper 2008

Armored vehicles(2,100)Field artillery(8,500)MRLs(5,100)River-crossing equipment(K-61/S type pontoon bridge)(3,000)Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military Threat

Chapter 1

Recently, the Army reorganized unit structures by reinforcing the fire
power of the first echelon in the frontline area, thereby attaining a surpriseeffect with overwhelming combat power in the initial engagement.
In addition, the troop strength for special
warfare reaches approximately 180,000 bycreating light infantry divisions in the forward area and augmenting the light infantry battalions to regiment-class. The Armyis concentrating massively on enhancing their
Special warfare forces
capabilities of special warfare as evidenced
by the stepping up of night-time, mountaineering training and street warfare.
The strengthening of special warfare capabilities of North Korea reflects thelessons learned from the Iraq War. It can also be inferred that the Northintends to execute multifarious types of attacks and mixed warfare
simultaneously by infiltrating rear areas of the ROK in contingency throughunderground tunnels, etc. By utilizing special warfare forces, the North
Korea military will support offensive operations of main forces, and try toharass our forces in the rear areas.
North Korea is stepping up measures to enhance the survivability in its rearareas. The North has greatly camouflaged military facilities and equipment
while setting up a large number of fake armaments. They are taking steps toevade precision guided munitions (PGMs) by developing varied electronic
jamming and deception devices. Also, as a result of having constructed
hardened underground sites in a large number of widespread regions in thefront-rear areas for a long period of time under the banner of“turning thewhole nation into a fortress,”it is possible to shelter most of their equipment
and facilities.
B. Navy
The North Korean Navy consists of two fleet commands in the East andWest Seas, 13 squadrons, and two maritime sniper brigades under the Navy
Command. The status of major naval vessels is shown in Figure 1-6.

33
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

Surface combatants mostly comprise small-sized, high-speed vessels
Figure 1-6. The Status of North Korean Naval Vessels※ Approximate figures

Surfacecombatants(420)

Submarines(Midget submarines included)(70)

Landing
vessels(260)

Mine sweeping
boats
(30)

Others(30)

including light frigates, fast patrol craft, missile attack boats, torpedo boats
and fires support patrol craft (PCFS), of which about 60 percent are deployedin forward naval bases.
The North Korean Navy holds about 70 submarines (midget submarines
included) including Romeo-class and Sang-o (Shark)-class submarines, andinfiltration midget submarines, which are capable of emplacing mines,
attacking the ROK’s surface vessels, or secretly infiltrating commandos into
the South.

Romeo -class submarine

Sang-o (Shark)-class coastal submarine

Also operated by the Navy are landing vessels such as air cushion
personnel landing craft (LCPA), personnel landing craft, and mine sweeping
boats.
The Navy retains two maritime sniper brigades and about 260 trooptransport vessels including 130 LCPAs and 90 personnel landing craft.
The North Korean Navy is increasingly strengthening submarine forces,and developing surface-to-ship and ship-to-ship missiles as well as new typesof torpedoes. Additionally, the Navy has built command automation systems,

34
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military Threat

Chapter 1

connecting networks between appropriate equipment from fleet commands
down to combat vessels.
C. Air ForceThe North Korean Air Force comprises four air divisions, two tacticaltransportation brigades, two sniper brigades, and ground anti-aircraft units
under the direct control of the Air Force Command. The North Korean
inventory of aircraft is shown in Figure 1-7.
Combat aircraft are deployed into four divided districts of North Korea,
Figure 1-7. North Korea’s Inventory of Air Force Aircraft※ Approximate figures

Combat aircraft(840)

C2-ISR* aircraft(30)

Air mobility aircraft(AN-2 included)(330)

Helicopters(310)

Training aircraft(180)* C2-ISR: Command & Control, Intelligence, Surveillance, Reconnaissanceabout 40 percent of which are deployed in forward bases located to thesouth of the Pyongyang-Wonsan line. They maintain their capabilities andposture to launch a surprise attack. In particular, the North has AN-2s andhelicopters capable of low speed, low altitude flight. These aircraft can easily
infiltrate the special warfare forces deep into the South’s rear areas.
The Air Force operates a large number of air bases including reserve bases

MiG-29 fighter

SA-5 surface-to-air missile

and contingency runways. These bases are in addition to the 20 operationalbases already in operation. Most of these operational bases have shelters

35
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

such as underground hangars to enhance their survivability.
The Noth’s surface-to-air missile units deploy long-range high altitude SA-5
missiles to the east and the west. SA-2/3 missiles are densely deployed indefense of the whole Demilitarized Zone (DMZ) area, east and west coasts,
and Pyongyang area. Though most of the surface-to-air missiles are
deployed in fixed launching bases, the trend shows that mobile launchers
are additionally being deployed.
The radar units are capable of detecting
aircraft flying in North and South Korea,
and even some parts of China by dividing
these areas into four sectors. The Air Forceis building an automated air defense control system in order to execute air defense
A North Korean radar
operations effectively.
D. Reserve Forces
As one gigantic“garrison society,”North
Korea has succeeded in arming the entire
population in accordance with the FourPoint Military Guidelines. In particular,
having seen the Iraq War, North Korea isplacing an emphasis upon the importanceWorker and Peasant Red Guardsof the Reserve Military Training Unit
(RMTU) in the rear area and enhancing its combat capabilities.
The RMTU retains armaments similar to those of active units andundergoes intensive training so as to replace the regular forces at wartime.
All troops under the RMTU attend mobilization training at least twice for twomonths a year so that they can complete combat readiness within 24 hours
once the mobilization order is given.
Civilians between the ages of 14 and 60, or approximately 30 percent of
the entire population, are subject to wartime mobilization in North Korea.
Currently, the reserve troops number some 7.7 million. The status of reserve

36
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military Threat

Chapter 1

forces is shown in Table 1-1.
Table 1-1. The Reserve Forces in North Korea※ Approximate figures

Division

Strength

Remarks

RMTU

0.6 million•Subject to combat mobilization- men between 17 and 50,
single women between 17 and 30

Worker and Peasant
Red Guards

5.7 million•Equivalent to the ROK’s Homeland
Reserve Forces

Red Youth Guards

1 million•Military organization of high/middle
school students

0.4 million•Security Guard Command, Civilian
Security and Protection Agency•Logistics Mobilization Guidance
Bureau, Speed Battle Youth Shock
TroopsParamilitary Units

Total

7.7 million

E. Development of Strategic Weapons(1) Nuclear Development
In the 1960s, North Korea constructed thenuclear complex in Yongbyon, and in the 1970s,
concentrated its nuclear research on nuclear fuelmilling, conversion, and fabrication technologies.
Since the 1980s, based on the extraction of
nuclear material through operating the 5megawatt reactor and reprocessing the spent fuelSolidified plutonium
rods, Pyongyang had completed the“nuclear fuelcycle”23) comprising a series of steps ranging from the acquisition of nuclear
fuel to the reprocessing.
It is estimated that the North has secured about 40 kg of plutonium as aresult of three reprocessing procedures. Pyongyang conducted the nuclear
test in October 2006.
As for the promotion of the highly enriched uranium (HEU) program,23) Nuclear Fuel Cycle:
The process in whichuranium ore is processed ina reactor after mining andmilling, conversion, enrichment and fabrication. It thenundergoes a series of steps
including reprocessing, recycling and eventual disposal
as high-level waste.

37
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

despite the North’s denial, various suspicions have been raised. In thisregard, the ROK government is carefully pursuing relevant information inclose cooperation with the countries concerned, including the United States.

☞ Refer to Appendix 5:Chronology of Major Events
Related to the North Korean
Nuclear Issue(2) Ballistic Missiles
North Korea had embarked on a project to develop ballistic missiles in the
1970s, and in the mid-1980s, it domestically produced and deployed 300 kmrange Scud-Bs and 500 km-range Scud-Cs. In the 1990s Pyongyang
succeeded in test-firing a 1,300 km-range Rodong missile and deployed
Rodong missiles for operational purposes.
By the end of the 1990s, the North began to develop new intermediate
range ballistic missiles (IRBMs) which can reach beyond 3,000 km. The
North recently has deployed them for operational purposes.
In August 1998, Pyongyang conducted an unsuccessful test-launch of a
Taepodong-1 missile. Although the attempt failed, the North has tested themissile’s general functions including engine combustion, multi-stage body
separation, etc. From the test, it can be inferred that North Korea has thecapability to develop medium and long-range missiles.
Presently, Pyongyang is developing Taepodong-2, a long-range ballistic
missile. After the test-launch failure on July 5, 2006, it is thought that the

Scud missile

38
Defense White Paper 2008

The launch of a Taepodong -1(August 1998)

Section 3 North Korean Situation and Military Threat

Chapter 1

North is rectifying the defects.
The range of the Taepodong-2 is estimated to reach beyond 6,700 km,
which will be able to be extended if the weight of the delivery body is
reduced or if three stage booster rockets are additionally loaded.
The scope of the threat by this type of missile is shown in Figure 1-8.
Figure 1-8. The Scope of Threat by This Type of Missile

AlaskaMoscowRodongChina

Saudi
ArabiaTaepodong

Scud

IRBM

Japan
India

Guam

Hawaii(3) Biochemical Weapons
North Korea launched its chemical
weapons development program including the research and constructionof production facilities in compliancewith Kim Il Sung’s“Declaration for
Chemicalization”in December 1961.24)
It is assessed that the North has been
North Korean troops in CBR warfare training
producing poison gas and germ
weapons since the 1980s.
It is believed that approximately 2,500 to 5,000 tons of chemical agents24) Declaration for Chemicalization:
On December 25, 1961,
Kim Il Sung ordered theNorth Korean military tochemicalize the North
Korean armed forces and torecognize the importance ofchemical warfare.

39
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 1 Changes and Challenges in Security Environment

Chapter 1

remain stored at the facilities scattered around the country. The North is also
suspected of being able to independently cultivate and produce suchbiological weapons as the bacteria of anthrax, smallpox, and cholera.
F. War Sustainability
North Korea operates nationallevel logistics mobilization agencies to enhance capabilities forlogistics mobilization and war
sustainability.
The North retains about 300
logistics factories for the production of military supplies to prepare
Underground logistics factoryfor wartime. Except for air andelectronics area, the North is self-sufficient in weapons development, andcan continue to advance the system of war supplies production.
Most of the produced war stocks are kept in the hardened undergroundstoring facilities. The export of this materiel out of these storing facilities isthoroughly managed and controlled, and is only possible with the supremecommander’s approval.
The stockpile of core war supplies has been a top priority despite theeconomic difficulties since the mid 1990s. In particular, the quantities ofmajor war stocks such as petroleum, oil and lubricants (POL), munitions, etcetera are estimated to last for two or three months.

40
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter2

National Security Strategy and Defense Policy● Section 1 National Security Strategy Guidelines● Section 2 National Defense Policy

Chapter 2 National Security Strategy and Defense Policy

Chapter 2

Section 1.
National Security Strategy Guidelines
The national security strategy is a comprehensive and systematic initiative for achieving
our national security objectives by mobilizing the nation’s available means and resources.
The Lee administration set the catch phrase “To Develop a Country that Stands Tall in
the World through Advancement” as the vision for the nation and is pointing to a “Global
Korea.” 1) To realize this vision in the field of security, the Lee administration presents the“National Security Strategy Guidelines.”
The ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) will focus all its defense resources onachieving national security objectives and supporting national policies.

1) Global Korea
Beyond current diplomacy
and security strategies
focusing on North Korea’s
nuclear weapons and the
Korean Peninsula, the ROK
should cooperate withcountries around the world
on various issues including
economy, culture, and theenvironment making acontribution to world peaceand co-development. This isa vision that the ROK
government is pursuing in
the national security area,
and is one of five national
policies including lively
market economy, active
welfare, country rich intalent, and government
serving the people.

1. The Vision for the Nation and National Security
Objectives
The Lee administration set the catchphrase,“Develop a Country that Stands
Tall in the World through Advancement”as the vision for the nation basedon liberal democracy and market
principles that drive Korea’s basic
constitutional ideology. This is the long17th Presidential Inauguration
term national vision that Korea should(National Assembly, February 25, 2008)
pursue to live up to the spirit of thetimes. The goal is to make a country that is respected globally through the

44
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 National Security Strategy Guidelines

2. Tenets of National Security Strategy

Chapter 2

advancement of the economy and the enhancement of the quality of life aswell as by meeting and helping to raise international standards.
The national security objectives are those that must be attained through an
accurate assessment of the current security environment and available
national resources. The government laid out the national security objectives
as described herein: (1) maintaining stability and peace on the Korean
Peninsula; (2) building firmly the foundation for the nation’s security andnational prosperity; and (3) enhancing competence and status internationally.
First, maintaining stability and peace on the Korean Peninsula: the ROK
should maintain stability on the Korean Peninsula based on our defense
capabilities and the ROK-U.S. alliance; and the peace on the Korean
Peninsula should be secured through inter-Korean exchanges andcooperation along with diverse cooperation with neighboring countries.
Second, building a firm foundation for the nation’s security and national
prosperity: people’s lives should be protected from various security threats;
and economic social safety that is the foundation of national prosperity must
be secured.
Third, improving international competence and status: the ROK should
contribute to world peace, liberal democracy, and co-prosperity; and the
ROK must make a leap forward in order to become a soft power2) throughenhancing cooperation with the international society.

2) Soft PowerThis is an advanced country
that has a strong economic
and cultural power based on
its national power, and is a
soft but strong country that
contributes actively to stability on the Korean Peninsula
and East Asia, and world
peace.

To achieve national security objectives, the government shaped thefollowing three strategic tenets: (1) creating a new peace structure; (2)carrying out pragmatic diplomacy and active openness; and (3) seeking
enhanced security for the world.
First, creating a new peace structure should be achieved by the following:
advancing the inter-Korea relationship in a future-oriented way to achieve

45
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 2 National Security Strategy and Defense Policy

Chapter 2

mutual benefits; pursuing the 21st century strategic alliance with the UnitedStates to contribute to the peace on the Korean Peninsula, regional stability,
and also world peace based on common values, benefits, and mutual trust;and constructing a close and cooperative relationship with neighboring
countries.
Second, in order to carry out pragmatic diplomacy and active openness,
the ROK should put more emphasis on diplomatic capabilities to revitalize
the economy and build foundations for economic growth; the ROK mustalso pursue international cooperation and contribution corresponding to its
economic size and diplomatic capability.
Third, in seeking an advanced security for the world, the ROK should put
more efforts on the following: building military capabilities and advanced
defense operating systems to respond to the changes in the security
environment and future warfare; acquiring competence in thecomprehensive security area to take action against various security threats;and participating in international peacekeeping operations andreconstruction projects.
In order to realize these tenets of the national security strategy, thegovernment is implementing strategic tasks in each area. The main strategictask in the national defense area is to build a future-oriented security
capability. To achieve this goal, MND set the development of an“Elite andAdvanced Military”as its vision and is focusing all of its resources upon
realizing it. At the same time, MND evaluates and develops the Defense
Reform Basic Plan that was established in 2005.

46
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 National Defense Policy

Chapter 2

Section 2. National Defense Policy
MND has set national defense objectives to accomplish national security objectives infast changing security environments. To this end, MND presents a national defense
vision and the tenets of national defense policy to carry out relevant policies in aconsistent manner.

1. National Defense Objectives
MND has set defense objectives as follows: defending the nation fromexternal military threats and invasion, upholding the principle of peacefulunification, and contributing to regional stability and world peace. The
specific meanings of those objectives are as follows:First,“defending the nation from external military threats and invasion”
signifies protecting the country not only from North Korea’s existing military

Major military commanders’meeting (December 8, 2008)

47
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 2 National Security Strategy and Defense Policy

Chapter 2

threats but also from all other potential threats. In particular, North Korea’sconventional military capabilities, development and enhancement of WMDs
such as nuclear and missiles, and forward military deployment pose direct
and serious threats to our national security.
Second,“upholding the principle of peaceful unification”means
contributing to a peaceful unification of the two Koreas by deterring war,
easing military tension, and bringing a permanent peace to the Korean
Peninsula.
Third,“contributing to regional stability and world peace”demonstrates
the ROK’s determination to contribute to stability and peace in Northeast Asia
by promoting cordial and cooperative military relations with neighboring
countries in accordance with the ROK’s national stature and security
capabilities. The ROK also seeks to actively participate in the international
community’s efforts to maintain world peace, including UN peacekeeping
efforts.

2. Tenets of National Defense Policy
MND has set the development of an“Elite and Advanced Military”as its
vision to realize the objectives of national security and national defense.
Presented here are the key tenets of national defense policy that are geared
towards achieving national defense objectives and vision.

Our armed forces of 60 years“historyshould be reborn as anelite and advanced military .

”President’s ceremonial speech on the 60th Armed
Forces Day (October 1, 2008)

48
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 National Defense Policy

Chapter 2

Tenets of National Defense Policy⑴ Establish a defense posture that
achieves comprehensive security⑸ Build professional armed forces thatplays its role faithfully⑵ Advance ROK-U.S. military alliancecreatively⑹ Establish a pragmatic and advanced
defense management system⑶ Enhance advanced defense
capabilities⑺ Improve the quality of life
corresponding to national
development⑷ Provide military support to realize a
new peace structure on the Korean
Peninsula⑻ Pursue armed forces that serve thepeopleA. Establishment of Defense Posture3) for Comprehensive
Security
The ROK Armed Forces should achieve a comprehensive security posture
by being prepared to take action no matter when, where or what situations
occur, and should establish an all-directional defense posture against not
only North Korea’s military threats but against all other threats across the
spectrum.
That is, the military should establish an all-directional defense posture to
deter North Korea’s military provocation and win every battle when military
provocations occur. To concentrate resources in a national crisis or
emergency, MND should develop an integrated defense system where
citizens, governments, and armed forces work together.
At the same time, enhanced spiritual education for service members isneeded to raise strong soldiers armed with a clear vision of country andenemy.
B. Creative Advancement in the ROK-U.S. Military Alliance
The ROK and the U.S. not only fought together in the Korean War, butalso recognize each other as a respective military partner. Further, bothnations should creatively advance a future-oriented alliance based on sharedvalues, trust, and legitimacy of the Alliance.4)
The ROK-U.S. alliance should be expanded to cover politics, economy,3) Defense Posture
Comprehensive readinessagainst threats by using
national defense means,capabilities, and facilities.

4) Legitimacy of the Alliance
The ROK-U.S. Mutual Defense Treaty (signed on
October 1, 1953) clearlystates that the ROK and the
U.S. shall jointly deter
external armed attack andcontribute to the stability andpeace of the ROK and theregion. Legitimacy of thealliance implies the characteristics and meaning of the
ROK-U.S. alliance which isbased on the ROK-U.S.
Mutual Defense Treaty.

49
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 2 National Security Strategy and Defense Policy

Chapter 2society, and culture as well as military based on shared values and trust. The
alliance must be developed to make a contribution to regional and global
peace as well as prosperity.
Bush and I agreed that
“thePresident
scope of the Alliance needs to be
expanded to encompass not only
military and security affairs,
but also politics, economy, society
and culture”

Opening remarks by President Lee Myung-bak
at a joint press conference following a summit
with U.S. President George W. Bush
(August 6, 2008)

MND will provide quality stationing conditions for the United States Forces
Korea (USFK) and promote mutual trust by expanding ROK-U.S. policy
coordination. The ROK and the U.S. should build a new alliance military
structure in accordance with the transfer of wartime operational control.
C. Enhancement in Advanced Defense Capabilities
MND should reshape the armed
forces for post-unification as well as
the current hostile relationship between the two Koreas and improve
international capabilities in order torealize a“Global Korea.”
The Defense Reform Basic Planshould be adjusted taking into ac2008 ROK Navy International Fleet Review
count changes in security situations(Busan, October 7, 2008)
and required budgets.“Integration”
and“jointness”should be reinforced for military structure, which should inturn be developed to include information/knowledge-based technologyintensive structure suitable for future warfare. Force structure should be

50
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 National Defense Policy

Chapter 2

advanced to be able to respond actively to various security threats. By
improving mobilization systems and reserve forces training programs, thereserve forces should be advanced to meet the level of standing forces.
Also, based on the ROK-U.S. alliance, MND should develop cooperative
military relationships with neighboring countries, expand military diplomacy
to a global level, and enhance international peacekeeping operations.
D. Military Support for a New Peace Structure on the Korean
Peninsula
MND should take timely military measures according to the inter-Korean
exchanges and cooperation by developing and initiating creative agendas
and strategies to alleviate military tensions and build trust.
The government is working hard to take the South-North relationship to
the next level through exchanges and cooperation for mutual benefit andcommon prosperity. Therefore, while providing military assurance for theinter-Korean exchanges and cooperation, MND should maintain a firm
military readiness posture. The Ministry should build military trust andpursue arms control step by step to facilitate peace on the Korean Peninsula.
The matter of the ROK prisoners of war (POWs) must be carried out as anational responsibility. Accordingly, MND should prepare government-levelplans and carry out negotiations with North Korea.
E. Professional Armed Forces Playing their Roles Faithfully
MND should build professional armed forces which can respond to bothpresent and future threats by eliminating ostentatious and unnecessary
bureaucratic elements and creating strong and powerful military spirits.
The manpower structure and personnel management system should bereformed to secure and manage superb human resources required fortechnology-intensive armed forces that can respond actively to future threats.
In the field of education and training, troops should be trained and educatedby using a scientific system so that they can become elite soldiers suitable toperform in future warfare.

51
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 2 National Security Strategy and Defense Policy

Chapter 25) Noncombat Management Area
This is synonymous with thecombat support field. Combat support means all support, administrative andlogistics activities that are
not included in tactics andstrategies but are used toprovide and manage allnecessary resources (manpower, equipment, materials, facilities, funds, etc.) for
combat units.

F. Pragmatic and Advanced Defense Management System
MND should enhance centralized support capability of the noncombat
management area,5) so that uniformed service members can concentrate
only on their combat missions. The Ministry should not only attain a higher
efficiency of national defense architecture and management, but also
maximize the eufunctions of the defense industry and defense budget upon
the national economy.
The national defense resource management system should be developed
to maximize the efficiency of logistics and management and to be suitable for
future warfare. The noncombat management area should streamline its
structure and manpower and improve its efficiency by benchmarking theprivate fields that are relatively more efficient. For the defense industry,
relevant systems should be improved and the supporting foundation should
be strengthened to develop the defense industry as a new growth engine forthe national economy. Also, by leveraging world-class national information
technology capabilities, MND should establish an advanced network-centric
informatization environment.
G. Improvement of the Quality of LifeMND should gradually improve barrack environments to an advanced
level by integrating and relocating military bases and building accordant
infrastructures to provide better training and welfare befitting the professionalsoldiers.
The Ministry should advance military service environments and welfare
systems to make soldiers satisfied with their military life and improve
professional soldiers’quality of life. The military medical service systemshould be upgraded to make soldiers healthier for stronger combat
capability.
At the same time, MND should help veterans’job-seeking efforts andmanage the military pension system.

52
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 National Defense Policy

Chapter 2

H. Armed Forces serving the People
MND should enable the armed forces to focus on their original missions
and strengthen overall capabilities to garner trust from the nation, guarantee
people’s convenience, and realize government policies actively to firmly
establish an image of the“citizen in uniform.”
The Ministry should build an advanced barracks culture so that service
members can undertake their duties with high morale and a spirit of pride.
The disaster and catastrophe response system should be developed andrelevant regulations should be eased to enhance public benefits and protect
public rights. Especially, in the case of disaster and catastrophe, MND should
provide active support for disaster-stricken civilians to secure their lives andeliminate discomfort. The military service system should be developed toutilize national human resources efficiently and promote equality in fulfilling
military service duties.
At the same time, MND should increase compensations for those who
sacrificed themselves for the country, in order to cherish and honor theirnoble sacrifice.

53
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

The ROK military should achieve a comprehensive
security posture by being prepared to take action no
matter when, where or what situations occur, andshould establish an all-directional defense postureagainst not only North Korea’s military threats but
against all other threats across the spectrum.

Chapter3

Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security● Section 1 All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture● Section 2 Integrated Civil-Governmental-Military
Defense Posture● Section 3 Strengthening Spiritual PowerChapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3

Section 1.
All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture
The ROK military is developing all-dimensional military readiness posture andcapabilities to counter various threats including North Korea.
The military is reorganizing its force structure to be technology-intensive and modern.
The military is maintaining a high readiness posture based on the ROK-U.S. combined
defense system to effectively respond to North Korean military provocations and otherthreats.

1. Military Organizations and Forces
A. Consolidation of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
The Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) has four central directorates and two assistantchiefs of staff. Figure 3-1 shows its major organizations. JCS is responsible for
conducting operational command and supervising the units under thecommand, and for performing combined and joint operations by
Figure 3-1. Organization Chart of JCS
ChairmanCentral Directorate for
Personnel & Logistics

Central Directorate forIntelligence

Assistant Chief of Staff(CofS) for Command &Communications

56
Defense White Paper 2008

Central Directorate forOperations

Central Directorate forStrategic Planning

Assistant CofS for Civil
Affairs & Psychological
WarfareSection 1 All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture

B. Force Capability of Individual Services(1) Army
The ROK Army is organized into Army Headquarters (HQ), two Armies,
one Operations Command, Capital Defense Command, Special Warfare
Command, Aviation Operations Command, and Guided Missile Commandand their supporting units. Major organizations and forces are shown in
Figure 3-2.

1) Joint Unit
A unit that consists ofelements from two or more
services and supports joint
operations under a single
commander with a unified
command.
2) Reinforcement of Essential Organizations Focusing
on Intelligence and Operations
JCS’s central directorates
for intelligence and operations have been reinforcedby adding 10 divisions. They
are as follows: Naval Intelligence Div., Air Intelligence
Div., Air Defense Div., Air
Operations Div., Mobility
support Div., etc.
3) Jointness
It refers to the joint operation
concept corresponding tofuture warfare which effectively combines and exercises military power to that
end, maximizes the synergies of warfighting capability,
and thus ensures victory inwar.
4) Joint Concept
It refers to a basic framework of thinking in which thecommander of the joint
forces manages essential
capabilities to effectively
respond to all military andnon-military threats.
5) Network Centric Warfare(NCW)
Introduced in 1998, NCW is
a new method of conducting warfare which utilizes
information technology andnetwork communication
technologies to enhance thesharing of information for
greater mission effectiveness.

57
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3

commanding joint units1) that are organized to carry out joint operations.
JCS is carrying out its reorganization process to have the ability of an
independent defense planning and operations system under its command inconnection with the proposed wartime operational control (OPCON)
transition. In 2006, JCS began to enlarge its core organizations including
intelligence and operations.2) JCS will continue to reshuffle its organization
until 2012 with a specific plan prepared in 2008.
Following the reorganization of the structure, JCS is making various efforts
to strengthen“jointness”3) to effectively respond to the change of future
warfare and the strategic environment.
By publishing The Joint Concept in 2006, JCS has firmly established the
Joint Operating Concept (JOC) in preparation for future warfare. JCS is alsobuilding a Joint Combat Development system based on the nexus of“joint
concept,”4) experimentation, and combat development. JCS intends todevelop a Joint Combat Development System that is suitable to Korea’swarfighting environment. For that purpose, JCS will develop methods ofcombat execution in stages based on the concept of network centric warfare(NCW),5) and develop required capabilities. Simultaneously, JCS will
improve the joint military education system and develop a joint doctrine. JCS
has a plan to operate a Jointness Committee and reorganize the Joint Staff
College into an agency dedicated to reinforcing“jointness.”Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3

Figure 3-2. Major Organizations and Forces of the ROK Army
※ Approximate figures

Army Headquarters

Field Army
(Operations Command)2

Capital Defense
Command

Aviation Operations
Command

Logistics Command

Special Warfare
Command

Guided Missile
CommandTraining and Doctrine
Command

(1)

Corps
(8)

6) Multiple-Launch Rocket
System (MLRS)
It consists of numerous
rocket ammunitions arranged in a box-like or cylindrical shape that is capable ofproducing massive synchronized firepower. It is typicallymounted on, and operated
from, a vehicle.

Troops(522,000)Tanks(2,300)

Armored vehicles(2,400)Artillery/MLRS 6)(5,400)

Guided weapons(30)

Helicopters(600)

The First ROK Army (FROKA) and Third ROK Army (TROKA) defend thefrontline area of responsibility south of the Military Demarcation Line (MDL),
while the Second Operations Command is in charge of security in the reararea and war sustainability.
The Capital Defense Command is
responsible for defending the capital area,such as assisting in maintaining the functions of Seoul and protecting its major
facilities. The role of the Special Warfare
Command is gathering enemy information,
Firing MLRS
guiding the firepower of the friendly
forces, and conducting other special
missions. The Aviation Operations Command provides firepower to support
ground troops and conducts transportation & surveillance missions. The
Guided Missile Command carries out precision strikes on targets deep inside
enemy territory.
In the future, the ROK Army will discard an manpower-intensive structure
to achieve a scientific, integrity-driven, technology-intensive structure. While
reducing the number of troops and units, the Army will pursue development

58
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture

Chapter 3

and acquisition of high-tech weapons systems. To this aim, the Army willsecure advanced forces such as unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs), multiplelaunch rocket systems (MLRSs), next tanks (XK-2) and next infantry fighting
vehicles (K-21) in order to reinforce surveillance, strike and maneuver
capabilities.
(2) Navy
The ROK Navy is organized into Navy HQ, Operations Command, Marine
Corps HQ, and their supporting units. Its core organizations and forces areshown in Figure 3-3.
Figure 3-3. Major Organizations and Forces of the ROK Navy

※ Approximate figures

Navy Headquarters

Operations Command

Marine Corps HQ

Logistics Command

Fleet Command

Marine Corps
Division (Brigade)

Education andTraining Command(3)

Troops (68,000)

2 (1)Submarines (10)Combat vessels (140)Support vessels (20)

Helicopters (40)

The Naval Operations Command (NOC) controls overall maritime
operations, and conducts surface warfare,7) submarine warfare,8) mine
warfare,9) and amphibious operations.10) The Fleet Commands defend theirrespective areas of responsibility.
In the future, the Navy will create a structure suitable for the employmentof three-dimensional forces, i.e., surface, underwater, and air operations. To
that end, the Navy will steadily secure such advanced naval vessels as
Gwanggaeto III-class destroyers (Aegis),11) next frigates and landing ships
tank (LSTs), multi-purpose transport vessels, Jangbogo II/III-classsubmarines, and maritime patrol aircraft, etc.

7) Surface Warfare
It refers to battle operations
in which a battle unit-comprising of surface ships--wages war at sea with thesupport of aircraft and/or
helicopters.
8) Submarine Warfare
It refers to military operations
involving submarines.
9) Mine Warfare
It refers to military operations
in which mines are used toblock or debilitate theenemy’
s navy, or operations
that are conducted to block
the enemy’s use of mines.
10) Amphibious Operation
It refers to an operation
designed to deploy landing
troops boarding ships oraircraft in coastal areas.
11) Aegis
AEGIS is the shield of Zeusfrom the Greek myth. As its
name implies, AEGIS is aship with most distinguisheddefense capabilities amongmodern navy surface vessels, In particular, it can
detect and track hundredsof enemy aircraft and vessels simultaneously in a broadarea, and strike them at along distance. This can playa decisive role in securing air
supremacy and commandof the sea by protecting
frendly forces to conduct
their operation without
restraint.

59
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3

The Marine Corps HQ is responsible for landing operations, defending thewestern part of the Greater Seoul Metropolitan Area (GSMA), and thenorthwestern islands on the Yellow sea. The Marine Corps will be equippedwith a brigade-level landing operation capability by obtaining UAVs andnext amphibious assault vehicles.
(3) Air ForceThe ROK Air Force is organized into the Air Force HQ, Operations
Command, and their supporting units. Figure 3-4 shows its core organizations and forces.
Figure 3-4. Major Organizations and Forces of the ROK Air Force※ Approximate figures
Air Force Headquarters
12) Air Control Operations
It refers to operations that
remotely detect and destroy
the source of enemy air
capabilities to secure air
superiority.
13) Strategic Attack Operations
It refers to operations thatexterminate enemy volitionor capabilities to continue awar, by striking its strategic
targets.
14) Air Interdiction Operations
It refers to operations thatblock, delay, or destroy
enemy forces before they
can be used against friendly
own forces.
15) Close Air Support Operations
It refers to operations inwhich fighter aircraft support
friendly forces by attacking
enemy ground and naval
forces that confront ourforces from a close distance.

Operations
Command

Tactical Airlift Wing

Southern Air
Combat Command

Air Defense
Artillery
CommandComposite Wing

Air Defense andControl Wing

Logistics Command

Fighter Wing

Education andTraining Command

Training Wing

(6)Fighter Wing
(3)

Troops(65,000)

Combat aircraft(490)

C2-ISR aircraft(40)

Air mobility aircraft(40)

Training aircraft(170)

Helicopters(40)

The Air Force Operations Command (AOC) controls the entire operationsin the air war zones in a centralized structure and performs air operations for
air control,12) strategic attacks,13) air interdiction,14) and close air support.15)
The Southern Air Combat Command, a subordinate to the Operations
Command, performs autonomous tactical actions and air operations for its
territory in the southern part of Korea. The Air Defense Artillery Command
performs multi-tiered air defense operations at low, medium, and highaltitudes.

60
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture

Chapter 3

The Air Force will develop into a structure that is suitable for air superiorityand precision strikes. To that end, the Air Force will steadily secure nextgeneration fighters, Airborne Warning and Control System (AWACS), as wellas surveillance and reconnaissance systems.
C. USFK and Augmentation Forces(1) Status of the United States Forces Korea
The United States Forces Korea (USFK) consists of the Eighth U.S. Army,
U.S. Naval Forces Korea, Marine Forces Korea, U.S. Air Forces Korea, andSpecial Operations Command Korea. The Commander of the USFK also
serves as the Commander of the United Nations Command (UNC) and theCommander of the ROK-U.S. Combined Forces Command (CFC). Figure 3-5
shows its core organization and forces.
Figure 3-5. Major Organization and Forces of the USFK※ Approximate figures

USFK Headquarters

8th U.S. Army

U.S. Naval Forces
Korea

Marine Forces
Korea

U.S. 2nd
Infantry Division

2nd Combat
Aviation
Brigade35th AirDefenseArtillery Brigade

501st MilitaryIntelligence
Brigade1st Signal
Brigade18th Medical
Command

Troops(28,000)

Fighters(90)

Attack helicopters
(40)

19th
Expeditionary
Sustainment
CommandOperational control

U.S. Air Forces
Korea

7th U.S. Air
Force
Command

8th Fighter
Wing

Tanks
(50)

Special Operations
Command Korea

Armored vehicles(130)

51st Fighter
Wing

ATACMS/16)
Patriot (40/60)

16) Army Tactical Missile
System (ATACMS)
Surface-to-surface missiles
with a maximum range of
300 km operated by the
U.S. Army

61
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 317) Abraham Battle Tanks
Main force tanks of the U.S.
Army, operationally deployed first in 1985 with a maximum speed of 67.7 km/h.
18) Bradley Armored Vehicles
Mainstay armored vehiclesof the U.S. Army that may
carry up to six infantry
soldiers in addition to thecrew. Maximum speed is 68
km/h.
19) Patriot
Surface-to-air missile of the
U.S. Army with an effective
range of 15-20 km.
20) Apache Helicopters(AH-64)Main attack helicopter of the
U.S. Army specialized in
destroying enemy tanks.
21) Time Phased Force Development Data (TPFDD)
It refers to the list andspecifications of the deployment of U.S. augmentation
units as requested by theCommander, CFC to implement OPLAN of the UNC/
CFC.

22) Carrier Battle GroupIt performs operational
missions by deploying its
cruisers and destroyers
around an aircraft carrier.

Its main forces are Abraham battle tanks,17) Bradley armored vehicles,18)
155mm self-propelled howitzers, MLRS, surface-to-air missles, e.g., thePatriot,19) Apache helicopters,20) F-16 fighters, and anti-tank attak planes.
(2) Augmentation Forces
U.S. augmentation forces that will be committed to support the defense of
the Republic of Korea in contingencies include approximately 690,000 Army,
Navy, Air Force, and Marine Corps troops, 160 naval ships, and 2,000
aircraft.
Depending on how the crisis unfolds, the U.S. augmentation capabilities
are categorized into three types: Flexible Deterrent Options (FDOs), Force
Module Packages (FMPs), and Time Phased Force Development Data
(TPFDD).21)
FDOs are ready to be implemented when war is imminent. They can beclassified into diplomatic, intelligence, military, and economic (DIME)
options. Approximately 130 deterrence options are ready to be employed.
FMPs are measures that augment combat or combat support units that need the most
support in the early phase of
the war should war deterrence
efforts through FDOs fail.
Included in the FMPs are elements such as rapid deployManeuver of a carrier battle groupment aircraft and carrier battlegroups.22)
Upon actual outbreak of war, U.S. augmentation forces are deployedaccording to the TPFDD, in which, FDO and FMP are included.

62
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture

Chapter 3

2. Military Readiness Posture
A. Early Warning and Crisis Management Systems
The ROK Armed Forces maintains 24-hour surveillance and operates an
early warning system over the Korean Peninsula and its adjunct islands,
including North Korea. For this purpose, the ROK military operates ROKU.S. combined intelligence assets, including signal and image assets andsatellites. Furthermore, the military also preemptively identifies indications ofpotential threats to Korea’s security and disseminates them in real timethrough the information distribution system.
The ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) is reinforcing its overall
defense system to effectively counter the diverse types of crises. Primarily,
MND has prepared 11 manuals relating to crisis management. It also
integrated its crisis management organizations by function. In late 2008, theMinistry extensively amended its Defense Crisis Management Instructions.
The Republic of Korea and the United States jointly prepare for threats
through close cooperation from an incipient stage by establishing a
combined crisis management system. Thus, the two countries are equippedwith a system that enables the leadership to make swift decisions and actions
by integrating diverse information within a short period of time incontingencies. In addition, the two countries also periodically complement
their consultation system by routinely carrying out ROK-U.S. combined crisis
management exercises in times of peace. Meanwhile, the two countries arealso preparing for a combined crisis management system through mutual
consultation in order to be ready when the wartime OPCON is transferred to
the ROK JCS.
B. Readiness Posture against Infiltration and Local
Provocation
North Korea is continuing its provocative acts against South Korea,
including invasion into the Northern Limit Line (NLL), trespassing thedemilitarized zone (DMZ), and firing at the ROK guard posts (GP).

63
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3

The ROK Armed Forces is tracking or monitoring North Korean army
movements 24 hours a day and maintaining an operational termination
posture on ground, sea and air. The ROK military will prevent escalation by
executing operations in a swift manner by taking powerful action in any
situation, at anytime, in anywhere based on the rules of engagement (ROE).
The ROK military has especially arranged for the capability to counter
North Korean provocation in the northwestern waters at all times. The ROK
military maintains an operation posture that can effectively counter North
Korean provocation with joint combat capability pursuant to the Rules ofEngagement. Meanwhile, the ROK Navy operates a communication system
between South and North Korean navy ships pursuant to the 2004 SouthNorth Korea General Officer-level Talks agreement to prevent contingent
military collisions.
The military has developed its alert system by increasing scientificsurveillance equipment rather thantroops in order to strengthen its
readiness in the DMZ and vulnerable
areas. In addition, it provides military
assurance on inter-Korean exchanges
and cooperation, but still maintains
an immediate operational response
Defending Dokdo Exercise
posture against any contingencies(near Dokdo in July 2008)
expected in connection with suchexchanges.
Furthermore, the ROK Armed Forces maintains complete readiness posture
to firmly safeguard the five islands in the northwestern sea and national
territory in the eastern, western, and southern seas including Marado,
Ulleungdo, and Dokdo.

64
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture

Chapter 338˚37´N 133˚00´E
NLL

East Sea

38˚03´N 123˚45´E
NLL
Ulleungdo

Patrol of the five islandsin the northwestern sea

Dokdo

Patrol of Dokdo

West Sea

MaradoPatrol of the five islands in the northwestern sea and Dokdo

C. Readiness Posture against General War
The ROK-U.S. Combined Forces maintain a perfect readiness postureagainst general war in case of North Korean provocation to secure the safetyof the Greater Seoul Metropolitan Area (GSMA) and to dominate thebattlefield at an early stage.
The ROK-U.S. Combined Forces also maintain a combined crisis
management system and early warning system that may enable a 24-hours-aday surveillance of the entire Korean Peninsula in preparation against any
possible military provocation by North Korea. The ROK-U.S. Combined
Forces also continue their efforts to deter such provocations by maintaining
combat readiness at all times.
Both the ROK and U.S. have established a firm combined defense system
in connection with the transfer of wartime OPCON. To that end, they have

65
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 323) Effects-based Operations (EBO)
A concept of operations that
accomplish pre-determined
desired effects by applying
all military and non-militarycapabilities in a consolidated
manner while minimizing
unnecessary mass destruction.
24) Information Operations(IO)
Operations for defending
friendly information andintelligence systems by
consolidating all available
means in war and peacetime, while attacking or
affecting enemy informationand intelligence systems inorder to achieve information
superiority.

been developing preparatory plans reflecting the following: first,
countermeasures and the availability of U.S. augmentation forces in relation
to the changing North Korean threats including weapons of mass destruction(WMD); second, such combat execution concepts as effects-based
operations (EBO),23) information operations (IO),24) and NCW; and third,
new developments of military capabilities such as command, control,
communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance(C4ISR), and precision guided munitions (PGMs).
Both the ROK and U.S. are also establishing doctrines that may maximize
the joint and combined operational capabilities. In addition, the two nations
are carrying out practical joint/combined training and exercises.
D. Readiness Posture against Terrorist Attack
The risk of a terrorist attack is on the increase at home and abroad as
witnessed by the kidnappings of Christian evangelical missionaries in
Afghanistan and the Mabuno in Somali waters in 2007. The ROK military has
strengthened its capabilities and readiness posture for immediate response
against various types of terrorist threats.
First, counter-terrorism planning function has been enhanced. In June
2008, the Implementation Manual on Responses to Terrorism on Military
Installations was prepared to enable practical actions against terrorist attacks
on military installations. Also, MND has revised the Working Manual on
Actions against Terrorism based on the Standard Government Manual on theManagement of Terrorism and Other Crises.
Second, the ROK military is becoming fully equipped with capabilities tocarry out effective counter-terrorism operations, updating the equipment ofcounter-terrorism task forces, and pushing forward with the deployment of acomprehensive database of counter-terrorism equipments and materiel.
Furthermore, the military has improved inter-governmental information
sharing and cooperation among the related agencies, including the National
Intelligence Service (NIS), the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade (MOFAT),
the National Police Agency (NPA), and the National Emergency Management

66
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture

Chapter 3

Agency (NEMA).
Third, the military has developed
counter-terrorism training systems bysystematizing joint exercises between
government agencies affiliated withcounter-terrorism Special Forces, and crisis
management training under the sponsorship of the JCS. The ROK military has also
intensified on-site inspections while
applying training models and techniquesdeveloped to suit changing operational
conditions.

Readiness exercise against
chemical terrorism

Maritime anti-terrorism training

3. Readiness Posture for Rapid Mobilization 25)
Modern warfare is a total war for which the government makes maximum
use of all national personnel, materials, and resources. The ROK Armed
Forces employs a rapid mobilization posture to efficiently mobilize thenation’s available resources in wartime.
A. Manpower Mobilization
Manpower mobilization constitutes essential troops required for units inaction, secures needed personnel for military operations, and mobilizes
additional human resources to convey missions of government agencies andcompanies designated for mobilization.26) It is broken down into personnel
mobilization, wartime labor service mobilization, and technician
mobilization.
Personnel mobilization refers to mobilizing human resources to be used ascombat personnel of military units as required for expansion (augmentation
or establishment) of military units or for replenishing their losses. MND has
designated and manages elite resources to ensure efficiency in wartime25) Mobilization
Exercise of government
authority to efficiently manage and control manpower,
materials, goods and services to achieve objectives inincidents of national security
when a war or comparable
national emergency occurs.

26) Companies Designatedfor Mobilization (CDM)
Business enterprises thathave been designated asenterprises to be mobilized
in order to carry out given
missions according to thewartime mobilization plan.

67
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 327) Second Eligible Conscription Status
Those who have been
determined to be able toperform military support
service under wartime labor
service mobilization, even if
they are found not to be fit
to perform active duty or
replacement through physical examination for conscription.
28) Replacement Status
Those judged to be fit for
active duty, but excluded
from active duty or havebeen assigned to mandatory
public service because of
supply and demand circumstances for personnel.
29) Management of Control
This refers to control imposed on business enterprisesthat are mobilized for controlof their production, repair,
processing, and distribution
processes to accomplish
mobilization objectives. The
business enterprises areallowed to retain autonomy
for its operations other thanthose controlled.

personnel mobilization. The assembly areas have been grouped by region inorder to enhance timeliness. Personnel mobilization has become more
efficient by allowing each Regional Military Personnel Administration to
supply manpower to frontline corps that has suffered large casualties.
Furthermore, MND has improved its procedure for wartime emergency
mobilization, systems for issuing notices of call for operational mobilization,
promotion of homeland reserve force leaders, and the transportation andconvoy of mobilized manpower.
Wartime labor service mobilization refers to mobilizing personnel thatcarry out wartime labor duties to support military operations, damage
recovery, and transportation of supplies and ammunition. MND has
improved efficiency in mission performance by switching the conscripts fromsecond eligible conscription status27) to replacement status28) who can serveas an active duty personnel. MND will continue to review and complement
the requirements for wartime labor service mobilization in the future.
Technician mobilization involves mobilizing personnel who holdgovernment-issued technical qualification certificates. The personnel carryout operations or maintenance of equipment to support combat or combat
service activities. MND has stepped up its cooperation with the Ministry of
Public Administration and Safety (MOPAS) and Local Government
Administration Offices to mobilize persons with technical qualification
certificates in new technology or information service areas.
B. Materiel Mobilization
Materiel mobilization supports military operations and ensures war
sustainability by mobilizing such resources as commodities, equipment,
facilities, and entities held by the civilian sector and government at theappropriate time and place. It is broken down into mobilization of industry,transportation, construction, and communication.
Industrial mobilization refers to“mobilization”or“management of control”29)of materials (food, clothing, petrol, materials for construction, ammunition,
medical supplies, parts for repair, etc.) and targets such as maintenance and68
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 All-dimensional Military Readiness Posture

Chapter 3

repair service providers (general equipment, aircraft, and ships, etc.),
promotional media, and hospitals. MND has deployed a government-wide
joint resources survey system in cooperation with government ministries
responsible for managing resources. The Ministry has made companies
designated for mobilization (CDM) familiarized with their wartime mission
procedures by gradually extending the production drill of appointed
companies for mobilization. Furthermore, MND reassigned the mobilizationof materials service in the First and Third ROK Army (FROKA/TROKA)
regions from the Logistics Command to the military units with assigned
missions.30) MND plans to expand designation of resources for mobilizationby continually identifying those consumer commodities that areinteroperable with those of the military.
Transportation mobilization refers to“mobilization for use”31) or“managementof control”of transportation equipment(automobiles, vessels, and aircraft, etc.) andcompanies for maintenance, transport,
loading and unloading of such equipment.
Mobilization of materials drill
MND has enhanced the mobilization ratio
by designating resources in other cities or provinces for regions where
resources are insufficient. In case of helicopters, the scope of designation has
been extended by adding business enterprises to the existing individual
mobilization.
Construction mobilization refers to“mobilization for use”or“managementof control”of the buildings, land, construction equipment, maintenanceservice providers and construction companies. The military has shortened
the mobilization time by mobilizing the latest-model equipment, tiremounted mobile equipment or equipment available in areas near the units
that will use them. In the future, MND plans to utilize civilian repair andtransport service providers by designating them for mobilization according toa plan for extending outsourcing to the private sector.
Communication mobilization refers to“mobilization for use”or30) Military Unit with
Assigned Mission
Brigade or higher units thatcarry out the management
or operation of the reserve
forces based on the authority entrusted.
31) Mobilization for Use
Mobilization of equipment touse for a given period but tobe returned to the owner
when demobilized.

69
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3“management of control”of the general communication (domestic andinternational circuits), satellite communication circuits and information andtelecommunication service providers. MND is extending the mobilization
scope to civilian broadband service providers and information technology
companies in order to maximize the capability to support smooth command,
control, and communication capabilities during wartime.

70
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Integrated Civil-Governmental-Military Defense Posture

Chapter 3

Section 2. Integrated Civil-GovernmentalMilitary Defense PostureThreat from North Korea is still continuing while non-military threats such as terrorism,
disaster, and catastrophes are also on the rise.
The ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) has developed an integrated civil,
governmental, and military defense posture with the aim of utilizing all available capabilities
in contingency in order to actively cope with diversified threats to national security .
Accordingly, MND has established the integrated civil, governmental, and military
defense system to ensure effective military command, close cooperation and support,
and is enforcing the relevant laws and regulations to that end. It is also preparing thenecessary infrastructure and training conditions to enhance the integrated defense
operational posture.

1. Integrated Defense System
Due to the increase in request for larger roles and functions for regional
security by heads of local autonomous entities, succeeding theimplementation of the local autonomy system in 1995, the government has
been advancing the integrated defense system to firmly secure the local
security posture.
The integrated defense system is comprised of the Integrated Defense
Headquarters, the Central (Regional) Integrated Defense Committees, andthe Integrated Defense Supporting Headquarters. Figure 3-6 shows thesystem of command and cooperation under the integrated defense system.

71
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3

The Integrated Defense Headquarters is the office of primary responsibility
for integrated defense missions, chaired by the chairman of the Joint Chiefsof Staff (JCS). Its main missions are to formulate and coordinate policies for
integrated defense, to ascertain and supervise the integrated defense posture,
to conduct general analyses of the situations of integrated defense operations
and present counter-measures, to provide directions for operations andtraining for integrated defense, and to coordinate and control their
execution.
The Central Integrated Defense Committee is the top decision-making
organization in connection with integrated defense, which belongs to the
Office of the Prime Minister. It deliberates and votes on the national
integrated defense policy, directions for operations and training forintegrated defense, and the announcement of an integrated defense
situation.
Figure 3-6. Integrated Defense Command and Coordination System

President
Cabinet Meeting(Decision-making)National Security
CouncilCommand
SupportCooperation

Prime Minister
Central Integrated
Defense Committee
Integrated Defense Headquarters(Chaired by the Chairman of JCS)

Govt Ministries

MND

Regional Integrated
Defense Committee

JCS

National
Mobilization

Disaster
Control/Damage
Rehab

Military
Operations

Integrated
DefenseOperations

Support for
Integrated
DefenseOperations

Chungmu Plan
(ROK mobilization
plan)

Civil Defense

Operations
CommandRegional MilitaryComs./Local Police
AgencyCommissioners

Local Government(Integrated
DefenseSupporting HQ)

72
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Integrated Civil-Governmental-Military Defense Posture

Chapter 3

The Local Integrated Defense Committees are controlled by mayors andgovernors of 16 metropolises and provinces, including the mayor of Seoul aswell as mayors of smaller cities and heads of district (gu) offices. They
deliberate and decide on integrated defense counter-measures, theannouncement of integrated defense situations, and integrated defense
operations and their supportive measures for its training.
The Integrated Defense Supporting Headquarters are controlled bymayors, governors, county administrators, and district (or eup, myeon, anddong) office heads. Their major functions and duties are as follows:
establishing the plans for provision of support for integrated defense related
operations and exercises; operating thesituation rooms; providing support fornational defense elements including
military, police, reserve forces, local
governments, and the civil defense corps;
and establishing a reporting system of
A Session of the Central Integrated
suspicious activities or persons to the Defense Council at the Central Govt
Complex on January 23, 2008.
authorities.
The government holds the Central (Regional) Integrated Defense Council
once a year to appraise the status of measures taken concerning the
integrated defense posture on a central and local level in an effort tomaintain the integrated defense posture.

2. Integrated Defense Operations Posture
In the cases of enemy infiltration or provocation, the integrated defense
operation procedure is as follows. First, the mayor or governor announces
the integrated defense situation as the chairman of the Regional Integrated
Defense Committee via authorization of the Regional Integrated Defense
Council. Second, the mayor or governor appoints the local police agency’scommissioner or the local military commander as the local integrated defense

73
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3

operations commander. Third, the operations commander carries out his
duty, integrating all national defense elements and unifying all command
systems into one. At the same time, the mayor or governor operates theIntegrated Defense Supporting Headquarters and provides support for the
integrated defense operations.
The government is making diverse efforts to maintain a wholly-integrated
Civil-Governmental-Military Defense Posture at the local level, operating theIntegrated Defense General Situation Room to cope with emergency
situations in a timely manner. It is also developing a wide area network forvideo tele-conference (VTC) and interactive broadcast between local
situation rooms.
To enhance the protection capability of national key facilities, self-defense
plans by each facility have been refurbished along with surveillance assets,
situation rooms, and monitoring facilities. The military and police are also
developing an integrated defense plan for densely populated areas andfurther strengthening related drills. Especially in 2007, factors in integrated
defense training such as control, evaluation, content, and time management
were reinforced.

3. Homeland Defense Operations Posture
Homeland defense operations arecarried out by mobilizing the Homeland
Reserve Forces in cooperation with civilians, the government, and the military.
They aim to protect important local facilities and military supply lines from enemy
Carrying out Homeland Defense
attack, which include those from armed
Operations
infiltrators.
MND carries out rigorous training of the Homeland Reserve Forces using
scientific equipments and devices in an effort to reinforce their capability of74
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Integrated Civil-Governmental-Military Defense Posture

Chapter 3

carrying out operations to protect the homeland during both times of war
and peace.
The organization of the Homeland Reserve Forces has been undergoing an
overhaul on a continual basis to maintain a high level of efficiency inhomeland defense operations. Up until 2008, with the number of reserve
forces and local conditions under consideration, 95 local reserve companies
were reorganized and integrated, and 74 local units32) of Homeland Reserve
Forces were organized. Moreover, 21 mobile units were additionallyorganized in urban areas to secure a higher level of operational flexibility. In
2007 and 2008, there were changes in the status of 96 workplace reserve
forces (i.e. nine were newly established; 14 were upgraded; 14 weredowngraded; and 59 were disbanded).

32) Local Units
They are units controlled bybattalions of Homeland
Reserve Forces and control
companies carrying out
operations for Homeland
Reserve Forces.

Continual efforts are made to ensure support for homeland defense
operations of the Homeland Reserve Forces. Such efforts include
modernization of arms and establishment of objectives by units and items tosecure combat gear in consideration of each unit’s duty and operational
environment.

4. Laws and Regulations related to Integrated
DefenseIn December 1967, MND enacted the Presidential
Directive on Counter-espionage Measures in
response to the North’s continuing infiltration andprovocation in the 1960’
s. In January 1995, thename was revised to the Integrated Defense Guide.
In January 1997, the Integrated Defense Act wasenacted as the legal basis for the integrated defense
stimulated by the North’s submarine infiltration
incident at Gangneung in October 1996.

Acts and regulations on
integrated defense

75
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3

In 2002 and 2006, relevant laws and regulations were revised inconsideration of changes in the national security environment. In 2007, theIntegrated Defense Guide was amended to reinforce cooperation between
elements engaged in national defense to better protect strategic militaryfacilities and carry out smooth integrated defense operations.

76
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Strengthening Spiritual Power

Chapter 3

Section 3. Strengthening Spiritual Power
Since soldiers must place their lives at risk in order to engage in combat duty upon
contingencies, they should be equipped with sound views on the nation, right views on
the enemy, and the esprit de corps.
As shown in recent surveys, young people’s national security awareness remains
unsatisfactory. Action is required to impart a mentality of patriotism and soundconsciousness about security to those who join the military. Thus, the ROK Ministry of
National Defense (MND) has set spiritual education for soldiers as one of the top
priorities for commanders and instructed them to carry out rigorous sessions of spiritual
education on combat readiness posture.

1. Meaning of Spiritual Power and Contents of
Spiritual Education
Spiritual power refers to the organized mental strength with which troops
carry out their assignments diligently and follow commanders’orders basedon firm belief, strict discipline, high morale, and strong unity.
In connection with the aim to establish a“solid all-directional military
readiness posture,”MND encourages military personnel to think of“what toprotect”(sound views on the nation),“who to fight against”(right views on
the enemy), and“how to carry out duties”(esprit de corps).
As Citizens in Uniform, troops are encouraged to take pride in the country’shistory based on the love of the homeland, the firm belief in the legitimacyof the Republic of Korea, and the supremacy of a liberal, democratic system.

77
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3“ Troops’sound views on the nation is the firstand foremost condition for an elite
and advanced military.

”

President Lee Myung-bak making a speechat the 64th graduation ceremony of the Korea Military Academy (March 11, 2008)33) Six Leading Elements of
Soldiers’Virtues include
honor, loyalty, genuine courage, confidence in victory, a“no retreat”mindset, andpatri-otism. These are thevalues which the ROK military should forever adhereto.

Troops should firmly recognize the need for national security measures
keeping in mind that the duty of the military is to protect the country fromthose threatening its existence and interest. They are taught to look at theduality of the current national security situation on the Korean Peninsula (i.e.
exchanges and cooperation amid military confrontation between the two
Koreas). They are also taught to pay attention to the Korean War and otherprovocative acts perpetrated by the North, the current reality of the Northand its military threats against the South, and the significance of the ROKU.S. alliance for the country’s security.
MND does its best to instill six leading elements of soldiers’virtues33) thatform the basis of their mindset and can lead a country to victory in war. It
reinforces the fact that they may be forced to sacrifice their lives for thecountry.

78
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Strengthening Spiritual Power

Chapter 3

2. Spiritual Education System
Spiritual Education for officers is
conducted in two ways: in-school
education of spirit and unit’s education of spirit.
At schools, leaders are educated toimbue their minds with patriotism andgeneral security consciousness as wellas train their ability to provide spiritual
education to their subordinates. To
aid the adaptation process of thebarrack life for newly enlisted personA session of weekly spiritual education fortroopsnel, the military is conducting new
education and training with emphasis
placed on“making a true soldier.”In order for them to have the correct
sense of patriotism and national security consciousness, the military hasbalanced each value in order to consolidate their sense of value as soldiers.
All members are subject to unit’s spiritual education that is conducted in
two sessions: regular-hour education and barrack-life education. Respective
experts educate on the issue of the motherland and national security.
Furthermore, the area of combative spirit is conducted as daily-life educationby commanders. Also, civilian experts are invited to give spiritual lectures tothe troops (a total of 4,116 sessions in 2007). The faculty members at the
National Defense University visit individual units for spiritual education (atotal of 4,553 sessions in 2007) in an effort to enhance the quality of overall
education.
MND examines relevant guidelines periodically to maintain the consistency
and unity of education and uses the modified Basic Texts for Spiritual
Education. In particular, it has constructed a system for the constantproduction of educational materials using such mechanisms as the armed
forces TV. Therefore, in case of a major security issue, it is believed that

79
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 3 Defense Posture for Comprehensive Security

Chapter 3

simultaneous education can be conducted to all troops throughout the nation
using the televised channel.
Diversified spiritual education programs are also being developed andused. In keeping with the changing times and the trends of a newgeneration, MND leads its troops to voluntarily participate under their own
belief. Promptness and efficiency are certainly upgraded by virtue of having
developed a cyber-infrastructure for spiritual education system in conformity
with the age of information technology and science.

80
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

The ROK and the U.S. have shed blood together in
war and will remain staunch allies for years to come.
The two nations seek to develop a future-oriented
relationship in a creative way based on their sharedvalues, interests, and the legitimacy of the Alliance.

Chapter4

Creative Development of ROK-U.S. Military Alliance● Section 1 Future-oriented ROK-U.S. Military Alliance● Section 2 New Alliance Military Structure● Section 3 Securing Quality Stationing Conditions andPromoting Mutual TrustChapter 4 Creative Development of ROK-U.S. Military Alliance

Chapter 4

Section 1.
Future-oriented ROK-U.S. Military Alliance
Based on the Mutual Defense Treaty between the Republic of Korea and the UnitedStates signed in 1953, the ROK-U.S. military alliance has played a pivotal role inmaintaining peace and stability on the Korean Peninsula. The two nations will continue,
based on shared values of liberal democracy and market economy, to expand
cooperation and to develop a 21st Century strategic alliance that contributes to world
peace.

1. Development of the ROK-U.S. Alliance
The ROK-U.S. Alliance has evolved in response to its changing security
environments and U.S. global strategies.
Today, in addition to the conventional military threats, the world is facing
various security threats that include terrorism, natural disasters, andproliferation of weapons of mass destruction (WMD). In order to effectively
cope with these various threats, the U.S. is changing its global posture andcarrying out the military transformation that can maximize operational
efficiency and gurantee the rapid deployment of the troops. The UnitedStates is transforming the once-stationary forces deployed overseas into a
flexible force equipped with enhanced mobility. Simultaneously, the U.S.
seeks to strengthen the effectiveness of its alliances with friendly states inorder to address global and regional concerns.
Korea has significantly elevated its worldwide reputation through84
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Future-oriented ROK-U.S. Military Alliance

The two leaders of Korea and U.S. hold a joint press conference after the Summit(Camp David, April 19, 2008)

Chapter 4sustaining economic growth and fortifying democracy. Such changes haveprompted South Koreans to increasingly voice out for a healthier and moremature partnership with the U.S.
Reflecting such changes, the two nations are coordinating their Allianceissues, an agenda based on mutual consultation that includes the UnitedStates Forces Korea (USFK) mission transfer, re-sizing of forces, elevating therecipient status of the ROK’s Foreign Military Sales (FMS) of U.S. weapon
systems, wartime operational control (OPCON) transition, and relocation of
USFK installations.
In accordance with the Joint Communique´ announced at the 34th ROKU.S. Security Consultative Meeting (SCM)1) in December 2002, Ten Military
Missions 2) previously assumed by the U.S. were handed over to the ROK
military starting from 2004 and completed at the end of 2008.
The number of USFK troops stationed in Korea was gradually scaled-downfrom 37,500 in 2003 to 32,500 in 2004 and to 28,500 in 2007. An additional
reduction to 25,000 was expected by 2008, but the two nations agreed tomaintain the troop level at 28,500 at the ROK-U.S. Summit Talks in April
2008. The figure was reconfirmed during the subsequent Defense Ministeriallevel Talks in June 2008 and at the 40th SCM.
Elevation of ROK’s FMS status was pursued actively following the ROKU.S. Summit in April 2008. Consequently, the FMS status of Korea waselevated to that of NATO+3 3) (Australia, Japan, New Zealand) in October of 2008.

1) The ROK-U.S. Security
Consultative Meeting (SCM):
It is the highest level security
consultation session attended by high-ranking defense
and diplomatic officials, including the Defense Ministers.
2) Missions transferred to
the ROK Military:∙Security Mission of the
JSA (October 2004)∙Rear Area Decontamination Operations (August
2004)∙Installation of Rapid Mines(August 2005)∙Management of Air-toGround shooting ranges(August 2005)∙Counterfire Fight Headquarters (October 2005)∙Control of Main Supply
Routes (October 2005)∙Counter Special Operation
Forces (C-SOF) Operations (January 2006)∙Close Air Support (CAS)Control (August 2006)∙Weather forecast (December 2006)∙Day and nighttime combat
search & rescue (September 2008)
3) In accordance with Arms
Export Control Act andForeign Assistance Act, theU.S. classifies the recipient
countries of U.S. defense
sales into four groups. The
Congressional review period
and conditions for sales
approval are applied differently to each group.

85
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 4 Creative Development of ROK-U.S. Military Alliance

Chapter 4

These constructive adjustments in Alliance issues form the foundation for a
future-oriented relationship that expands cooperation and defines new roles.

2. A Way Ahead for the ROK-U.S. Alliance
The Alliance, once focused primarily on military issues, now seeks totransform into a more comprehensive and future-oriented relationship byexpanding cooperation.
The two nations have developed a close military collaboration system
based on shared values of liberal democracy, human rights and market
economy. The shared values and trust are utilized to further expand
cooperation into the political, economic, social and cultural sectors. They are
now developing the relationship into a 21st Century strategic alliance that
contributes to regional, global peace and prosperity.
During the Summit in April 2008,
the leaders of the two nations agreed
to upgrade the relationship into a 21stCentury Strategic Alliance. The Defense Ministers agreed to cooperate
closely to materialize the future vision of the ROK-U.S. Alliance during
the 40th SCM in October 2008.
Sharing such universal values, theA joint press interview held after the 40th SCM
two nations will further solidify
session (Washington DC, October 17, 2008)
mutual trust by forming a solid cooperative relationship. Furthermore, with robust ROK-U.S. Alliance as a model
framework, the ROK government will strengthen its strategic cooperation
with other nations in the region as well.

86
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 New Alliance Military Structure

Chapter 4

Section 2. New Alliance Military Structure
The ROK and the U.S. have agreed for the U.S. to transfer wartime OPCON to the
ROK side by April 17, 2012. From there on, the two countries will maintain the new
combined defense system,4) equivalent to the existing combined system, that can deter
enemy aggression and ensure sheer victory in the event of war.

1. Chronology of Transferring Wartime Operational
Control (1950-2005)
In July 1950, the President of the Republic of Korea, Syngman Rheehanded over the Operational Command (OPCOM)5) authorities of the ROK
military to the Commander-in-Chief of the United Nations Command,
General Douglas MacArthur. It was an inevitable choice intended to extricate
the country from crisis during the Korean War. When the war was over, theROK and the U.S. agreed to place the ROK Armed Forces under the UN
Commander’s Operational Control (OPCON)6) to ensure the UN Forces’commitment for defending the nation. With the establishment of the ROKU.S. Combined Forces Command (CFC) in November 1978, operational
control was transferred from the UN Commander to the ROK-U.S. CFC
Commander.
Discussions regarding the return of wartime OPCON began in August 1987,
when the then Presidential candidate Roh Tae-woo proclaimed“OPCON
Transition and Relocation of Yongsan Base”as his campaign pledge. The

4) New Combined Defense
SystemThe defense system set up
to achieve joint strategic andoperational objectives of the
ROK and the U.S., with the
ROK JCS-supported and
USFK-supporting roles. The
two nations establish bilateral operational plans andcarry out combined operations5) Operational Command(OPCOM)
The authority of a commanding officer to a subsidiary to
execute an operational
mission6) Operational Control(OPCON)The authority delegated to acommanding officer to carryout a specified mission ortask in an operational plan oroperational order87
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 4 Creative Development of ROK-U.S. Military Alliance

Chapter 47) Nunn-Warner Amendment
to the Brooks Act
Refers to the addition of theopinion of U.S. Congress on
the ROK-U.S. relationship toa bill submitted to U.S.
Congress for approval on
the defense budget andregulation of troop levels for
FY 1990-1991.
8) East Asia Strategic Initiative (EASI)A report submitted by U.S.
Department of Defense toCongress in compliance withthe request made by the
Nunn-Warner Amendment. It
was submitted on three
separate occasions in 1990,
1991, and 1992.
9) The ROK-U.S. MilitaryCommittee Meeting (MCM)
The MCM develops anddisseminates missions to the
CFC Commander in accordance with Strategic Guidance set forth by the twonations’National Commandand Military Authority or
decisions made during the
SCM.
10) Combined DelegatedAuthority (CODA)
The delegated authority
during peacetime over ROK
units, which are placed
under wartime OPCON. It
encompasses six areas:
combined Crisis Management; establishing OPLAN;
combined exercises; developing combined Joint Doctrine; managing ROK-U.S.
combined intelligence; andestablishing C4I interoperability.

matter was also discussed in the U.S. through the Nunn-Warner Amendment
to the Brooks Act (1989)7) and the East Asia Strategic Initiative (EASI, 19901992),8) which added momentum to the issue in ways of a series of working
group studies and close bilateral coordination.
During the 13th session of the ROK-U.S. Military Committee Meeting(MCM) 9) in November 1991, the two countries agreed on returningpeacetime OPCON to the ROK government between 1993 and 1995, and tofurther discuss wartime OPCON transition after 1996. Thereafter, peacetime
OPCON was transferred to the Chairman of the ROK Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS)at the end of 1994. Currently, the CFC Commander exercises wartime
OPCON as well as the Combined Delegated Authority (CODA).10)

2. Timeline of Transferring Wartime Operational
Control (2005-Present)
As the Defense Ministers agreed during
the 37th SCM in October 2005 to“appropriately accelerate discussions on
wartime OPCON transition,”the discussions
gained momentum.
During the ROK-U.S. Summit in September 2006, the two Presidents agreed inprinciple to transfer wartime OPCON.
During the 38th SCM in October, the twoStrategic Transition Plan (STP) was
Defense Ministers agreed on the Roadmap signed to implement wartime OPCON
transition (Seoul, June 29, 2007)
to the New Alliance Military Structure in the
post-OPCON Transition Era. The agreement included a plan to“decommission the ROK-U.S. CFC and expeditiously complete the transitionof OPCON to the ROK after October 15, 2009 but no later than March 15,
2012.”In January 2007, the ROK-U.S. Military Committee signed Agreements on

88
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 New Alliance Military Structure11) Agreements on CIWG
Management
An agreement signed on
January 19, 2007 regarding
basic elements (purpose,
principles, key players,
agenda, etc) required for the
study of and reporting oncommand relationships aswell as OPCON Transition.

3. Main Contents of OPCON Transition
The Strategic Transition Plan will provide the combined forces with an
improved operational capability and establish an engine for robust military
coordination system. Further detailed implementation efforts of the STP
include; commissioning a Theater Operation Command System; inaugurating
the ROK-U.S. military coordination system; framing an operation plan;
constructing a combined operations execution system; building a combined
exercise structure; and facilitating the basis for wartime OPCON transition.
Starting in 2008, the ROK and the U.S. have conducted biannual combined
exercises to skillfully master mission areas considered essential under the
new defense system. These exercises are scheduled to continue until the endof 2011, a year immediately preceding wartime OPCON transition. The
annual SCM and MC will be used as venues to review the progress of STP. In
early 2012, a Combined Evaluation Group consisting of ROK-U.S.
professional experts will be commissioned, in order to assess the status ofOPCON Transition as well as verify the operational capability of the ROK JCS
and U.S. Korea Command (US KORCOM).
OPCON transition signifies a new allied military structure in which the ROK
military assumes the leading role and the U.S. provides overall support,
hence the construct of the“Supported and Supporting Roles.”Korea and theUnited States are striving to establish a strong combined defense systemcommensurate to the current standing system.
A key to the new combined defense system is the ROK-U.S. military89
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 4

Combined Implementation Working Group (CIWG) Management,11) which
was followed by a February 2007 agreement between the Defense Ministers
to finalize April 17, 2012 as the date for OPCON Transition. Thereafter, CIWG
was formed to establish a Strategic Transition Plan (STP) to transfer OPCON
from CFC to ROK JCS. In June 2007, the plan was signed by the Chairman of
ROK JCS and the Senior U.S. Military Officer Assigned to Korea (SUSMOAK).

Chapter 4 Creative Development of ROK-U.S. Military Alliance

Chapter 412) Essential Areas∙Combined intelligence andcrisis management∙Combined planning andoperations∙Logistics∙Exercise and training∙C4I systemcoordination authority. It consists of the Alliance Military Coordination Center(AMCC), which assists the Chairman of ROK JCS/Theater Operations
Commander, Chairman of U.S. JCS (Senior USFK Officer)/KORCOM
Commander; functional military coordination elements between the ROK JCS
and the U.S. KORCOM; and cooperative bodies between subsidiaryechelons. The two countries will cooperate closely in essential areas12)
required to deter war and maintain robust readiness. In terms of theoperation of Air Force assets, the two nations will maintain an efficient
cooperative system that reflects the unique battlefield environment of the
Korean Peninsula.
OPCON transition is initiated by four guiding principles: first, maintaining
the ROK-U.S. Mutual Defense Treaty; second, continuing USFK stationing
and guaranteeing rapid deployment of U.S. Forces in times of crisis; third,providing continuous U.S. support in areas where ROK falls short incapability, such as in ISR capabilities; fourth, maintaining combined
readiness posture and deterrence capacity during the OPCON transition.
In recognition of the historical meaning and the significance of wartime
OPCON transition, the two nations will monitor changes in the security
environment and transition readiness through annual SCM and MCM,
reflecting adjustments if deemed necessary. Once the transition has been
completed, the ROK and the U.S. will exert all efforts towards early
consolidation of the new combined defense system.

90
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Securing Quality Stationing Conditions and Promoting Mutual Trust

Chapter 4

Section 3.

Securing Quality Stationing Conditions andPromoting Mutual Trust
The ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) is doing its best to provide a stablestationing environment for USFK and to solidify mutual trust to maintain a robust Alliance.
The two nations are in close consultation to ensure seamless implementation of USFK
relocation plans and appropriate level of defense cost-sharing. By facilitating policy
consultations and various activities to reinforce bilateral ties, the two nations arepromoting mutual trust.

1. Securing Quality Stationing Conditions for USFK
A. USFK Base Relocation
The ROK and U.S. governments are relocating the U.S. military
installations scattered nationwide including the Yongsan base and the U.S.
2nd Infantry Division in Northern Gyeonggi Province, in order to ensure anationally balanced development and provide a stable stationing
environment for U.S. Forces stationed in Korea.
The two nations began negotiations on Yongsan relocation in March 1988
and reached an agreement at the ROK-U.S. Summit in May 2003. In 2004,
the Yongsan Relocation Agreement (UA/IA)13) and the Amendment to theLand Partnership Plan (LPP)14) were signed. The plan to relocate the U.S.
2nd Infantry Division, which was initially a separate issue, was integrated
into the LPP. In December 2004, the Special Act on the Assistance to13) Yongsan Relocation
Agreement (UA/IA)∙Umbrella Agreement (UA):Consisting of a preamble
and eight clauses, it contains the principles andmethods for expenses
concerning Yongsan baserelocation.
∙Implementation Agreement (IA): Consisting of apreamble and sevenclauses, it contains details
concerning Yongsan baserelocation
14) Land Partnership Plan
(LPP)
This is a program to integrate
USFK facilities throughout
the Peninsula and to return
unnecessary facilities as wellas land. The letter of intent
was signed during the 33rd
SCM (November 2001) andwas ratified by the National
Assembly (October 2002).

91
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 4 Creative Development of ROK-U.S. Military Alliance

Chapter 4

Pyeongtaek City, etc. for the Relocation of the USFK Bases was enacted topromote local economic development. In March 2007, the two nations
agreed on the Master Plan and held a groundbreaking ceremony inNovember the same year. Presently, the project is being progressively carriedout in accordance with the Master Plan.
In the process of relocation of the U.S. Forces in Korea, a total of 40 U.S.
military bases and facilities were returned to the Korean authorities by theend of 2008. About 40 more U.S. bases (approximately 43 million square
meters) are scheduled to be returned.

Work under way for a road leading to the newly built U.S. military base in Pyeongtaek(Camp Humphreys, December 2008)

15) Defense Cost-Sharing
The Korean government’ssubsidy on USFK expenditure based on the“Agreement between the ROK
and the U.S. on facilities andareas stipulated in Article 4of the ROK-U.S. Mutual
Defense Treaty and Special
Measures depicted in Article
5 of the Status of Forces
Agreement (SOFA)”[morewidely known as Special
Measures Agreement (SMA)].

The consolidation of U.S. military bases is expected to mitigate local
complaints toward the USFK and set conditions favorable to accomplish abalanced regional development. At the same time, the two nations are
currently discussing ways to resolve environmental cleanup issues
concerning those U.S. bases and facilities being returned.
B. Defense Cost-Sharing15)
Since the signing of the Special Measures Agreement (SMA) in 1991, theROK government has shouldered a certain portion of the USFK stationing
cost. The size of such payment is proportionately decided by factors
considering the ROK government’s financial capacity as well as efforts to best
improve the USFK stationing environment.

92
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Securing Quality Stationing Conditions and Promoting Mutual Trust

Chapter 4

Until 2008, the shared defense cost was divided into four areas: labor costof the Korean contractors hired by USFK; military construction costs for noncombat military facilities; Combined Defense Improvement Project(CDIP) for constructing facilities of combat and combat support service; andlogistic areas for service and materiel support. After 2009, CDIP will bemerged as a sub-category of Military Construction. Such integration isjustified by the fact that CDIP, which began in 1974, has satisfied most of its
needs during the past 30 years and that its distinction from military
construction has become increasingly obscure.
MND was in charge of the negotiations for defense cost sharing until 2004,
and subsequently the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade (MOFAT) took
over in 2005. Defense cost sharing has been paid partly in U.S. Dollars andin the Korean Won, but since 2005, the entire payment has been processedin the Korean Won.
In 2007 and 2008, the Korean government paid 725.5 billion and 741.5
billion won respectively, as part of its burden-sharing. The Korean
government’s contribution of payment for 2009-2013 was settled in
December 2008 after several high-level negotiations. The amount for 2009
was set at 760 billion won, which is 2.5 percent more than that of theprevious year. It was agreed that the amount for 2010-2013 should reflect therate of inflation of the year before the preceding year, by a margin notexceeding 4 percent. The recently signed SMA has the following features: (1)The agreement is made valid for the ensuing five years, enabling stability ingovernment budget management; (2) The agreement will see a gradual shift
from cash to“in-kind”contribution for Military Construction within three
years.
The appropriate level of defense cost-sharing with the USFK achieves thefollowing: (1) It fosters a positive stationing environment for USFK soldiersand contributes to peace on the Peninsula; (2) It helps the local economy bygenerating demand for local goods and services; and (3) It facilitates USFK
hiring of Korean civil contractors, which stabilizes the labor market.

93
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 4 Creative Development of ROK-U.S. Military Alliance

Chapter 4

2. Building Mutual Trust

16) Security Policy Initiative(SPI)
A consultative body to
discuss defense and diplomatic issues. SPI is headedby the Deputy Minister for
National Defense Policy
Office for the Korean sideand the Deputy Assistant
Secretary of Defense for the
U.S. side.
17) Joint Study on the
Vision of the ROK-U.S.
Alliance
A study that focuses onalliance justification as wellas its mid- to long-term
vision. The study is basedon the two nations’understanding of common interests and security threats aswell as their evaluation of the
security environment inNortheast Asia and the
Korean Peninsula, while
focusing on reconciliation
efforts and peaceful coexistence between the two
Koreas.

A. Stimulating Policy Consultations
The two countries operate a policy consultative body in order to build trustand settle Alliance issues. Continuous policy consultations including theannual defense ministerial level SCM since 1968 and Security Policy Initiative(SPI)16) have been contributing to such goals. Since 2005, contentions in
Alliance issues have been closely consulted within the framework of the SPI
based on the successful experience of conflict resolution obtained from cohosting the Future of the ROK-U.S. Alliance Policy Initiative (FOTA).
By leveraging the experience of running a policy consultative body, thetwo nations carried out the“Joint Study on the Vision of the ROK-U.S.
Alliance”17) in 2006. Such efforts will be the basis for actualizing a futureoriented ROK-U.S. strategic alliance.
The two nations will maintain these existing consultation channels, while
expanding further opportunities to stimulate multiple dimensions of strategiccooperation.
B. Friendship Building
The two nations have been making
efforts to strengthen social ties in orderto promote mutual trust. As part of such
efforts, goodwill programs for connecting the ROK military, USFK, and local
The emblem of the Friends
Forever Program
residents were designed and implemented.
Through the Friends Forever Program (FF Program), the ROK military isproviding the U.S. counterparts with opportunities to experience Korean
culture by inviting them to various events and spending traditional holidays
together. The Experience Korean Culture Program (held every May andOctober) invites about 600 U.S. soldiers to traditional cultural events. On
holidays such as Lunar New Year or Chuseok, the ROK military units

94
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Securing Quality Stationing Conditions and Promoting Mutual TrustA ROK-U.S. goodwill event(Gyeongbok Palace).

Chapter 4

U.S. service members taking part in
reducing contamination and damages
caused by an oil spill.
(Taean, December 2007)

including the 3rd ROK Army (TROKA),
have invited U.S. service members for ahands-on experience of the culture.
Meanwhile, USFK is promoting goodwill
through exchange programs, lectures
hosted by goodwill associations, andEnglish camps through the Good Neighbor
Program. In addition, the U.S. military
bands hold goodwill concerts while theU.S. 2nd Infantry Division runs English
conversation classes for local residents.

U.S. service members taking part in a local
event associated with King Sejong of the
Joseon Dynasty.

Other USFK goodwill activities include assisting farmers during busy
seasons, assisting disaster relief and recovery efforts, and providing medical
services.
Such activities provide opportunities for the Korean people and the USFK
service members who have different cultural backgrounds to share a sense ofcultural harmony. Thus, such efforts contribute to creating a stableenvironment for USFK members’service in Korea.
The two nations will continue to ensure that the USFK remains an
enduring friend and good neighbor to the Korean people.

95
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

The ROK military seeks to rid itself of the ad-hoc
stopgap measure in countering existing threats for the
past 60 years. Instead, the ROK military will strengthen
its global capability that embodies the concept of
Global Korea, by reshaping its future and visualizing
the time beyond the South-North confrontation to
the unification of the Korean Peninsula.

Chapter

5

Improvement of Defense Capabilities● Section 1 Defense Reform for“Elite and Advanced Military”● Section 2 Development of Military Structure● Section 3 Force Structure in Preparation for Future Warfare● Section 4 Fostering the Reserve Forces as Key Combat Units● Section 5 Strengthening Defense Diplomacy● Section 6 International Peacekeeping Operations

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

Section 1.
Defense Reform for “Elite and Advanced Military”
The ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) is proceeding with defense reform
intended to redesign the military under the concept of an “elite and advanced military,”corresponding to the 21st century strategic environment and the trends of future warfare.
MND has been carrying out the defense reform focusing on reforming the military
structure to be knowledge-centric and transforming the defense management system tobecome a pragmatic and advanced one.
MND is supplementing the Defense Reform Basic Plan periodically by analyzing
domestic/international security environment changes and achievements of the on-goingreform process.

1. Background and Progress of the Defense Reform
In September 2005, MND established the Defense Reform Basic Plan inorder to possess the defense capacity and posture corresponding to theprotean security environment and concept of future warfare.
Taking past experiences into account, MND laid the foundation necessary
to press forward with the reform coherently and consistently. First, MND has
established legal ground by enacting the National Defense Reform Act(December 2006) and the Enforcement Decree of the National Defense
Reform Act (March 2007). In July 2007, the Office of Defense Reform, anorganization administering the defense reform, was established directly
under the Office of the National Defense Minister, to solidify the basis froman organizational aspect.

98
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Defense Reform for“Elite and Advanced Military”

Chapter 5With such policies and systems in place, MND is continuously pursuing thereform, and in accordance with the National Defense Reform Act, MND isreflecting the changes in the security environment coupled with assessments
on progress to supplement the Defense Reform Basic Plan.

2. Overview of Defense Reform
Defense reform consists of two parts; military structure and defense management system.
A. Reforming Military Structure
Military structure reform focuses on achieving an information/knowledge
based qualitative structure in actualizing the central concept of“jointness”infuture warfare. It is divided into command structure, unit structure, personnel
structure, and force structure.
Command structure focuses on developing a system that enables ROK-led
defense planning and operations. The ROK-U.S. military coordination
authority will stabilize the new combined defense system.
Unit structure focuses on simplifying the chain of command while downsizing the number of units. Such reduction will be channeled into combat
units completely organized to enhance overall combat capability.
Personnel structure consists of forming an cadre-based elite military as wellas acquiring advanced force, while gradually down-sizing the troops.
Reserve forces will be improved through revamping the training system,
while prompt mobilization system will further guarantee its combat
capability.
Force structure seeks to actively cope with the existing North Korean threat
as well as various types of threats in the near future. MND will establish anadvanced information/knowledge based force structure and secure the mosteffective weaponry and equipment.

☞ For details on Command
Structure, refer to Chapter 5,
Section 2.

☞ For details on Unit
Structure, refer to Chapter 5,
Section 2.

☞ For details on Personnel
Structure, refer to Chapter 5,
Sections 2 and 4.

☞ For details on Force
Structure, refer to Chapter 5,
Section 3.

99
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5☞ For details on personnel
management, refer to Chapter 7, Section 1.

☞ For details on noncombat
management, refer to Chapter 8, Section 1.
1) Guaranteeing full complete organization of combat units
It is possible to guarantee fulltasking of combat units bytasking non-combat personnel into combat units. It will
improve peacetime tasking
rate into wartime level, thus
fully tasking permanent
combat units.
☞ For details on defense
training and education, refer
to Chapter 7, Section 2.
☞ For details on barracks
culture and welfare, refer to
Chapter 9.
☞ For details on defense
resource management, refer
to Chapter 8, Section 1.

B. Reforming Defense Management System
Defense management reform focuses on securing a successful reform of
military structure by transitioning to a management system based onpracticality, cost-efficiency, and high-performance. It focuses on developing
advanced defense personnel management; improving non-combat
management; developing a defense training and education system to build
an elite force; improving quality of life and barracks culture that harmonizes
with the community; implementing advanced defense resource management
system; forming an informatization environment for future warfare; andimproving defense science and technology.
Defense personnel management improves the recruitment system as wellas personnel management in order to promote expertise of the MND service
members including active-duty service members, public officials, and civilian
employees.
Non-combat management consists of adjusting similar and redundant units,
and promoting implementation of civil enterprises management technique
by entrusting responsibilities to the civil sector or operating military executive
agencies. Conserved troops will be utilized to guarantee full complete
organization of combat units.1)
Defense training and education focuses on the development of an
information-based scientific training system that fosters defense manpower
best suited for future warfare and technology-intensive military structure.
Barracks culture and welfare focuses on providing ideal conditions for theservice members to concentrate on their tasks. It also includes improving the
medical support system to provide medical care beyond the level of thecivilian medical service.
Defense resource management focuses on improving logistics, military
installations, and environment in order to achieve low-cost, highly-efficient,and pragmatic defense management. For logistics, the goal is to guarantee
wartime logistics support and to improve peacetime management. For
military installations, emphasis is on efficient unit management and land use.
It also seeks to guarantee harmonization of units with the local community.

100
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Defense Reform for“Elite and Advanced Military”

Chapter 5

The environmental sector will form an eco-friendly image by improving
overall military environmental management.
Defense informatization seeks to establish an environment in which
network centric warfare (NCW) can be waged through sophisticated defense
information system. Efforts will also be made to advance defense information
systems through enterprise architecture (EA); to upgrade information
communication infrastructure; and to improve standardization as well asinteroperability among information systems.
Defense science and technology focuses on improving weapons
development technology in order to independently develop advanced
weapons. It will require increased investment in defense R&D as well as an
improved R&D system.

☞For details on defense
informatization, refer to
Chapter 8, Section 3.

☞For details on defense
science and technology,
refer to Chapter 8, Section
2.

101
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

Section 2. Development of Military Structure

2)

The ROK military seeks to develop a technology-intensive, information/knowledgebased structure that can cope well with changes in future warfare.
The military structure will be divided into command structure, unit structure, andpersonnel structure to improve “jointness” and combat capability, and each of theServices are developing these structures in accordance with the future battle spaceenvironment.

2) The contents of thissection took effect as ofDecember 2008. Some ofthem may be revised during
the Defense Reform Basic
Plan refining process.
3) Military Structure
An organization of militaryforces. It generally refers tojoint composition between
the Army, Navy, and Air
Force. It can be divided into
command structure, unit
structure, personnel structure, and force structure. In
the Defense White Paper,force structure is dealt in a
separate section in consideration of its importance.

1. Overview of Developing the Military Structure3)
A. Command Structure
Development of command structure seeks to allow ROK-led defense
planning and operations following wartime operational control (OPCON)
transition.
Figure 5-1. Changes in ROK JCS Command Structures( focusing on reinforcing the current joint system )Defense Minister

Defense Minister

Discussion about Operational Support

Chairmanof JCS
Operational
Command

Discussion about Operational Support

Three Service
ChiefsCommand(-Operational Command)

Combat Units(Operations
Command)CommandFunctional
Units(Logistics
Command)Chairmanof JCS
Operational
CommandThree Service
ChiefsCommand(-Operational
Command)

Combat Units(Operations
Command)

SupportCommandFunctional
Units(Logistics
Command)※ The Chairman of JCS exercises operational support on
Logistics Command within the authority entrusted to him.

102
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Development of Military Structure

Chapter 5

Under the new structure, the ROK Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) will have twoVice-Chairmen; one will perform operational command duties, while anotherwill perform military command duties. The Chairman of ROK JCS willfunction as theater operations commander in order to improve command
efficiency. The structure is shown in Figure 5-1.
B. Unit Structure
Development of unit structure focuses on simplifying the chain ofcommand, while decreasing the number of units in the middle of the chain
to improve the effective performance of the combat mission. The curtailed
troops will be channeled into reinforcing strength of the combat units toensure completeness of combat power. Changes in unit structure are shownin Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-2. Changes in Unit Structure
Classification

Army

2008

Target year

Increase/Decrease

Field Army level

3

2

-1

Corps level

9*

7

-2

Division level

44

24

- 20

Brigade level

14

23

+9

Fleet Command
level

3

5

+2

Flotilla / Defense
Command7

4-3

Division

2

2

0

Navy

Marine
Corps
Air
Force

Combat Command

1

2

+1

Fighter Wing

9

9

0

* Corps level (9): Regional corps (7), Mechanized corps (1), Capital Defense Command. Special Operations Command is excluded.

C. Personnel Structure
Development of personnel structure consists of forming a cadre-based elite
military in order to efficiently operate and maintain advanced forces. The
advancement in weapon systems will significantly improve individual unit

103
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5capacity in ways of combat efficiency and capability. Modifying personnel
structure will be handled according to the downsizing of the number ofunits. The plan to downsize troops is shown in Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-3. Plan to Downsize Troops

Present

Target655,000

500,000 Level

Considering such limitations as changes in the conscription system and thedecreasing birth rate, MND will also pursue policies aimed at increasing thenumber of cadres, expanding extended service system, and broadening civil
entrustments as well as military execution agencies.

2. Development Plan of Individual Services
A. ArmyFuture ground combat will be a
network-based, synchronized, andintegrated warfare. The Army willreinforce command/control capability, maneuverability, and fire
power to ensure real-time decision
making as well as troop deployment.
Activation ceremony of the ROK 2nd
Changes in the structure will be as
Operations Command (November 2007)
follows (See Figure 5-4).
In accordance with the Defense Reform Basic Plan, the 2nd ROK Army
(SROKA) was revamped into the 2nd Operations Command (November2007) while two subordinate corps were disbanded. The Army will graduallyreorganize units in accordance with the fielding schedule of advanced

104
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Development of Military Structure

Chapter 5

Figure 5-4. Changes in Army Unit Structure

Army

Army
CapitalDefenseCommand

2nd

FROKA TROKA Operations
Command

Corps

Corps

(3)

(4)

SpecialWarfareCommandHomelandReserve
Division

Aviation
Operations
Command(7)

Mechanized
Corps

GuidedMissileCommand(1)

GroundOperations
Command

Corps

(5)

Mechanized
Corps

2nd
Operations
CommandHomelandReserve
Division(6)

SpecialWarfareCommand
Aviation
Command
GuidedMissileCommand(2)* FROKA : 1st ROK Army, TROKA: 3rd ROK Armyweapon systems and equipments.
By reinforcing information surveillance capability, command and control(C2), and maneuverability / fire power of individual units, the Army will
either double or triple its operational coverage despite the decrease in
number of Corps and Divisions.
B. Navy
The Navy will strengthen its triad (surface, underwater, and air) to protect
national interests across the gamut. Such interests not only include coastal
water defense, but also protecting sea line of communications and marine
resources. The Navy will restructure the current three Fleet Commands andSubmarine and Aviation Flotillas into three Fleet Commands, one Submarine
Command, one Aviation Command, and a Maneuver Flotilla. Changes in the
Navy unit structure are shown in Figure 5-5.
Figure 5-5. Changes in Navy Unit Structure
Operations Command

Operations Command

Fleet
Command(3)

Submarine
Flotilla

Aviation
Flotilla

Fleet
Command(3)

Submarine
Command

Aviation
Command

Maneuver Flotilla

105
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 54) Minesweeping Helicopters
Helicopters searching andsweeping sea mines.

The Navy will secure three-dimensional combat assets including
Gwanggaeto Ⅲ-class destroyers (Aegis), next frigate, Jangbogo Ⅲ-classsubmarines, assault helicopters, and minesweeping helicopters.4) Suchcapacity will enable the Navy to effectively accrue operational capability
around the coastal waters surrounding the Korean Peninsula.
The Marine Corps’main mission is amphibious operations. The Marine
Corps will develop into an air land maneuver unit structure suitable for rapid
response duties on land and island operations.
C. Air Force
The Air Force will evolve to best perform precision strikes and achieve air
superiority. To that end, the capacity to monitor for indicators of enemies
and conduct retaliatory attacks will assure operational coverage to include
the entire Korean Peninsula.
The Air Force will activate Northern Air Combat Command under controlof Air Force Operations Command. Units will consist of two Combat
Commands, nine Fighter Wings, Air Defense Artillery Command, Tactical Air
Control Unit, and Air Defense and Control Wing. In the long term, the Air
Force will secure a space force system to gradually develop a space
operations execution unit. Changes in the Air Force unit structure are shownin Figure 5-6.
Figure 5-6. Changes in Air Force Unit Structure
Operations CommandSouthern
Air
CombatCommandAir
Air
Defense Defense &ArtilleryControl
Command
Wing

Fighter
Wing

Fighter
Wing

(3)

(6)

106
Defense White Paper 2008

Operations CommandSouthern
Air
CombatCommand

Northern
Air
CombatCommandFighter
Wing

Fighter
Wing

(4)

(5)

Air
DefenseArtillery
Command

Air
Defense &Control
Wing

Tactical Air
Control Unit

Section 2 Development of Military Structure

Chapter 5

The Air Force will retire its 30-year old F-4/F-5 aircraft and replace themwith F-15Ks boasting superior precision strikes and long-range capabilities. It
will continue to secure advanced fighter aircraft (F-X/KF-X) in order tosecure strategic deterrence capability in the vicinities of the Korean
Peninsula.

107
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

Section 3.
Force Structure in Preparation for Future Warfare
MND will construct an elite military capable of deterring war and ensuring victory inevery battle to prepare for the North’s military threat and a variety of future threats.
For that reason, MND is acquiring an early-warning and real-time surveillancecapability as well as a system for network centric warfare (NCW), and investing in thequalitative improvement of mobility and precision-strike capabilities.

1. Trajectory of Developments in the Force Structure
MND is developing its force structure with the objective of acquiring
sufficient capability to actively respond to national security threats that
include North Korea and possible future threats. This will requireestablishing an advanced system based on information/knowledge andacquiring combat-efficient weapons and equipments. The trajectory ofdevelopments in force structure will be as follows:First, improve early warning and surveillance/reconnaissance capabilities
in the vicinities of the Korean Peninsula.
Second, establish a command, control, communication, computer &intelligence (C4I) system that allows for integrated combat capability and a
reliable and integrated battlefield network with improved survivability inpreparation for NCW.
Third, enhance long-range precision strike capability and multidimensional high-speed maneuverability in ground, sea, and air, and108
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Force Structure in Preparation for Future Warfare

Chapter 5

reinforce defense capabilities to ensure survivability.
Science and technology are developing rapidly and advanced weapon
systems are becoming costly, high-tech, and complex. In order to respond tosuch changes in the environment, MND is striving to develop a user-centric
acquisition system that improves the acquisition cycle of weapon systems(i.e. requirement-acquisition-maintenance).

2. Securing Advanced Combat Capabilities
A. Force Improvement Programs for FY2008
The defense budget for FY2008 stood at 26,649 billion won, an increase of
8.8 percent from that of the preceding year. The expenditures for force
improvement reached 7,681.3 billion won, a 15 percent annual increase. A
total of 170 ongoing programs were carried out in 2008, with a budget of
7,610.8 billion won. Thirty new programs were launched in 2008 with a 70.5
billion won budget. Major ongoing and new programs are shown in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1. Major Ongoing and Newly-launched Programs for FY2008
Category

Ongoing Programs

Newly-launched Programs

Surveillance·Airborne Warning and Control
Reconnaissance / System (AWACS)·Weather Satellite Reception
Command and ·Army Tactical Command
SystemControl
Information System (ATCIS)
Maneuver/ Fire

Maritime / Landing·K1A1 Tank
·K-9 Self-propelled Artillery·Gwanggaeto III-class
Destroyer (Aegis)·Next Landing Ship Tank
·Jangbogo Ⅱ-class Submarine

Airborne / Guided ·F-15K Fighter
Weapons·Advanced Trainer (T-50)
R&D·Next Infantry Fighting Vehicle·Improvement of Anti-artillery
Detection Radar5)(AN/TPQ-36·37)

5) Anti-artillery Detection
Radar
It detects incoming artillery
rounds to track and identify
the location of enemy
artillery.

·Joint Air to Surface Stand-off
Missile (JASSM)·Next Tank (Black Leopard), Medium-altitude Unmanned
Aerial Vehicle (UAV), Tactical Information Communication Network,
Korean Utility Helicopter, etc.

109
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5
K-9 self-propelled artillery

Gwanggaeto III-class destroyer(Aegis)Advanced trainer (T-50)

B. Objectives of Mid-term Force Improvement Program(2009-2013)
MND’s Force Improvement Program will focus on the following: first,
establishing surveillance and reconnaissance system (sensors) for early
warning and real-time battlefield surveillance; second, establishing a C4I
system to carry out NCW and securing long-range precision strike capability(shooter); third, improving fundamental capacities and weapons developing
capability. The schematics of such objectives for acquiring military capability
are shown in Figure 5-7.
Figure 5-7. Objectives for Military Capability
Surveillance andReconnaissance
System (Sensor)

Command, Control,
Communication, Computer, andIntelligence System (C4Ⅰ)

satellite

Air Force C4 I

K-9, Multiple launch rocket
system (MLRS), etc.

UAV

Navy C4 I Korea Joint Army C4 I

Next tank

AWACS

Strike System(Shooter)Commandand Control
System(KJCCS)

F-15K

Jangbogo-Ⅱ
Maritime patrol aircraft

Information Communication
Infrastructure

Gwanggaeto-Ⅲ

Building military capability based on networking between‘surveillance-decision-strike’in all echelons

Surveillance and reconnaissance assets aim to establish early-warning andreal-time surveillance capability in the vicinities of the Korean Peninsula. It

110
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Force Structure in Preparation for Future Warfare

Chapter 5

promotes programs to acquire AWACS, tactical surveillance andreconnaissance system, and to develop medium-altitude unmanned aerial
vehicle in order to facilitate strategic level surveillance and early-warning.
The C4I system seeks to establish a foundation for NCW by guaranteeing
jointness and seamless flow of information. In order to achieve suchobjectives, MND seeks to improve an interconnecting capability between
Korea Joint Command and Control System (KJCCS), which connects ROK
JCS to operations commands of each Service, and tactical C4I systems foreach Service. It also seeks to field rear area C4I systems. Military Information
Management System (MIMS), which can comprehensively process each unit’smilitary information of three Services, will be fielded in connection withKJCCS. Furthermore, Joint Tactical Data Link System (JTDLS) will be
developed to promote exchange of digitalized tactical information. Tactical
Information Communication Network (TICN) which allows real-time
broadband communication will be developed as well.
In order to secure long-range precision strike capability, MND pursues
programs to acquire advanced forces as follows: K-9 self-propelled artillery,large-caliber MLRS (munitions), Gwanggaeto Ⅲ-class destroyers (Aegis),
Jangbogo Ⅱ-class (1,800t-class) submarines, ship-to-ship guided missiles,
joint air-to-surface stand-off missiles (JASSM), F-15K fighters (2nd roundpurchase), and aerial refuel aircraft.
Continued efforts will be made to improve outdated weapons and

F-15K

Jangbogo Ⅱ-class submarine

equipment. Army will modify one division into a mechanized unit, andimprove K-200 armored vehicles, K-55 self-propelled artillery, and anti-

111
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

artillery detection radar. Air Force will extend the life of F-5E/F aircraft toreinforce those capabilities lacking, and improve the equipping of theweapon systems of F-16 fighters.

Next tank (Black Leopard)

6) Mine Sweeper and Hunter (MSH)
Ships that focus on searching and sweeping sea
mines.

Next infantry fighting vehicle

MND continues to secure next
generation weapons in connection with
the Defense Reform Basic Plan. First, theArmy will continue to field K-9 selfpropelled artillery and launch newprograms to acquire next rifles, next tanks
Next rifle(Black Leopard), next infantry fighting
vehicles, and anti-artillery detection radar; Second, the Navy will secure next
frigate, next patrol boat killer medium, next landing ship tank (LST), andKorean amphibious assault vehicle (KAAV), while promoting programs toadditionally acquire amphibious transport ship helicopter (LPH) and mine
sweeper and hunter (MSH)6); Third, the Air Force will continuously pursue
ongoing programs such as Korean helicopter program (KHP) and mass
production program of T-50s, while launching new programs such as mass
production program of large-sized cargo aircraft and light attack aircraft (FA50). Efforts to improve air defense will continue by fielding short range antiair missiles, next surface to air missiles (SAM-X), and newly deployeddecontamination vehicles.

112
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Force Structure in Preparation for Future Warfare

Chapter 5

C. Direction of 2010-2014 Mid-term Defense Plan
Mid-term Defense Plan (2010-2014) will reflect the National Fiscal
Management Plan and re-evaluation results from the Defense Reform Basic
Plan as well as changes in the security environment. The plan will beestablished following close scrutiny of the Force Improvement Program. It
will take available resources into account when determining dates to field
weapons and apply a more specified“high-low mix concept.”7)7) High-Low Mix Concept
The implementation andconcept of combining highperformance weapon systems with that of lowperformance systems.

113
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

Section 4.
Fostering the Reserve Forces as Key Combat Units
Modern warfare is conducted as a total war with all available national resources, whichmakes efficient employment of reserve forces one of the key elements for victory.
MND is upgrading the reserve forces in relation to its buildup of regular forces. To thisend, the Ministry is enhancing organization and management system of reserve forces,
while improving its education and training infrastructure.

1. Organization and Management of Reserve Forces

Logo for theHomeland Reserve
ForcesA. Organization and Resources Management
The reserve forces conducts its homeland defense mission according to thedesignated reserve units’area of responsibility. The reserve also conducts its
combat mission as replacement for combat loss or for activation andaugmentation of units in wartime.
In accordance with the Military Personnel Act, reserve officers, warrant
officers, and non-commissioned officers (NCOs) are expected to serve as
Homeland Reserve Forces (HRF) until retirement age for active-duty

Activation ceremony of a female
Reserve platoon

114
Defense White Paper 2008

Female volunteer reservists engaged in livefire training

Section 4 Fostering the Reserve Forces as Key Combat Units

Chapter 5

members. Those who have completed mandatory military service are
expected to serve as HRF for eight years. Anyone aged 18 or more may
volunteer to serve as a member of the HRF. Presently, there are about 10,000
volunteers including women operating under the HRF.
HRF currently consists of about three million troops, serving either as
members of local reserve units (by eup, myeon, dong) or workplace reserve
units. The status is shown in Table 5-2.
Table 5-2. Status of the Homeland Reserve Forces(Unit: thousand persons)

NumberOrganization

Total

Those who have
served as HRF
troops for lessthan 5 years

Those who have
served for 5 years
or more

Total

Local
reserveforcesWorkplacereserveforces

3,040

1,490

1,550

3,040

2,330

710

Until 2020, MND plans to refurbish organizations of the reserve and reduce
the period of service to utilize only the effective resources. Specifically, it isplanning to modify the reserve forces by taking into consideration
administrative area integration, the discrepancies in resources of urban andrural areas, and changes in the operational environment.
B. Managing HRF Commanders
Every year, qualified reserve
officers are selected to perform as
HRF commanders.
HRF commanders’duties include
defending responsible areas, commanding HRF troops, and managing
reserve resources. They are also
Local reserve troops visiting local elderly
expected to lead efforts to assist
disaster relief and to support local communities. Current status of HRF
commanders above company-level echelon is shown in Table 5-3.

115
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

Table 5-3. Current Status of HRF Commanders (As of July 2008)(Unit: person)

Workplace HRF Commanders
Classifi- Local HRF
cation Commanders

8) The Enforcement Rule on
HRF Commander Selection
Includes:∙Application requirements
and reasons for disqualification according to rank
∙Selection procedure andinstitutions responsible forselection∙Test materials and criteria
for evaluation∙Management of the committee (for selection process)

Sub
total

Regiment
Commanders
or Higher

Battalion
Commanders

Company
Commanders

Total

3,804

761

107

174

480

Army

3,666

739

104

167

468

Navy

138

22

3

7

12

In July 2006, MND enacted the Enforcement Rule on HRF Commander
Selection8) to ensure fairness, transparency in selection, and securecompetent leaders for each units.
It also plans to enact a ministry directive concerning the personnel
management of HRF unit commanders, which is currently implemented as a
guideline.
C. Ceremony to Commemorate the Activation of the HRF
During the ceremony of the 40th
Anniversary of the HRF on April 4, 2008,
President Lee Myung-bak delivered amessage appreciating HRF for their
dedication which inspired three million
reservists nationwide.
Earlier, MND invited and conferred
Rally event for exemplary reservists(March 26, 2008)
awards to model reservists. Through visits
to the National Museum, the National Cemetery, and the Blue House, thereservists had the opportunity to elevate their pride as model reservists, andpledged once again their dedication toward the nation.

116
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 4 Fostering the Reserve Forces as Key Combat Units

Chapter 5

2. Reserve Force Training and Education
A. Outline of the Training
The purpose of reserve force training is to maintain a level of readiness forwartime mobilization and to foster homeland defense capability. The MilitaryService Act and the Establishment of Homeland Reserve Forces Act classify
individuals into reservists as well as those professionally related to HRF as
participants of reserve force training. The training sessions can be divided
into mobilization reserve forces9) training, homland defense reserve forces10)
training, and officer training.
The length of training is stipulated in the aforementioned Acts. Details on
training sessions are shown in Table 5-4.
Table 5-4. Length of Training for Reserve Forces (2008)

Classification

Mandatory
Servicemen

Cadres(Unit: hours)

Make-up
Basic Homeland
Mobilization session for homeland defense
training mobilization defense OPLAN
training
training
training

Appointees formobilization

3 days---Non-appointees formobilization

-

24

-

12

Those who have servedfor 5 or 6 years

-

-

8

12

Appointees formobilization

3 days---Non-appointees
for mobilization (NCOs)-

3 days(24)--

Homeland defense
training of urban defense

9) Mobilization Reserve
ForcesThose who have served in
the reserve forces for up to
four years. In wartime, they
will fill openings in activeduty units.
10) Homeland Defense
Reserve Forces
Those who have served in
the reserve forces for five
years or more. Duties include homeland defense.

Mobilization training

117
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

B. Improving HRF Training and Conditions
MND has made efforts to enhanceoverall convenience for reservists andimprove the conditions and quality of HRF
training.
A new method of training was adopted
in 2007 to allow reservists to voluntarily
participate in training sessions. In the past,mobilization training was managed in a
unilateral way under the directive of anactive-duty personnel. The new system
HRF training using survival gameenables reservists to take a more active
equipmentrole that reflects their respective tasks.
Also, survival game equipment familiar to the younger generations was
adopted in training in order to provide a more realistic simulation of warfare.
As of late 2008, a total of 15,477 sets of survival game equipment are being
used in 215 reserve force training camps. Moreover, the improvements intraining camps have facilitated a more realistic experience comparable toactual warfare, satisfying practical training needs for the participants’
individual tasks.
In the past, there have been complaints that the training often interferedwith the participants’occupational duties. To ameliorate such inconvenience,
participants were allowed to choose training dates and camps via internet
since 2005. In 2006, the policy of designating holidays for training was
adopted for those that faced limitations in attending training during theworkweek.
MND has made efforts to improve food, transportation, and facilities attraining camps. Now, sanitation verification has been strengthened against
local companies providing reservists’meals, while further efforts are being
made to improve the general quality of food. Public transportation as well as
chartered buses now serves the routes to training camps and training center
information is provided by automobile GPS to help reservists with

118
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 4 Fostering the Reserve Forces as Key Combat Units

Chapter 5navigation. Efforts are continuously made to improve facilities such as
restrooms and cafeterias.
C. Future Development of Reserve Training
The reserve force training strives to develop along the lines of pursuing a
results-oriented training while promoting citizens’convenience, as well as
fostering a sense of achievement and satisfaction from the reservists throughself-participatory training. To achieve such objectives, some training will be
replaced by internet-sessions. Training camps will be integrated regionally,
and will be developed into a professional, scientific, and citizen-friendly
facility.

3. Establishing and Managing Defense Mobilization
Information System
In June 2006, MND completed phase 1 of the Defense Mobilization
Information System project to automate and computerize all mobilization
processes. The effort laid the groundwork for a systematic mobilization of
HRF troops based on data sharing among related agencies.
The system also brought about savings in budget and manpower. The useof electronic mail when sending reservist tasking orders helped save about
370 million won a year. Automated duties helped reduce the number of fulltime reservists who assist HRF commanders by 10,600 between 2006 and2007. Furthermore, an internet-based system, which allows individuals tochoose their training dates and to voice their opinions, has gone a long way
towards fostering civilian convenience.
Phase 2 of the project, concerning automated personnel mobilization andprovision of integrated mobilization command information, is now underway. Phase 3, concerning materiel mobilization, is scheduled to becompleted by 2012.

119
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

Section 5. Strengthening Defense Diplomacy
Founded on the ROK-U.S. Alliance, MND is strengthening cooperative military ties withJapan, China, and Russia to lay the groundwork for peace and stability. Also, MND is
extending its military diplomacy from the Northeast Asian region to the global level,
including Southeast Asia and the Middle East, and actively participating in multilateral
security talks and international cooperative organizations. Through such efforts, the ROK
military will perform a role befitting Korea’s position in the global community.

1. Defense Exchanges and Cooperation with Neighboring Countries
A. Exchange and Cooperation with JapanAs allies of the United States, the Republic ofKorea and Japan share the basic values ofliberal democracy and market economy. The
two nations cooperate through bilateral and SixParty Talks, the ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF),
and the Asia Security Summit, to resolve theNorth Korean nuclear issue and establish
regional peace and stability.
joint search & rescue
The defense authorities of the two countries ROK-Japan
exercise (off Jejudo, June 2007).
have held periodic Defense Ministerial Talks
since 1994. In February 2007 the ROK Defense Minister visited Japan for the
13th session of the Defense Ministerial Talks with the Japanese Defense

120
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Strengthening Defense Diplomacy

Chapter 5

Minister. In addition, MND has held multi-layered working-level meetings
such as Defense Policy Talks (at the director-general level), Security Policy
Consultation (at the director-general level of defense/foreign affairs
ministries), and Defense Exchange Cooperation Working-level Meetings (atdirector level) with their Japanese counterparts. Through such channels, thetwo nations are enhancing mutual understanding and expanding the scopeof cooperation to achieve peace and stability on the Peninsula as well as inNortheast Asia.
The exchange between the two countries consists not only of meetings
between high-ranking officials such as those between the Chairmen of JCS
and Service Chiefs, but also of regular working-level and intelligenceexchange meetings. In addition, exchange among units, mutual visits tocolleges of each Service and academies, exchange of students for oversea
studies and other personnel exchanges are actively taking place. Current
interactions include humanitarian search and rescue exercises, exchange ofvisits between transportation aircraft, and mutual cooperation in international
peacekeeping operations, etc.
However, the difference in historical perspectives and Japan’s unjust claim
to sovereignty over Dokdo, which is an inherent territory of the ROK, havebeen singled out as factors that should be settled in order to achievesatisfactory development in future military exchange and cooperation.
MND will continue to solidify military ties and mutual trust with Japan, andwill strive to develop the relationship into a“future-oriented and mature
partnership,”as agreed upon at the ROK-Japan Summit of April 2008.
B. Exchange and Cooperation with China
The relationship between the Republic of Korea and the People’s Republicof China11) has made rapid progress in diverse sectors, including growth involume of trade and the exchange of personnel. The scope of defense
exchange and cooperation has also been expanded.
The year 2007 was designated as the Year of Korea-China Exchanges,commemorating the 15th anniversary of Korea-China normalization of

11) Developments in ROKChina Relations∙Friendly and cooperative
relations (1992)∙Cooperative partnership(1998)∙Comprehensive and cooperative relationship (2000)∙Comprehensive and cooperative partnership (2003)∙Strategic cooperative
partnership (2008)

121
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

relations. Exchanges and cooperation between the two defense authorities
were thus invigorated. ROK Defense Minister, the Chairman of JCS and theChief of Naval Operations visited China, and the Chief and Deputy Chief ofStaff of the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) paid a visit to Korea. Workinglevel exchanges included Defense Policy Talks, an exchange between the
3rd ROK Army (TROKA) and the PLA Jinan Command, as well as a defense
academic conference. For the first time, the two countries carried out asearch and rescue exercise during the ROK Fleet’s visit to China. In addition,exchanges between military athletes, military research institutions, andcolleges of each Service were active as well.
In 2008, the Chief of Staff of the
ROK Army and Air Force visited
China, and PLA’s Chief of Naval
Operations visited Korea for the
first time. In May 2008, the ROK
military sent 26.6 tons of relief
supplies to earthquake victims in
Sichuan Province, China, using Relief supplies from ROK for earthquake victims in
China (China, May 30, 2008).
three Air Force cargo planes.
MND will continue to facilitate defense exchanges with China and explore
new areas of mutual cooperation.
C. Exchange and Cooperation with Russia
The bilateral relationship between the ROK and Russia has continued todevelop since the normalization of diplomatic relations in 1990. At the ROKRussia Summit held in September 2008, the Presidents of the two countries
upgraded the bilateral relationship from a“ mutually trustful andcomprehensive partnership”to “
a strategic cooperative partnership.”The twocountries are reinforcing the level of bilateral cooperation in various sectors,
including politics, economy, energy, space technology, etc.
The defense authorities of the two countries have signed a memorandum of
understanding (MOU) concerning military exchanges for the next two years and122
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Strengthening Defense Diplomacy

Chapter 5have operated diverse regular consultation
bodies. They have also systemized
reciprocal visits by their respective defense
ministers, Chairmen of JCS, Service Chiefs,
the Commanding General of the 1st ROK
Army (FROKA), and the Commander of the
ROK Naval Operations Command and their
Welcoming ceremony for a Russian
Cruise Fleet calling at Busan.
Russian counterparts.
In 2007, the Commanding General of the
1st ROK Army and the Chief of Naval Operations paid a visit to Russia, andthe Chief of the Russian Main Intelligence Directorate (GRU) paid a visit to
Korea. Also, routine meetings held by the various levels of military
institutions are as follows: Defense Policy Talks between the defense
ministries; a meeting of the Joint Military Committee between ROK JCS andthe Russian Military General Staff; conference between the Armies of the twocountries; the consultative meeting for execution of the Agreement on
Prevention of Sea Incidents; the Inter-Air Force Meeting; and sessions
between military history institutes. In particular, a cruise fleet of the Russian
Pacific Fleet called at Busan Port to take part in goodwill activities and a
combined search and rescue exercise (SAREX) in September 2007.
In April 2008, the 3rd session of the ROK-Russia Joint Commission on
Cooperation in Military Technical Field, Defense Industries and Countries
Support12) was held in Seoul. On April 8th, Ms. Lee So-yun, the first Korean
astronaut, successfully completed her space flight mission on a Russian
spaceship. The ROK Air Force Chief of Staff paid a visit to the Bainur
Cosmodrome in Kazakhstan and the Khrunichev Space Center in Russia to
discuss ways of encouraging mutual cooperation in various sectors, including
space.
The armed forces of the two countries will continue to expand the scopeof their exchanges and cooperation based on the strategic cooperative
partnership to maintain peace and stability on the Korean Peninsula and in
Northeast Asia.

12) ROK-Russia Joint
Commission on Cooperation in Military TechnicalField, Defense Industries
and Countries Support
The committee is headed by
the Vice-Commissioner ofthe Defense Acquisition
Program Administration(DAPA) of the ROK and the
Deputy Director of theFederal Military-TechnicalCooperation Service (FSMT)of Russia. Its 3rd session
was held for four days from
April 21, 2008, in Seoul,following the signing of the
MOU on ROK-Russia Military Technology Cooperation in December 2007.

123
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

2. Defense Cooperation with Countries outside
Northeast Asia

13) The Strait of Malacca
A strategic maritime trafficroute that channels about athird of the world’s seaborne trade and more than90 percent of the imported
crude oil for Korea, China,
and Japan.

A. East Asia
With the Association of the Southeast
VietnamThailandAsian Nations (ASEAN) at the core, theThe
Indian
Malaysia
Southeast Asian region has maintained a
Ocean
Singaporesystem of dynamic regional cooperation The Malacca
Straitin the political, economic, and security
Indonesia
sectors. Rich in natural resources, theSoutheast Asian region has gradually
the Malacca Strait
come to play an important role in theenergy security sector for Korea. In particular, with about 30 percent of theentire traded cargo and more than 90 percent of the imported petroleum for
Korea passing through the Strait of Malacca,13) the region is vital in terms of
Korea’
s national interests.
MND is pushing for brisk exchanges
with the Southeast Asian countries,
including reciprocal visits by high-level
military officials, regular meetings, andthe exchange of military officers’
entrustment education. In March 2007,
the Malaysian Defense Minister paid a 1st Korea-Indonesia Defense Policy Talks(Seoul, June 2008)
visit to Korea to discuss ways to promote defense exchanges and cooperation. In June 2008, the first Defense
Policy Talks was held between the ROK and Indonesia. As for Korea’srelations with Singapore, the two countries held the first Defense Strategy
Talks in August 2008 and Defense Ministerial Talks a month later in Seoul.
Defense diplomacy towards the Pan-Oceania states is carried out with
Australia and New Zealand as the core countries of the region. Australia and
New Zealand share common security interests with Korea in terms of peaceand security in the Asia-Pacific region. The Defense Policy Talks are held

124
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Strengthening Defense Diplomacy

Chapter 5

every year to discuss issues of mutual security interests and ways to broaden
exchanges among the states in the region, while the student officers at the
National Defense University (NDU) and naval ships are also undertaking
mutual exchange visits.
B. Southwest Asia and the Middle East
(1) Southwest Asia
MND is enhancing military exchange and cooperation with Southwest
Asian countries, with a focus on India and Pakistan, including reciprocal
visits between students at the NDU and Cruise Training Fleets as well as thedispatch of military officers for entrustment education.
Recently, India has been emerging as a country that can exercise significant
influence in world affairs with its rapid economic growth. In 2006, the ROK
started negotiations over the possibility of signing the Comprehensive
Economic Partnership Agreement (CEPA) with India. MND has also been
seeking to enhance military ties with India, holding Defense Ministerial Talks
in New Delhi in May 2007.
As for the relationship with Pakistan, the volume of bilateral trade has been
gradually increasing, and the ROK government is contributing to Pakistan’seconomic development by providing development aid. The ROK Armed
Forces is laying the foundations for defense cooperation and exchanges
between the two countries through reciprocal visits between students of the
NDU and exchange educational sessions for the student officers of the
Command and General Staffs College.
While strengthening exchange and cooperation with India and Pakistan in
the future, MND plans to gradually expand such defense exchange andcooperation to other countries in Southwest Asia.
(2) The Middle East
The importance of the Middle East has been increasing with regards toenergy security for Korea. The ROK government held the 5th Forum for

125
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

Korea-Middle East Cooperation in
December 2007 in Seoul. In August
2008, the Korea-Arab Society (KAS)
was launched to enhance mutual
understanding and increase exchanges in the political and cultural
sectors. MND established defense
The Chairman of the ROK JCS visit to Qatar
attache offices in Iraq, the UAE,
(May 2008)
Oman and Kuwait to enhancefriendly cooperative relations and reinforce mutual cooperation in the
defense industry.
´
At the Defense Ministerial
Talks held in Riyadh in December 2007, Korea
and Saudi Arabia exchanged opinions on the security situation of the Middle
East and discussed ways to enhance exchange and cooperation. In May
2008, the Chairman of ROK JCS paid a visit to Qatar for the first time as ahigh-ranking Korean military officer.
MND plans to increase exchange and cooperation with countries in the
Middle East through exchange visits by high-ranking military personnel andtechnological cooperation in the defense and logistics sectors.
C. Europe
The defense exchanges and cooperation with European countries arefocused on security issues in Northeast Asia and those issues of a global
nature, as well as the area of defense industry and logistics. Exchanges
between high-level officials, Defense
Policy Talks, sessions of the Defense
Industry/Logistics Joint Committee, andmeetings for intelligence exchange aretaking place regularly, and the number ofparticipating countries is also increasing.
The ROK-Germany Defense Ministerial 1st ROK-Ukraine Defense Policy Talks(Kiev, Ukraine, March 24, 2008)
Talks was held in Seoul in April 2007,

126
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Strengthening Defense Diplomacy

D. Other Regions
In November 2007, the ROK government held the 1st session of the ROKCentral Asia Cooperation Forum15) in Seoul, with the Vice Foreign Ministers
as the Chief Delegates of five Central Asian countries.16) It was part of theeffort to expand the cooperative relationship with the countries of Central
Asia beyond the current focus on the energy and resource sectors to include
various sectors such as information / communication, construction, culture,
education, and tourism. MND is also reinforcing its exchanges andcooperation with the Central Asian countries. In November 2007, the ROK

Chapter 5

while the ROK-France Defense Ministerial Talks took place in Paris in
December 2007. The ROK-Ukraine Defense Policy Talks took place for the
first time in Kiev, in March 2008.
Korea and Turkey held Defense Ministerial Talks in 2008 and consolidated
the friendly relationship rooted in Turkey’s participation in the Korean War.
The ROK-Turkey Tank Development Technology Cooperation Agreement
was signed in Istanbul in July 2008 with the attendance of distinguishedmembers including the Turkish Prime Minister and Defense Ministers of bothnations. This agreement is expected to go a long way towards furthering
exchange and cooperation between the two countries.
Mutual exchanges in military education with European nations are active,
with Korean officers and cadets being sent to various military educational
institutions in European states including the United Kingdom, Germany, andTurkey, as well as receiving officers from Turkey, France, etc. at the militaryeducational institutions in Korea.
MND plans to extend the opportunities for mutual exchange andcooperation to those under the Commonwealth of Independent States(CIS)14) as well as various East European countries. MND will also continue
to invite veterans who have participated in the Korean War and their families
to pay visits to Korea and to provide support for building war memorial
monuments in order to strengthen the ties with the participants of the Korean
War under the UN flag.

14) CISIt refers to the Commonwealth of Independent Statesthat acquired independence
following the disintegrationof the USSR in 1991 (i.e.
Russia, Moldova, Bela-rus,
Armenia, Azerbaijan, Uzbekistan, Ukraine, Kazakhstan,
Kyrgyzstan and Tajikistan).
Turkmenistan is an associate
member of the CIS. Georgia
withdrew from the CIS
following the war with Russia
in 2008.
15) ROK-Central Asia
Cooperation Forum
It is a consultative body insupport of the economic
development of the Central
Asian countries, whichshares Korea’s experience ineconomic development anddiscusses ways to reinforce
cooperation in various
sectors, including information/communication, construction,
culture, education andtourism.
16) The five countries ofCentral Asia:
Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan andUzbekistan

127
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

Defense Vice Minister paid a visit to
Uzbekistan and Kazakhstan to discuss
ways of strengthening defense exchanges
and cooperation. It marked the first such
visit by a high-ranking defense official. In
June 2008, the ROK and Uzbekistan signed
an MOU on the ROK-Uzbekistan Defense
ROK-Uzbekistan Defense Ministerial
Exchange Cooperation at the first Defense
Talks (Seoul, June 24, 2008)
Ministerial Talks held in Seoul.
MND has also been maintaining friendly relations with Canada byperiodical Defense Policy Talks, combined naval exercises, and reciprocal
visits by naval ships.
The ROK government has enhanced its cooperation on energy andresources with Latin American countries rich in resources. MND is also
expanding defense exchanges and cooperation with those countries.
Subsequently, the ROK Vice Defense Minister paid a visit to Brazil andColumbia in June 2008 and laid the groundwork for mutual cooperation inareas such as the defense industry.
However, the ROK has yet to engage in active defense exchanges andcooperation with African countries. MND is actively promoting its defense
policy to high-level military personnel and students visiting Korea in an effort
to look for opportunities for exchanges and cooperation with Africancountries. MND communicated its defense
policy to students of the Nigeria National
Defense University who visited Korea in
April 2007, and in late June of 2008, theROK Defense Minister discussed ways toenhance defense exchanges and cooperation with the Ghana Defense Minister
Ghana’
s Defense Minister on a courtesy
visit (Seoul, June 2008)
during his visit to Korea. Recently, MND
has been actively discussing mattersconcerning defense exchanges and cooperation with North African

128
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Strengthening Defense Diplomacy

Chapter 5

countries, including Libya, Algeria, and Morocco.
In the future, MND plans to expand its defense diplomacy to countries inCentral Asia, Latin America, and Africa and will pursue defense diplomacy ina way befitting Korea’s national power.

3. Multilateral Security Cooperation and the International Disarmament and Non-proliferation Activities
A. Multilateral Security Cooperation17)
MND is reinforcing multilateral security cooperation in order to actively
deal with transnational/non-military threats as well as conventional military
threats.
Table 5-5. MND Participation in Multilateral Security Consultative Bodies
Character
RegionInter-governmental

Semi-/nongovernmental·Northeast Asia Peace andSecurity Mechanism Working ·Northeast Asia Cooperation
Northeast Asia
Group (NEAPSM), within the
Dialogue (NEACD)
framework of the Six Party Talks
Asia-Pacific·ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF)·Tokyo Defense Forum (TDF)·Asia Security Summit(ASS, also called
the Shangri-La Dialogue)

The 1st and 2nd sessions of the NEAPSM were held in China in March 2007
and in Russia in August 2007, respectively.
The NEACD is a semi-governmental (semi-official) body launched in 1993.
It works to enhance peace and stability in Northeast Asia by coordinating
efforts to foster mutual understanding and trust between regional countries.
MND has been partaking in the ARF18) and the TDF19) since 1996. It has
also participated in the ASS20) since its inception in 2002 in an effort toenhance stability and cooperation among countries in the region.
In his keynote speech at the 7th session of the ASS in May 2008, the ROK17) Multilateral security
cooperation
A form of security cooperation among a number ofcountries ( usually three ormore ) in a given region.
Multilateral security cooperation is intended to eliminate
the causes of conflicts andseek their peaceful settlement through discussion ofpending issues in thepolitical, diplomatic, military,economic, cultural andsocial sectors.
18) ASEAN Regional Forum( ARF )
ARF, a multilateral security
consultative body on thegovernment level comprisedof 26 Asia-Pacific countries
and the EU, is dedicated tothe discussion of pending
security issues.
19) Tokyo Defense Forum( TDF )
TDF is a multilateral security
consultative body participated by 26 members of
ARF ( excluding DPRK ). TDF
is seeking for ways toenlarge the forum in connection with ARF.
20) Asia Security Summit( ASS )
ASS, an annual meeting forthe discussion of defenserelated matters among defense ministers and security
experts of 27 Asia-Pacificand European countries, isheld at the Shangri-La Hotelin Singapore.

129
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5
The 13th session of the TDF(Tokyo, October 2008)

ROK Defense Minister’s keynote speech at the
7th session of the ASS (Singapore, May 2008)

Defense Minister stressed the necessity for international cooperation to copewith the uncertain security environment of the 21st century.
MND will continue to take part in multilateral security cooperation held in
the region with the aim of contributing to peace and prosperity in the world,
including the Northeast Asian region.
21) Disarmament
Disarmament refers to any
measures taken in relation to
the reduction or abolition of
weapons with the aim oferadicating the arms race.
22) Non-proliferation
Non-proliferation refers to
diplomatic efforts to preventthe horizontal (quantitative)
or vertical (qualitative) proliferation of weapons.

B. International Disarmament21) and Non-proliferation22) Activities
The international community is strengthening its control through existing
international organizations and regulations in order to counter the
proliferation of weapons of mass destruction (WMD). It is also pursuing a
new international norm such as UN Security Council Resolution 1540.
In addition, global initiatives to strengthen controls over conventional
weapons have also been maintained and expanded. Most notably,
discussions are under way to prevent the illegal circulation of small arms &light weapons and to regulate the use of cluster munitions.
The Republic of Korea has used its renewed national strength sincemembership into the United Nations in 1991, to actively participate in theinternational community’s disarmament and non-proliferation regimes. The
participation status is shown in Table 5-6.
In particular, the ROK is also taking part in the international community’sefforts to minimize civilian losses and damage caused by explosive remnantsof war, having signed Protocol V (Protocol on explosive remnants of war) of
the Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons (CCW) in January 2008.

130
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Strengthening Defense Diplomacy

Chapter 5

Table 5-6. ROK’s Participation in International Disarmament and NonProliferation Regimes

Nuclear Weapons

Biological/Chemical
Weapons·Nuclear Non-Proliferation ·Biological Weapons
Treaty (NPT): April 1975
Convention (BWC):·International Atomic
June 1987
Energy Agency (IAEA): ·Chemical Weapons
August 1957
Convention (CWC):·Comprehensive Nuclear- April 1997
Test-Ban Treaty (CTBT):
September 1999
Conventional Weapons

Missiles·Hague Code of Conduct
Against Ballistic Missile
Proliferation (HCOC):
November 2002

Multilateral Export Control
UN Organizations
Regimes·Convention on Certain·Nuclear Suppliers Group ·UN: September 1991
Conventional Weapons(NSG): October 1995
- General Assembly First(CCW): May 2001
·Zanger Committee (ZC):
Committee·UN Register of Conventional October 1995
- UN Disarmament
Arms (UNRCA): 1993
·Australia Group (AG):Commission (UNDC)
October 1996
·Conference on·Missile Technology Control Disarmament (CD):Regime (MTCR): March 2001
June 1996·Wassenaar Arrangement(WA): July 1996

MND, jointly with the Organization
for the Prohibition of Chemical
Weapons (OPCW), has held International Assistance and Protection
Courses against chemical accidents or
chemical terrors every year since2005. The course invites participants
International Assistance andProtection Course
from Asian member states of the
Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC), as part of protection support
activities against chemical weapons in accordance with CWC.
MND will continue to take part in international disarmament/nonproliferation activities in an effort to foster a favorable international
environment for peace on the Korean Peninsula and enhance the prestige of

131
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

the country. MND will also make joint efforts in cooperation with therelevant international organizations to control the threat posed by North
Korea’s WMD and to persuade the North to take part in international
disarmament/non-proliferation activities.
C. ROK-NATO Exchanges and Cooperation
The North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) announced the principle ofexpanding cooperative relations with non-member countries that sharedemocratic values at the summit held in December 2006. Therefore, the ROK
government is seeking to secure channels of communication and propel
gradual exchange and cooperation.
MND plans to selectively take part in education/training sessions offeredby NATO. Those sessions will be utilized as an opportunity to study andlearn the doctrines and techniques applied by NATO.

132
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 6 International Peacekeeping Operations

Chapter 5

Section 6.
International Peacekeeping Operations
Peacekeeping operations (PKO) have been actively deployed as part of theinternational community’s efforts to secure world peace and stability. Recently, PKOs
have been extending its efforts from monitoring areas of conflict to direct involvement in
the settlement of conflicts and post-reconstruction. MND is actively participating in UN
PKO and those of the multi-national forces (MNF) and laying the groundwork to expand
such efforts.

International peacekeeping activity can be divided into UN peacekeeping
operations and those of the multi-national forces. Table 5-7 compares the two.
Table 5-7. Comparison of PKOs Carried out by the UN and the MNF
Classification

UN PKOMNF PKO

Key Actor

The UN

An organization or a country
serving in a region with the
UN Security Council’s approval

The agreement of the relevant
country is required.

The agreement of the relevant
country is required.

※ Request for mission establishment from UN
Security Council.

※ Such agreement is not required for an aggressor
nation (E.g. the Gulf War).

Commandand Control

UN Security Council / Secretary
General → UN SRSG*→ Peacekeeping Force (PKF)
Commander → Relevant unit

A regional organization or headnation of MNF → MNF
Commander → Relevant unit

Expenses for
Logistics
Support andPKO Forces

Apportioned among the
UN member states

Apportioned among theparticipating countries

Basis for
Formation* SRSG: Special Representative Secretary General

133
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5Classification

UN PKOMNF PKOROK Units
Participation

Lebanon (Dongmyeong Unit),
East Timor (Sangroksu Unit), etc.

Afghanistan (Dongeui andDasan Units), Iraq (Zaytun
Division), etc.

-

Combat sustainability is
maintained relatively well,
prompt deployment in mission
areas is possible.

OthersMNF PKO can be considered to be under the broad concept of UN
peacekeeping activity as their missions are assigned by UN Resolutions.

1. ROK Armed Forces’Participation in the UN PKO
The UN-led peacekeeping activity first began with the United Nations
Truce Supervision Organization (UNTSO) of Palestinian region in 1948. Overthe past 60 years, a total of one million troops from 120 countries have taken
part in UN PKO in 60 areas.
The ROK Armed Forces began participating in PKO in 1993, when an
engineering battalion was dispatched to the UN Operation in Somalia II(UNOSOM-Ⅱ). The military units dispatched by the ROK military as part of
UN PKO in the subsequent period include a medical support group to West
Sahara, military observers to India/Pakistan and the Georgia (1994), an
engineering battalion to Angola (1995), and an infantry unit to East Timor for
the first time (1999). Presently, as part of UN PKO efforts, the ROK military
has dispatched forces to Lebanon and military observers in six areas,
including India/Pakistan and Georgia. See Figure 5-8 for their current status.

134
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 6 International Peacekeeping Operations

Chapter 5

Figure 5-8. UN PKO Participation

CyprusJan. 2002-Dec. 2003

GeorgiaNov. 1994-Present(7)☞ Refer to Appendix 9,
Status of ROK Forces
Dispatched.

Nepal
Mar. 2007-Mar. 2008 (5)Afghanistan
Jul. 2003-Present(1)
India-Pakistan
Oct. 1994-Present(9)

the West SaharaAug. 1994-May 2006

LebanonJan. 2007-Present(367)
SomaliaJul. 1993Mar. 1994

Liberia
Oct. 2003-Present
(2)
Sudan
Nov. 2005-Present(8)AngolaOct. 1995-Dec. 1996

East Timor
Oct. 1999-Jun. 2004.

BurundiSep. 2004-Dec. 2006

( As of Dec. 2008 )A. PKO Participation in Lebanon
The UN Security Council adopted
Resolution 425 and 426 in March 1978, toestablish the United Nations Interim Forcesin Lebanon (UNIFIL) and called for thewithdrawal of foreign troops from thecountry. Israel and Hezbollah engaged ina battle in July 2006. Through Security
ROK Dongmyeong Unit in UNIFIL
Council Resolution 1701, the UN demandLebanon
ed an immediate cease-fire as well as the MediterraneanSea
reinforcement of troops and participation
Tyre
from the member states to UNIFIL.
Syria
Consequently, the ROK government
decided to dispatch 350 troops to UNIFIL
Israel
ROK troops area in Lebanon
in November 2006. After obtaining approval of the National Assembly in December, it dispatched the Dongmyeong

135
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 523) Dongmyeong Unit
Named after King Dongmyeongseong, the founderof the Goguryeo Dynasty,
the name has both themeaning of a unit dispatched from a country in the
East and the wish for abright future and peace.
24) Operation Peace Wave
Under the Peace Wave
program, the Dongmyeong
Unit, while stationed in Tyrein southern Lebanon, has
carried out repairs andrefurbishment of dilapidated
school buildings and provided medical services for
local residents.

Unit to Lebanon in July 2007.23)
Since August 2007, the Dongmyeong Unit has been engaged in civilmilitary operations called Operation Peace Wave, 24) a program designed toattend to local issues for the Lebanese that have been suspended for a longtime, and the unit was praised as being“a family, a brother”to the Lebanesepeople. As a result, the ROK troops were awarded the UN Medal in
December 2007 and in August 2008 by the UNIFIL Commander as the
exemplary unit involved in peacekeeping operations.
In early August 2008, the second and third units rotated, leaving thenumber of stationed soldiers at 359.

A Taekwondo gym by the Dongmyeong Unit
(Lebanon, March 2008).

UN Secretary General Ban
Ki-mun with the Dongmyeong Unit
(Seoul, July 2008).

B. Activities as Military Observers
As of August 2008, a total of 16 ROK officers have been carrying out theirduties as military observers, nine as members of the United Nations Military
Observer Group in India and Pakistan (UNMOGIP), and seven as membersof the United Nations Observer Mission in Georgia (UNOMIG). In addition,
30 officers or so are currently serving in areas of conflict, including Sudan
and Liberia, where they monitor cease-fire violations and take part in patrols,
investigations/reports, and mediation efforts under the local command.
Five ROK officers had been dispatched in March 2007 to the United
Nations Mission in Nepal (UNMIN) at the request of the UN and authority of
UN Security Council Resolution 1740, and returned home in July 2008 after
having completed a tour that involved monitoring cease-fire violations andproviding support for local elections.

136
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 6 International Peacekeeping Operations

Chapter 5

2. ROK Armed Forces’Participation in the MNF PKO
The role of the MNF PKO is to expand with international terrorism
emerging as a serious threat to global security.
Korea has joined the international effort against terrorism in the name ofworld peace and the safety of humankind. It also dispatched troops to takepart in the efforts to secure peace and stability in Afghanistan and Iraq withthe approval of the National Assembly.
The Dongeui and Dasan Units in Afghanistan and the Zaytun Division in
Iraq returned home after finishing their duties in December 2007 andDecember 2008, respectively. Presently, staff and liaison officers are
stationed in four countries, including Bahrain and Djibouti. See Figure 5-9 fordetails.
A. Dispatch of ROK Troops to Afghanistan
The ROK government dispatched the following units to Afghanistan under
UN Security Council Resolutions 1368 and 1373: a Navy / Air Force transport
support group in December 2001, a ROK military medical support group(Dongeui Unit) in February 2002, and a construction engineering support
group (Dasan Unit) in February 2003.
Figure 5-9. ROK Participation in MNF PKO

FloridaNov. 2001-Present(Staff/Liaison Officers)

KuwaitOct. 2004-Dec. 2008
(Air Transport Group)

Iraq
Apr. 2003-Dec. 2008
(Zaytun Division)

Djibouti
Feb. 2003-Present(Staff)Afghanistan
Feb. 2002-Dec. 2007
(Dongeui / Dasan Units)
Afghanistan
Jul. 2002-Present(Liaison/Provincial
Reconstruction Team)

Qatar
Oct. 2004-Dec. 2008
(Liaison Officer)
BahrainJan. 2008-Present(Staff)

As of Dec. 2008

137
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

The Medical Support Group (Dongeui Unit) (780 troops in total) provided
medical services to a total of 230,000 residents and members of the allied
forces. The unit was highly acclaimed by the locals for its humanitarian
service and health education sessions.
The Construction Engineering Support Group (Dasan Unit) (1,332 troops
in total) successfully implemented various tasks such as building hospitals
and bridges for the reconstruction of postwar Afghanistan, supporting local
rehabilitation groups, and offering civilian support.
Meanwhile, even after the withdrawal of Dongeui and Dasan Units, somemilitary medical staff have joined a civilian-led medical service andvocational training team.
B. Dispatch of ROK Troops to Iraq
In April 2003, the ROK dispatched the Seohee Unit (200 troops), a
construction engineering support group, and the Jema Unit (90 troops), a
medical support group, to Nassiriya, Iraq, as part of the Multinational ForcesIraq (MNF-I).
For a year or so until August 2004, the Seohee and Jema Units carried out
activities such as supporting MNF base operations and humanitarian recovery
while providing medical services to the locals as well. Such efforts helped
establish peace and contributed to reconstruction efforts in Iraq and paved
the way for the Peace and Reconstruction Division (the Zaytun Division).
25) The Zaytun Division
Zaytun means olive in Arabic. Olives are Iraqi people’sfavorite food. Olive branch isa widely recognized symbolof peace. The name embodies the ROK forces’respect
for and goodwill towards the
locals.

(1) Deployment Progress of the Zaytun Division25) in Iraq
The U.S. declared the end of the war in
Arbil
TurkeyIraq in May 2003. In October, the ROK
Mosul
government announced a plan to dispatch Syria
Iranadditional troops to Iraq in response to a
Iraq
Baghdadrequest for support in postwar Iraq
reconstruction. In December, the ROK Saudi Arabia
Kuwaitfinalized its plan to dispatch less than 3,000
Areas of ROK troops in Iraq
soldiers to assume an area of operation

138
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 6 International Peacekeeping Operations

Chapter 5

and to support peace and recovery projects.
At the 245th special session of the National Assembly in February 2004, theAssembly approved the Government’s plan to dispatch additional troops to
Iraq. Subsequently, MND selected Arbil, Iraq, as the area for dispatch and in
July 2004, the first unit of 3,566 soldiers completed their deployment in Iraq.
Thereafter, a total of eight shift units took their turns and a total of 18,700
were dispatched to the area to conduct its mission.
The dispatch of the Zaytun Division was submitted and approved by the
National Assembly on four occasions. The number of troops involved
decreased every year in consideration of the local situation in Iraq: to 2,200
in 2005; 1,200 in 2006; and 650 in 2007. The Zaytun withdrew in December
2008 after successful completion of its mission.

Welcoming ceremony for troops of the Zaytun/Daiman Units(at the Korea Armed Forces Athletic Corps, December 2008)(2) Achievements of the Zaytun Division
The Zaytun Division has achieved great success in Iraq in ways such assupporting peace settlement and reconstruction efforts, and consolidating thealliance with the U.S.
Activities carried out by the Zaytun
Division include: providing humanitarian
support and building friendly relationships
with the locals; supporting maintenance of
public security; establishing the basis forsocial and economic development; andA long-awaited elementary school built
by the Zaytun Division (March 2007)
developing and educating the locals.

139
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 526) Operation Green AngelAs the Zaytun Division’score activity, Green Angel
Operations were designed
to enhance the quality of thelocals’standard of living andreinforce friendly relationships. Teams of medics,
engineers, and mechanics
provided much support.

First of all, humanitarian support and friendly relationship building
activities provide construction materials for building or renovating housingsof the locals. The Zaytun Division helped the locals to lead construction
efforts, imbuing a sense of improved standard of living on the locals. Also,
the Zaytun Division operated hospitals which treated over 100 patients perday, so that a variety of medical services could be provided to those who
had not received benefits. Zaytun also conducted multi-functional civilmilitary operations (Operation Green Angel)26) which took care of local
people’s unsolved issues such as installing public waterworks. This in turn,earned the Zaytun Division respect from the local people, creating amutually friendly relationship. Zaytun conducted other supporting activities
or friendly activities such as opening schools for illiterates, donating
medicines, operating a Taekwondo class, and inviting key officials from theregional government to Korea, as well as periodical exchange of people.
In terms of the supporting activity in public security, the division helped
the local police to reinforce its ability by supplying equipment and materiel.
In addition, building and repairing police facilities such as check points inouter blocks of airports improved local conditions to maintain order.
Providing support for socio-economic development and education for the
local people inspired locals in backwater areas to gain a sense of selfsustenance, and laid the foundation to improve their standard of living.
Notably, through Saemaeul Movement Projects, the Unit introduced the
Korean experience during its modernization process and inspired the locals’
willingness for self-sustenance. The project achieved the following:
distribution of Saemaeul Movement-related books; operation of the

The Saemaeul Movement projects

140
Defense White Paper 2008

Local trainees at the Zaytun
Division training center

Section 6 International Peacekeeping Operations

Chapter 5

Saemaeul Center; improvement of surroundings such as a new constructionof community centers and renovation of the public park; and establishmentof sisterhood relationships at the village-level and promotion of self-support
activities.
Many local residents attended the Zaytun Skills Training Center and morethan 80% of them have landed jobs.
Despite difficult conditions, the members of the Zaytun Division
successfully completed assigned missions with a clear sense of duty andimpressive self-esteem in representing the Republic of Korea. The division’shumanitarian assistance is reputed to be the most exemplary of all allies,
gaining the reputation of having presented an“ideal model for civil affairs
operation.”
Foreign troop dispatch and befitting missions comparable to Korea’snational power, is significant, in that it not only contributes to world peaceand stability, but also enhances national prestige for the Republic of Korea.

Korean Taekwondo, a popular sport to Iraqi children

3. Establishing the Basis for the Expansion in PKO
Activities
The Republic of Korea is one of the greatest beneficiaries from UN for its
assistance during the Korean War to overcome such national crisis. Active
PKO participation symbolizes Korea returning the favor to the international
community, as well as securing international support when such a need

141
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 5 Improvement of Defense Capabilities

Chapter 5

rises. The participation is in line with the government’s pledge to become a
Global Korea, and helps improve the ROK military’s civil-military operations
capability.
Thus, MND is making an effort to establish a legal and systemic basis inorder to expand Korean participation in PKO and also enhance militarycapabilities.
Efforts made in this context are the following: first, in coordination with the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade (MOFAT), there are now plans to enact
the PKO Participation Act (provisional name) to simplify the domestic
procedure to dispatch troops; second, MND is reviewing the formation andsize of standing forces for PKO missions for timely response upon requestfrom the global society to join peacekeeping efforts and to ensure successful
mission accomplishment; third, the function of the Military PKO Center isbeing strengthened in order to improve PKO training, cultivate instructors,
and develop doctrines; finally, exchange and cooperative opportunities withforeign countries such as PKO-related multilateral exercises and conferences
are being expanded.

142
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

While devising timely military measures in the wake of
expanded inter-Korean exchange and cooperation,
MND seeks to develop and implement a creative
agenda and strategy to build confidence and alleviatetension.

Chapter

6

Military Support for Peace on the Korean Peninsula● Section 1 Confidence Building and Arms Control● Section 2 Repatriation and Settlements of ROK POWs

Chapter 6 Military Support for Peace on the Korean Peninsula

Chapter 6

Section 1.
Confidence Building and Arms Control
With the aim of facilitating a durable peace on the Korean Peninsula, the ROK
government is advancing inter-Korean relations under the rubric of mutual benefits andcommon prosperity, while devising methods to build confidence and relieve militarytensions. Against this background, the ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) seeks toreach and implement agreements aimed at lowering tension and building confidence
such as military assurance on exchange and cooperation as well as prevention of armed
conflicts through the South-North military talks. In addition, through inter-Korean arms
control measures, MND seeks to maintain military stability on the Korean Peninsula andcontinue its efforts to offer military support for the creation of a new peace structure.1)

1) New Peace Structure
A new order based on
mutual benefits and common prosperity, built throughsincere talks and productive
cooperation between Southand North Korea
2) Military Confidence
Building Measures (CBMs)
An effort to reduce distrust
and tension by disclosing
the activities, operation, andsize of the respective state’smilitary, which is expected toincrease transparency andpredictability

1. Military Confidence Building Measures throughthe South-North Military Talks
A. A Need for Military Confidence Building Measures2)
Despite the progress made in inter-Korean exchange and cooperation
since the First South-North Summit Talks in 2000, a possibility for accidental
skirmish amid armed confrontation still exists.
Massive military forces of South and North Korea are standing off against
each other along the Demilitarized Zone (DMZ), and actual armed conflicts
occurred between the two navies in the West Sea, both in 1999 and 2002.
Therefore, resolving distrust and establishing military confidence is aprerequisite for establishing peace on the Korean Peninsula.

146
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Confidence Building and Arms Control

B. The South-North Military Talks Progress
In the early 1990s, the two Koreas held High-level Talks3) and Military
Subcommittee Sessions.4) Major agreements adopted by military talks were as
follows: Agreement on Reconciliation, Non-aggression, Cooperation andExchange (Inter-Korean Basic Agreement); Joint Declaration on the
Denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula (Joint Declaration of
Denuclearization); Subsequent Agreement on Non-aggression to the InterKorean Basic Agreement; and Agreement on the Composition and Operationof the Joint Military Commission.5)
The Inter-Korean Basic Agreement and Subsequent Agreement on Nonaggression clauses contain agreements on military confidence building
measures that include: exchange of military personnel and information;
notification of military exercises; and installation of a hotline between the
North and South military authorities. However, such agreements have failed
to be implemented due to the North’s passive attitudes on the issues.
The military talks were suspended in 1993 amid suspicions toward theNorth’
s nuclear program and were resumed following the First South-North
Summit Talks in 2000.
Since 2000, South-North military talks were held a total of 46 times withDefense Ministerial Talks being the apex of the series of talks: General
Officer-level Talks were held in order to relieve tension and build
confidence; and Military Working-level Talks were held to ensure military
assurance on exchange and cooperative projects. Table 6-1 shows the statusof the South-North military talks.

3) South-North High-level
Talks∙The two sides held thefirst Prime Ministerial-level
Talks on September 4,1990 at the suggestion of
the South on December
28, 1988. Thereafter, a
total of eight high-levelsessions were held until
September 18, 1992.
∙At South-North High-level
Talks, Inter-Korean Basic
Agreement, the Joint
Declaration of the Denuclearization of the Korean
Peninsula, and the Agreement on the Composition
and Operation of Subcommittees were signed.
∙Subcommittee sessions of
the bilateral High-level
Talks consist of Political
Subcommittee, Military
Subcommittee and Exchange / Cooperation
Subcommittee.
4) Military Subcommittee∙As a committee to implement the non-aggression
clause of the Basic Agreement, eight plenary sessions were held during theperiod of March 13September 5, 1992, Chairmen of the two sides met
three times, and the committee members met threetimes.
∙At the plenary sessions,
the Agreement on Composition and Operation of
the Joint Military Commission and the Subsequent
Agreement on Nonaggression for the InterKorean Basic Agreement
were signed.
5) Refer to p.148.

147
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 6

Through the South-North military talks, MND seeks to adopt andimplement agreements aimed at relieving tension and building confidence.

Chapter 6 Military Support for Peace on the Korean Peninsula

Chapter 65) Joint Military Commission∙The purpose of thecommission is to executethe non-aggression clauseand discuss matters forestablishment of military
trust and realization ofarms reduction.
∙It was agreed to have a
Chairman (vice-ministerlevel or above), Vice Chairman and five members.
The commission’s functions are: (1) to havediscussions about the implementation and compliance of the non-aggression
clause; (2) to draft relevant
agreements; and (3) toimplement, confirm, andsupervise agreements toalleviate military confrontation.
∙Sessions of the commission have not been held
as of December 2008 dueto the North’s incompliance.

Table 6-1. Status of the South-North Military Talks
the 1990s (14 in all)
Total

60

the 2000s (46 in all)Military
Subcommittee
SessionDefenseMinisterial
Talks

General
Officer-level
Talks

Military
Working-level
Talks

14

2

7

37

(1) Defense Ministerial Talks
The Defense Ministerial Talks were held twice. The first session was heldin Jeju Island in September 2000. The two Koreas adopted a joint press
release consisting of five items that included a joint effort to alleviate militarytension and to hold a working-level meeting to support inter-Korean
railroad/road projects.
After an interval of seven years, the second meeting took place inPyongyang in November 2007. The two sides discussed measures on
conducting joint efforts to relieve military tension and assure peace,preventing military clashes in the West Sea, undergoing joint excavation of
war remains, and providing for military assurance on exchange andcooperation projects. The parties also adopted an agreement containing
seven articles and 21 clauses. The agreements signed at the Defense
Ministerial Talks are shown in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2. Agreements Signed at the Defense Ministerial Talks
Date

Occasion

Agreements

September
26, 2000

1st

Joint Press Release on the Meeting between the
Ministers of MND, ROK and the Ministry of People’s
Armed Forces, DPRK

November29, 2007

2nd

Agreement by the Defense Ministers to Implement‘a Declaration for the Development of the InterKorean Relationship, and for Peace and Prosperity.’(2) General Officer-level Talks
Inter-Korean General Officer-level Talks (head delegate: Major Generallevel) had been held seven times between May 2004 and December 2007.

148
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Confidence Building and Arms Control

Chapter 6

Issues discussed, were relieving military tension, preventing collisions in theWest Sea coupled with launching joint fishery, and military assurance ofinter-Korean economic cooperation. During the 2nd meeting in June 2004,
the two sides signed an Agreement on the Prevention of Accidental Naval
Clashes in the West Sea, and the Cessation of Propaganda Activities and the
Elimination of Propaganda Apparatus from the DMZ (The June 4thAgreement). The two sides eliminated all propaganda activities andapparatus in accordance with the agreement. However, measures to prevent
collisions in the West Sea such as exchanging signals on the Global Maritime
Distress Safety System and sharing information on illegal fishing activities by
third nations have not been completely realized, due to the North’s passivity
on the issue.
During the 5th meeting in May 2007, a Provisional Agreement was signed
for militarily assurance of the railroad test-runs along Eastern and Western
Transportation Corridors (ETC and WTC). During the 7th meeting in
December 2007, the two sides discussed military assurance of transit,
communication, and customs process in the Joint Administrative Area (JAA).
They agreed on assuring free transit, allowing the use of the Internet andwired/wireless communications, and simplifying the customs process.
Agreements signed at the General Officer-level Talks are shown in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3. Agreements Signed at the General Officer-level Talks
Date
June 4,
2004

Occasion

Agreements

2nd

Agreement on the Prevention of Accidental Naval Clashes
in the West Sea, and the Cessation of Propaganda
Activities and the Elimination of Propaganda Apparatus
from the DMZ

May 8,
2007

5th

December13, 2007

7th

Joint Press Release of the 5th South-North General Officer-level Military Talks
Provisional Agreement on Military Assurances for the InterKorean Railroad Project in the East and West Coast Districts
Agreement to Ensure Military Assurance of Transit,
Communication, and Customs in the Joint Administrative
Area in the East and West Coast Districts

149
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 6 Military Support for Peace on the Korean Peninsula

Chapter 6(3) Military Working-level Talks
Inter-Korean Military Working-level Talks (head delegate: Colonel level)
had taken place a total of 37 times between November 2000 and October
2008. Meetings until 2003 mainly dealt with providing military support tointer-Korean transit and railroad/road projects. Meetings thereafter focusedon implementing agreements made at the Defense Ministerial and General
Officer-level Talks.
During the 8th meeting in September
2002, an Agreement on Military Assurances for Designation of the Joint
Administrative Area in the East andWest Coast Districts and the Construction of Railways and Roads Connecting
the South and North was adopted. In
The 37th Military Working-level Taiks(Panmunjeom, October 2008)
accordance with this agreement, partsof the DMZ along the Eastern andWestern Transportation Corridors were placed under the JAA. June 2003
marked the first ever instance when the two military authorities inspectedeach other’s mine sweeping efforts in such areas. During the 35th meeting in
December 2007, a Military Assurance Agreement on Railway FreightTransport between Munsan and Bongdong was signed. The cargo trains hadrun 222 times between December 11, 2007 and November 28, 2008, until the
North unilaterally announced its cessation on December 1, 2008. The
agreements from Military Working-level Talks are shown in Table 6-4.
The two Koreas have signed a total of 12 agreements as a result of themilitary talks since 2000. Among them, the June 4th Agreement and theSubsequent Agreement to the June 4th Agreement are the only ones dealing
with actual confidence building. This is due to the North’s reticence
regarding purely military matters such as mutual confidence-building incontrast to the active attitude exhibited in providing military assurances toexchange and cooperation issues.

150
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Confidence Building and Arms Control

Chapter 6

Table 6-4. Agreements at Inter-Korea Military Working-level Talks
Date

Occasion

Agreements

8th

Agreement on Military Assurances for Designation of the
Joint Administrative Area in the East/West Coast Districts
and the Construction of Railways and Roads Connecting
the South and North

15th

Provisional Agreement on Military Assurances for the
Joint Administrative Area in the East/West Coast Districts
Makeshift Roads in the Joint Administrative Area in the
East and West Coast Districts

Sept. 17,
2003

17th

Supplementary Agreement to the Provisional Agreementon Military Assurances for the Makeshift Roads in the
Joint Administrative Area in the East and West CoastDistricts

Dec. 23,
2003

20th

Agreement on Installation and Operation of Guard Posts in
the Posts in the Joint Administrative Area in the East andWest Coast Districts

Jun. 12,
2004

21st

Subsequent Agreement to the Agreement on the Preventionof Accidental Naval Clashes in the West Sea, and the
Cessation of Propaganda Activities and the Elimination of
Propaganda Apparatus from the DMZ

Dec. 5,2007

35th

Military Assurance Agreement on Railway Freight Transport
between Munsan and Bongdong

Sept. 17,
2002

Jan. 27,
2003

2. Military Assurance for Inter-Korean Exchange
and Cooperation
A. The Need for Military Assurance
Since the 2000 Summit Talks, inter-Korean exchange and cooperation have
expanded to include the ETC/WTC and Road Projects, the Gaeseong
Industrial Complex, and the Gaeseong and Mt. Geumgang Tours. Between
1989 till the first half of 2008, 530,000 Koreans had crossed the South-North
border with a total trade volume of $10.07 billion.
The government seeks to improve the quality of the relationship throughexchanges and cooperation based on mutual benefits and common
prosperity. In order to promote such projects, military assurance measures
between the ROK military and the United Nations Command (UNC), or the
North Korean Military should be premised. This is due to the fact that most151
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 6 Military Support for Peace on the Korean Peninsula

Chapter 6of the projects are carried out along areas under military jurisdiction via the
Military Demarcation Line (MDL), DMZ, and the Northern Limit Line (NLL).
B. Proceedings(1) Road and Railroad Projects in ETC and WTCWith the coordination and consent of the UNC and the North Korean
military authorities, the ROK established a JAA in the DMZ where railway
and road connection projects and transit for passengers would take place.
Mine sweeping as well as construction support took place in the JAA and
Civilian Control Line (CCL) areas during the period of September 2000 to
December 2003. In addition, authorization procedures to allow access forSouth-North Koreans to cross the MDL as well as safety assurance measures
were devised to assure transit and safety of personnel.
Through such military assurance, the ROK military laid the groundwork to
expand Inter-Korean cooperative projects such as the Gaeseong Industrial
Complex and the Gaeseong and Mt. Geumgang Tours.
(2) Inter-Korean Passage
The ROK military is maintaining military assurance measures and military
readiness posture for contingencies to ensure safety of transit between the
North and the South in land, air, and sea routes. The number of inter-Koreancross-border passages since 2003 is shown in Table 6-5.
Table 6-5. Number of Cross-border Passages(Unit: No. of one-way passage)

Classification

Total

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

(up to September)

Total

65,680

2,801

5,392

9,564

15,17520,44912,299Via land 30,205

2008

667

3,240

4,859

6,686

8,405

6,348

Via sea

34,843

2,022

2,124

4,497

8,401

11,891

5,908

Via air

632

112

28

208

88

153

43

In order to assure safety of ground passages, the military receives transit

152
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Confidence Building and Arms Control

3. Maintaining Readiness for Arms Control
Implementation between the Two Koreas
Arms control6) is a strategic concept to reduce the threats of war byachieving military transparency and stability, thus improving overall security.
A complete, peaceful solution of the North Korean nuclear issue is aprecondition for arms control on the Korean Peninsula. The principle is togradually achieve operational arms control7) and structural arms control8)
based on military confidence. In addition, the two Koreas must lead allefforts, while adhering to the current Armistice Agreement until it is replaced
by a peace treaty to build a new peace structure.
The two Koreas agreed in principle to build military confidence and tocontrol arms in the Inter-Korean Basic Agreement (1992) and the Subsequent

Chapter 6plans from the Ministry of Unification and obtains authorization from the
UNC and the North Korean military authorities prior to the visit. Guard posts
are operated to assure the safety of passengers, and vehicle escorts areoffered as well.
In order to assure safety of sea
and air passages, the military reviews authorization of inter-Koreanwaterway and airway operatingplans received from the Ministry ofUnification, and maintains patrol/
Vehicle escort in Joint Administrative Area
monitor support continuously(Crossing at the Southern Limit Line of theSeoul-Sinuiju Railway)
during all ship/aircraft transportations.
The military periodically evaluates security influence on the inter-Koreanpassages to interdict elements that may harm the security conditions, andcontinues to find areas for improvement regarding the South-North Koreantransit.

6) Arms Control
A strategic concept toreduce the threats of war byachieving military transparency and stability, thus
improving overall security. It
is achieved through mutual
agreements such as unilateral, bilateral, and multilateral
consultations among related
nations by limiting, banning,and down-sizing forces orby constructing, deploying,relocating, operating, orverifying the use of forces.
7) Operational Arms Control
A military measure to reduceand prevent the possibilities
of surprise attacks and allout wars through limitations
on operation and deployment of forces. It does notinclude changes in force
structure and size8) Structural Arms Control
A military measure to
maintain military stability andbalance through limitations
and reduction of troops andweapon systems, which is a
substantial element that
forms military power, in a
structural sense.

153
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 6 Military Support for Peace on the Korean Peninsula

Chapter 6

to the Agreement on Non-aggression. The Basic Agreement, however, hasmade little progress due to the North’s passive attitudes on the issue.
Notwithstanding this dire situation, MND continues to ready itself toimplement arms control. It is exploring ways to achieve the desired goal, forexample, by undergoing multilateral research and discussions on
disarmament such as hosting arms control seminars and publishing issues of
the Korean Peninsula Arms Control. Also, to enhance its capabilities in arms
control verification, MND is holding workshops on improving inspection job
performance, conducting simulated inspection training and nuclear
inspection training, sending officials to attend verification education andtraining courses, etc.

4. The Way Ahead
Although the military talks are assessed to have played some role insupporting cooperation programs and thus alleviating tension, measures tobuild military confidence have remained extremely rudimentary.
For consolidating peace on the Korean Peninsula, the two Koreas mustabide by the following agreements: notification of military exercises; military
personnel exchange; military information exchange; peaceful use of the
DMZ; and installation of a South-North military hotline.
Through the military talks, MND will continue to exert efforts to reduce
tension and build confidence in accordance with the basic tenets of theGovernment’s North Korea policy of mutual benefits and common
prosperity, which aims to resolve all inter-Korean issues through dialogue.
In accordance with the principle of“resolving easier issues first,”the talks
will first discuss military support on inter-Korean cooperative projects.
Meanwhile, the military will progressively discuss confidence building andarms control within the frameworks of the Basic Agreement and theSubsequent Agreement on Non-aggression.
Once the stage is set for further discussions, gauged by progress in the

154
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Confidence Building and Arms Control

Chapter 6

North Korean nuclear issue or inter-Korean relationship, the military will run
a previously-agreed Joint Military Commission to devise peaceful measures torelieve threats and to provide military support for a peaceful Peninsula.
When the North attempts to nullify the NLL during the course of
discussions, the ROK military will consistently espouse its initial position that“the NLL has functioned as a de facto maritime demarcation line for the past
50 years, and that it should strictly abide by the line in the future.”

155
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 6 Military Support for Peace on the Korean Peninsula

Chapter 6

Section 2.
Repatriation and Settlements of ROK POWs
Repatriation of prisoners of war (POWs) took place in accordance with the ArmisticeAgreement in 1953. However, a considerable number of POWs excluded at the time arestill forced to remain in the North.
The ROK government is seeking ways to: verify the status of POWs still alive in the
North; allow reunion and ensure repatriation; safely repatriate POWs and their families
who escaped from the North to a third country; and assist settlements of repatriated
POWs in the South.

1. ROK POWs from the Korean War
During the Korean War, theUnited Nations (UN) Forces andthe Communist Forces exchanged
POWs on three occasions from
April 1953 to January 1954. Despite
the UN estimate of 82,000 ROK
soldiers as missing in action (MIA), Signing of the agreement by the UN Forces
and the Communist Forces for exchange of
only 8,343 have been repatriated.
wounded POWs (April 11, 1953)
Therefore, a considerable numberof POWs are presumed to have been forced to remain in the North.
Since 1953, when the first POW exchange took place and to the 1960s, theUN Forces continued to request repatriation of remaining POWs via theUnited Nations Military Armistice Commission (UNCMAC). However, the156
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Repatriation and Settlements of ROK POWs

Chapter 6

North maintained their position
that all POWs were transferred to
the Neutral Nations Repatriation
Commission and there remain nofurther POWs detained. The issue
had also failed to be dealt withduring the sporadically held inter- UN POWs returning to the South through theGate to Freedom after the signing of the
Korean talks since the 1970s.
Armistice Agreement
As of October 2008, the ROK
government has formed a list of 560 ROK POWs presumed to be alive in the
North based on statements from North Korean defectors and repatriated
POWs. As they are now in their 70s and 80s, the issue requires an immediate
solution.

2. The Government’s Efforts
A. Verification, Reunion, and Repatriation of the ROK POW
Since the return of the late Army
Lieutenant Cho Chang-ho in 1994, theROK government began to review POW
issues. As part of humanitarian andreconciliatory measures, it prioritized
POW status verification and repatriation
during inter-Korean talks.
During the Ministerial-level Talks andInter-Korea Red Cross Talks following
the June 2000 Summit, the two sides
agreed to resolve POW issues alongside Retirement ceremony for repatriated POWs
that of dispersed families. They agreed
during the 7th Red Cross Talks (February 2006) to tackle the issue by“including status verification of those missing during the war into the issue of

157
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 6 Military Support for Peace on the Korean Peninsula

Chapter 6

separated families.”Such principle was reconfirmed during the 20th
Ministerial-level Talks (February 2007) and 8th Red Cross Talks (April 2007).
As a result, the status of 25 POWs was verified, and among them 11 wereable to reunite with their families in the South.
In the meantime, the government exerted efforts to safely repatriate POWs
and their family members who escaped from the North to third countries.
Once the status of an escaped POW is verified, the ROK government protects
them as they do for Korean nationals living abroad, and leverages diplomatic
ties to have them repatriated swiftly and safely. Due to such measures, 76
POWs and 161 family members were repatriated through a third country
from 1994 to December 2008. The current status is shown in Table 6-6.
Table 6-6. Status of POWs and Their Families Repatriated through a Third
Country(As of December 2008)
Year

Total 94

97

98

99

00 01

02

03

04 05

06

07 08

ROK
POWs

76

1

1

4

2

9

6

6

5

14

11

7

4

6

Familymembers

161

-

2

5

8

9

12

9

10

34

18

32

13

9

B. Supporting Settlements of Repatriated POWs
MND has established a legal foundation such as the Act on Repatriation
and Treatment for Korean Prisoners of War, in order to support settlements
for repatriated POWs and their family members.
Supporting Settlements for ROK POWs under the Act on
Repatriation and Treatment for Korean Prisoners of War•Settlement Subsidy: A junior enlisted to be promoted to staff sergeant and pay 50years worth of salary, pension, and aid for residential settlement•Free medical support: Free medical treatment of up to 10 million won a year
•Family support: Provision to the North Korean widow and children of a POW who diedin the North

In 2008, discussions to explore solutions for POW repatriation andsettlement were initiated via repatriated POW invitational talks and expert

158
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Repatriation and Settlements of ROK POWs

Chapter 6

workshops. In line with suchinitiatives, an incorporated Family
Union of Korean POWs Detainedin North Korea was established inAugust 2008 with approval from
the MND to promote POWs’selfhelp and self-sufficiency. In OctoAn invitation event for repatriated POWs
ber 2008, a pilot program utilizing(National Cemetery, October 2007)
defector education and consulting
agencies was launched to support POWs’adjustment to the society.

3. The Way Ahead
MND will exert efforts to repatriate and settle POWs through government-led
coordination and cooperation with the civil sector equipped with expertise.
Foremost, it plans to continuously raise POW issues at inter-Korean talks to
induce the North to admit to the existence of remaining POWs. Efforts tosolve separated family issues will continuously be made, while practical andcreative approaches reflecting changes in the inter-Korean relationship will
be sought. In addition, MND will do its best to safely repatriate POWs andfamilies defected to third countries. In particular, firm measures to guarantee
the safety of those peoples will be devised. Diplomatic efforts to maintaincooperative ties with such governments will be made as well.
Taking into account the repatriated POWs’challenges to settle in the ROK
due to the long years spent in the North, policies that focus on theirsuccessful settlements will be implemented. POWs face the following
challenges: difficulties in adapting to a new society and culture; treating
illness sustained by forced-labor; concerns about family members left behind;and communication with current family members. The ROK government will
devise a system in cooperation with the civil sector in order to best solve
those personal problems which the nation may not be equipped to remedy.

159
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

MND seeks to cultivate a highly professional force byeliminating pretentious administrative elements andcreating a culture of“strong warriors and strong
military,”to contend with existing and prospective
threats.

Chapter

7

Professional Armed Forces● Section 1 Defense Manpower Management● Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 7

Section 1. Defense Manpower Management
In order to actively respond to changes in the security environment, the capabilities ofdefense manpower, which constitutes the foundation of national defense, need to be
maximized.
The ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) is arranging the military personnel
management system to cultivate active duty personnel into professional experts in theirfunctional areas. MND is also increasing the proportion of civilian and female workforce
in order to improve the structural diversity of national defense personnel.

1. Military Personnel Management Based on Expertise
In the process of reorganizing into a technology-intensive military
structure, MND is overhauling its sizable mandatory servicemen-intensive
manpower structure into a structure that centers on professional officers andnoncommissioned officers (NCOs). In this regard, MND is planning toestablish a military personnel management system to foster active duty
service members into experts in their functional areas.
A. Establishing Military Personnel Management System
Based on Professionalism
The legacy military personnel management system that formerly gave
weight to equality and balanced distribution is now transforming into asystem that places higher value on professionalism and capabilities. By

162
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Defense Manpower Management

Chapter 7

preparing new personnel management models; establishing limitlesscompetition system; and building a position management system that assigns
the right talents to the right post, it will further uphold professional
development while creating a fair, transparent, and reliable culture whereindividuals yield to results.
To that end, MND has provided an institutional foundation by enacting the
Directive on Personnel Management Based on Professionalism in August
2008. Key details are as follows:First, it constructed a functional personnel management system thatsystematically administers the career path of each respective specialty area,
reaching the highest level of Lieutenant Generals (Vice-Admiral) or Major
Generals (Rear Admiral).
Second, it adopted a promotion management system where candidates
from 2-3 graduation classes limitlessly compete with each other instead of
having a single graduation class of separate commissioning institutions
competing amongst themselves. As such, this will enable the selection ofbest available experts. Third, by improving the customary practice of giving
command opportunities to all promoted individuals, the position
management system now assigns command opportunities to candidates thatprove suitable for commanding and assigns high specialty functional
positions to candidates that prove to be functionally qualified.
In addition, MND will enhance the utility of manpower management byrevising rules and regulations of the system: invigorating programs to benefit
long-term service members, including a term-limited promotion system, andan increase in honorable discharge funds.
B. Complementing the Professional National Defense
Manpower System
MND has categorized its professional national defense manpower1)
consisting of active service members into five types, including those ininternational affairs and those in policy. Yet, it has been assessed to be moreor less inadequate in terms of managing those who are on time-sensitive

1) Types of Professional
National Defense Manpower
Defense expert personnel
are categorized into five
types, experts in international affairs, policy, technology and functions, special
areas, and acquisition.

163
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 72) Joint Professional Military Manpower
Refers to those experts withqualifications in jointness.
They are assigned to the
ROK Joint Chiefs of Staff,
the ROK-US Combined
Forces Command (CFC),
and other joint units.

missions, due to shortages of professional manpower in various fields suchas military personnel with languages skills and Foreign Area Officers (FAO).
That being said, MND is establishing an effective personnel management
system that efficiently fosters and manages FAO who perform their duties inforeign missions and international negotiations, as well as professional
policy manpower such as those in defense policy, military strategy, andmilitary diplomacy. Through these efforts, MND will specify posts filled byexpert personnel as well as standards that designate such posts, whilesmoothing the system that links assignment-education-personnel
management-utilization in each area of expertise.
The enactment of the National Defense Reform Act has provided the legal
foundation to foster and manage experts in jointness.2) However, because of
the overly stringent criteria in defining experts in jointness, fostering aworkforce specializing in jointness has been challenging. In response, MND
is amending related laws and regulations that will appropriately expand thescope and human resource pool that defines jointness.

2. Diversifying Defense Manpower Structure
As modern weapon systems have become more precise and diverse, theprocess of acquiring and managing required force capabilities are also
becoming increasingly more complex and specialized. Furthermore, thespectrum for national defense has widened to cover areas such as disaster
relief and counter-terrorism, while the linkage with other social areas(politics, economy, society, and culture) has become more salient. In order
to flexibly deal with such situational changes, MND is currently strengthening
the diversification of the defense manpower structure.
A. Boosting Professional Expertise in MND Headquarters
Implemented from 2005, MND is reorganizing the Headquarters (HQ)’
personnel structure to maximize harmonization between civilan officials and164
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Defense Manpower Management

B. Utilizing Civilian Personnel and Improving the Personnel
Management System for the Military Civilian Workforce
Because defense affairs are carried out by complex entities combining
military and civilian personnel, it is also important to attract and make thebest of civilian talents in non-combat service areas.
In order to guarantee integrity of the ROK military’s combat organization(missions) and to enhance efficiency in force management, MND is
consolidating the use of its civilian resources. Accordingly, adopting civilian
employees by the military is being expanded in parallel with its increased
outsourcing, private entrustment, and privatization efforts.
The military civilian workforce carries out specialized administration,technology, and support related functions in areas such as force build up
and maintenance of military capacities, which plays significant roles inmaintaining the expertise of defense affairs.

Chapter 7

active duty personnel. This is to raise employee expertise, maintaincontinuity of policies, and improve objectivity in policy formulations.
MND’s restructuring efforts are geared towards annually increasing its civil
servants ratio and further improving their respective field of expertise.
Increasing the number of the civilian officials in the Ministry’s HQ firstrequires consensus within and outside of the military community, while
concurrently upgrading the professional capacities of each individual.
Furthermore, all positions within the Ministry’s HQ will be carefully
scrutinized in order to distinguish posts that are better suited for civilians andfor active duty personnel.
MND is devising various policies to elevate the level of expertise of its
civilian officials. Recent recruitments bring together civilian and military
experts as well as grade 5 civilian officials, while defense MBA coreprograms and specialization courses are in operation. In addition, employing
a career development program (CDP)3) enables a constructive personnel
management system that closely connects assignments, expertise areas, andeducation.

3) Career Development
Program (CDP)
A system that helps individuals
set up career goals, selectcareer paths, and manage job
assignments.

☞ See Section 1 of Chapter
8 for details concerning
military executive agencies
and outsourcing to private
businesses.

165
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 7

However, the classification system of
the military civilian workforce is very
complicated (61 job lines in 15 job
groups), compared to that of theregular public service members (32 joblines in two job groups). MND is
Education to upgrade militaryscheduled to simplify the overlycivilians’expertisecomplex classification system byamending the Enforcement Decree of the Act on Personnel Affairs of Military
Civilian Employees. At the same time, the Ministry will improve efficiency of
personnel utilization by reviewing the requirements for each job groups.
Furthermore, an all-around personnel management system for the military
civilian workforce that covers recruitment-assignments-education-promotion
will be enforced. To this end, MND will devise until 2012 a comprehensive
plan that includes: simplifying the hiring system; expanding the use ofdefense contractors; reorganizing position structures; and improving training
and education systems.
C. Efficient Utilization of Defense Female Workforce
There has been an increasing number of female hiring which facilitated theconditions for MND to develop its female-related policies such as protecting
maternal rights and promoting gender equality and so forth.
4) Defense Female Personnel
It collectively refers to female
employees serving at MND,
female service members
and employees listed as
Korean Armed Forces.

(1) Status and Utilization of Defense Female Personnel4)
Female public officials represent approximately 32 percent of the entire
number of public officials in the Ministry. Female military civilians represent
approximately 16.5 percent of the total military civilians. Table 7-1 shows thestatus of female public officials and military civilians.

166
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Defense Manpower Management

Chapter 7

Table 7-1. Status of Female Public Officials and Military Civilians (2007)(Unit: Person)

Classification

Total

4-5th grades

6-7th grades

8th grade

Total

4,454

162

1,070

3,222

Public Officials

303

26

110

167

Military Civilians

4,151

136

960

3,055

The intent is to increase the number of female officers and NCOs from5,400 in 2008 to 11,600 in 2020. In doing so, the percentage of female
officers will increase from 3.1% to 7%, while the percentage of female NCOs
will increase from 2.2% to 5%. Table 7-2 shows the annual employment
plan.
Table 7-2. Plan to Increase Female Service Members(Unit: Person)

Classification

Total

Army

Navy

Air Force

2008

5,437

3,967

542

928

2010

6,340

4,459

719

1,162

2015

8,853

5,983

1,308

1,562

2020

11,606

7,790

1,938

1,878

The basic principle behind utilizing
the female workforce is that “allqualified service members, regardlessof gender, will be assigned to any job
and will carry out the same missions
during peace and war.”
Educating female platoon leaders
Assignment of female service
members is limited only in the following cases: regiment or lower units
where missions are mostly close ground combat; units that carry out special
warfare operations or long-range reconnaissance missions; and units andpositions whose mission requires physical conditions unsuitable for mostfemales.

167
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 7

Presently, female service members assume posts including command or
staff positions in field units, fighter pilots, crewmembers on combat ships,
and even positions in overseas dispatch units. In 2008, there were a total of
28 female service members dispatched overseas that conducted their
missions in places such as Iraq, Lebanon, Nepal, etc.

Commissioning female Navy NCOs

5) Gender Impact Assessment System
A system that examines andanalyzes the outcome brought
to female and male members
before the planning or
implementation stage of any
policy or program.

6) Flexible Service System
for Childcare
A system that allows theparents to select their time
to report to work at 30
minute increments between
08:00-10:00 and adjust timeto leave based on the 8hour a day work rule.

Female fighter pilots(2) Promoting Policies for Defense Female Personnel
Since 2007, the implementation of the Defense Policy’s Gender Impact
Assessment System,5) which was first introduced in 2005, has been expanded
to each military service, and has been enforced in furtherance of protecting
maternity related issues. Specifically, MND
amended existing statutes that allow: proper
remunerations to those who fill in the voids
left by service members on maternity/childcare leave; flexible service systems forchildcare;6) guaranteeing leave of absence
Educating military consultants forfor miscarriages or stillbirth; increasing
female service members
eligibility for maternity leave and prolonging
its length; and a system that acknowledges
both service members on leave of absence
and those who substitute them.
In September 2008, MND enacted the
Directive on Operation of Consultants for
Female Service Member’s Difficulties in
Gender awareness education fororder to facilitate female personnel--still aservice members

168
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Defense Manpower Management

Chapter 7

minority in the military circles--in adjusting to their unit of service and toprovide counseling services on the difficulties they confront. Supplementary
education for consultants takes place more than once a year in order toimprove the quality of counseling.
MND also works to create“a gender equal society,”which is in line withthe government’s policy direction. Since 2003, the Korea Institute for Gender
Equality Promotion and Education (KIGEPE), a subsidiary institution under
the Ministry of Gender Equality (MOGE), conducted“gender awareness”7)
sessions to faculty of education institutions and personnel on educationrelated posts in each Service. As of June 2008, over 1,300 completed thecourse and 18,000 service members posted in remote areas participatedthrough private non-profit organizations.

7) Gender AwarenessAn ability to perceive andconsider the impact of sex
and gender on males andfemales.

3. Building a Defense Human Resources Management System
Starting in 2009, MND plans toutilize a Defense Human Resources
Management System (DHRMS) in
order to computerize and automate
personnel services.
DHRMS consolidates the programs
currently operated by each branch of Benchmarking the human resources system of
U.S. DoD (August 2008)
Services and performs twelve HRrelated services in three fields. It
interfaces with six MND systems such as logistics and mobilization
information systems, as well as three non-MND systems including those from
the Military Manpower Administration (MMA) and the Ministry of Patriots andVeterans Affairs (MPVA). In the future, new functions such as payroll
administration, e-Learning, and policy management will be additionallydeveloped while allowing interfacing capabilities with the Battlefield

169
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 7

Management Information System.
DHRMS will be employed as base in order to realize a personnel
management founded on professionalism. The operational concept for thesystem is shown in Figure 7-1.
Figure 7-1. Operational Concept Diagram for DHRMS

Working level

Individuals⇔

Internet

MMA

⇔

⇔

⇔

Mobilization⇔

Defense Intranet

External
Interlink⇔

Managers⇔

Logistics

External⇔

Internal
linkage

MND HQ / Each Service’s HQdown to Organization Units

Defense Personnel Organization Information System

FinanceOrganization

PayrollWelfare170
Defense White Paper 2008

ManpowerManagement

Personnel
Management

Manpower
Operation in
War Time

Assignment
Management

Manpower
Operation in
Peace Time

AppraisalManagement
Promotion
Management

Welfare/Service

MPVA

Support toTransferred
Cadre Members
Support of
Miscellaneous
Allowances

Human
resources
Development

Incident
Prevention

Manpower
Acquisition

Records
Management

Admin
SupportData Warehousee-Learning

PayrollManagement

Korea
Instituteof Military
Affairs(KIMA)

Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7

Section 2.
Strengthening Training and Education
Systematic and sustainable training and education are necessary in order for individual
service members and units to exert their maximum combat capabilities during a crisis
and achieve success in war.
MND is improving its defense training and education system and cultivating talents withspecialized military knowledge. Furthermore, MND is promoting “strong warriors” and a“strong military” by executing realistic training simulations to guarantee impermeability
against engagement with any enemy.

1. Developing the National Defense Training and
Education System
MND conducts various training and education to foster“strong warriors”
and a“strong military”that is impenetrable. Through such trainings themilitary fosters combatants with a warrior’s disposition; creative military
experts equipped with appropriate technical skills and leadership; and anelite force with high standards of combat-readiness.
A. National Defense Training and Education System
In order to effectively carry out its training programs, MND amended the
Directive on Defense Training and Education in November 2008, and iscurrently in the drafting process of such defense training and education
policy outline.
As shown in Figure 7-2, the national defense training and education system
is divided into military education, human resources development, and unit
training.
Defense White Paper 2008

171

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 7

Military education can further be divided into candidate training thattransforms civilians into officers and NCOs, and refresher training thataugments duty performing abilities. Experts required by the three Services
are fostered and“jointness”is improved through systematic education thatreflects specific missions.
Figure 7-2. National Defense Training and Education System

National Defense Training and Education System

Classifi
cationOfficer

Military Education
CandidateTraining

Refresher
Training

Military
Academies

Officers' Basic
CourseROTC

Officers'
Advanced
CourseOCS
Graduate
Military
ScholarshipStudent

NCO
Academies

NCO
NCO
Candidates

Human Resources
Development
Professional
Education

Capability
Development
Education

SpecialDegreeEducation

DegreeAcquisition

Each Service
College
KNDU *

Individual
Training

Job Ability
Development

Duty
Elevation
Training

Elementary
Knowledge
Training

AdvancedClass

Enlisted
Personnel

Basic Military
Training

MOS
Training

None

Foreign Language Learning
Credit/Certificate
Acquisition

Objective

Civilians
Becoming
Service
Members

Cultivation of
Duty
Capabilities

Nurturing
DefenseSpecialists

Service
Members’
Selfdevelopment

Collective
Training

BranchTraining

Basic
Training

Foreign
Military
Education

Beginner’s
ClassIntermediate
Class

Unit Training

Military
Occupational
Specialty(MOS)
Training

Branches’
Cooperation
Training

Joint
Training

Combined
Training

Fostering of Warfighting
Capabilities* KNDU: Korea National Defense University

MND seeks to strengthen management training for higher-level managers,
and extend education for public officials serving at the Ministry.
Human resources development seeks to foster defense expert personnel,
and is divided into professional education and capability improvement

172
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7

education. Professional education cultivates military experts capable ofleading the establishment of a technology-intensive force structure.
Capability improvement education includes increasing the values of officers
in their respective expert area of interest and potentials, as well as upgrading
service members’capacities in connection with the national lifelong
education policy. To that end, the Ministry provides domestic andinternational graduate level degree programs, conducts research education,and offers opportunities for self-development such as offering courses toobtain college credits during times of service.
Unit training is divided into individual training and collective training that
fosters war-fighting capabilities. The Ministry develops IT-based scientifictraining systems to maximize integrated capabilities of battlefield functions. It
also develops field maneuver training methods in association with War
Games and the combat command training model.
B. Improving Conditions for Defense Training and Education
MND has upgraded its training facilities to minimize inconveniences
caused by outdoor field training to the local community, while enhancing IT
and scientific features of training that complies with recent accomplishments
of information technology as well as prospects for future warfare.
In order to improve the conditions related to military education, theMinistry plans to design a distance learning system (shown in Figure 7-3) byintroducing the defense broadband convergence network. The plan is tofield the network by 2009 in order to provide timely education for the service
members. In so doing, the Ministry will automate the education planningexecution-assessment process and provide a customized education
opportunity for the users.

173
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 7

Figure 7-3. Distance Learning System
Distance Learning Center
Instructors(preparing
contents/adminis-tering lecturesand students)

Distance Learning Servers

CBT
Development
Office (supporting

Learning
Management
System(LMS)

contents
preparation)

Contents

Digital Library(building,managing, andsupporting
database)

Dedicated
StudioInternet(remote lectures)

Dedicated Studio8) LVC System
An interface system thatmutually reinforces Live,
Virtual, and Constructive
stages to an exercise. It
provides the most realistic
war experience to theparticipants.

Defense Intranet

Individuals/Remote
Learning Halls

As part of a human resources development mechanism, the Ministry seeks
to offer self-development opportunities to satisfy the desire for learning byservice members. To this end, the Ministry has been improving related
systems and also installing Cyber Knowledge Information Rooms down tocompany-level units.
To actively cope with the changes in future warfare, unit training will
employ advanced technical training systems. MND plans to expand thecurrent battalion-level Korea Combat Training Center (KCTC) combat
exercises up to brigade-level units. Furthermore, it will increase the use ofsimulators for equipment (tanks, armored vehicles, combat ships or jetfighters) whose actual maneuver (or live firing) can be limited during
training.
Battle command training systems adopted from War Game models arebeing devised. In this regard, an LVC System 8) that incorporates advanced
live fire maneuver exercises (Live), simulator-based training (Virtual), andbattle command training program (Constructive) is being fabricated.

174
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7

The ROK military has seen difficulties in securing appropriate training areas
due to rapid urbanization and regional developments. Therefore, MND plans
to consolidate scarcely-used and small training facilities scattered across thecountry, and then re-organize them into large training facilities befitting thecorps-level echelon, in the meantime consolidating smaller training facilities
suitable at the division/brigade-level echelon. MND has also made efforts toassure safety and to minimize inconveniences to local residents residing in
nearby training facilities. These efforts include installing a safety wall fromricochet rounds,9) erecting sound-proof walls, establishing car wash sites, andcompleting pavements in maneuver routes. It also includes distributing ecofriendly training equipment such as silencers for individual small arms andtank guns.

9) Ricochet Rounds
Ammunition that is deflected
to a different direction after
hitting the initial target

2. Developing Military Education
MND is developing a system for candidate training and refresher trainingthat reinforces service members’military expertise, leadership, duty
performance, and potentials.
The military academies have moved away from the old simplistic
education curriculums and introduced theme-oriented curriculums 10) startingin 2008, along with sending an increasing number of cadets via exchange
programs with foreign military academies. In addition, the service academies
plan to recruit more talented civilian professors.
Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) is planning to assess the quality of
its cadets and education system and reflect the outcomes to its selection andresource allocation process. Such efforts will improve overall ROTC
education condition while recruiting well-qualified junior officers.
The Branch schools and colleges of each military service are improving
their curriculums, education contents, and conditions in order to foster
military experts. In particular, they have systemized the levels and realms ofjoint military education by each course to establish the concept of future joint10) Theme-oriented Curriculum
Courses on core knowledge,
basic science, optional major
subjects, and military science

175
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 7

battlefield operations, and synthesize them into the regular education
program.
Meanwhile, in 2008, the Korea National Defense University (KNDU)
launched a new Doctorate degree program for the first time to produce top
experts in national security and military affairs. Table 7-3 shows the current
status of the program.
Table 7-3. Status of the Doctorate Program at KNDU
DegreenameDoctoratein militaryscienceYears ofstudy

3 years

Quota

Students•Active service member
15 person of captain or higher(3 per •Public officials of 5thmajor)
grade or higher

Areas where graduates
will be utilized•Policy department
experts•Professors•Defense-related civilians •National defenserelated research posts※ Specialization: military strategy, defense resource management, operational analysis, information
technology, weapons systems

3. Developing Military Human Resources
Annually, the ROK military provides a pool of human resource numbering
270,000 active mandatory servicemen and 16,000 officers/NCOs to thesociety. Accordingly, MND is devising policies to develop military humanresources that allow service members and the enlisted to achieve selfdevelopment while carrying out their missions.
A. Fostering Military Experts
The Ministry has established and implemented mid-term plans for yearlyeducation outsourcing so as to systematically foster experts that can lead thetransformation of the military into a technology-intensive structure.
Expert personnel selected between 2007 and 2008 included 611 master’sdegree and 101 doctoral degree holders. In 2008, the Ministry increased thenumber of positions required to foster appropriate numbers of education,

176
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7

defense policy, research, and acquisition experts from 1,964 to 2,600.
The Ministry has sent Masters and Doctorate candidates to world’s top 100
universities with competitive advantages. Table 7-4 shows the current statusof students in degree courses at home and abroad.
Table 7-4. Status of Students under Degree Courses at Home and Abroad(Unit: Person)

Masters
Classification Total

Doctorates

Subtotal

Army

Navy

Air
Force

Subtotal

Army

Navy

Air
Force

Overseas

116

98

77

8

13

18

9

5

4

Domestic

239

209

110

45

54

30

10

8

12

In addition, the Ministry has dispatched officers and cadets to defense
universities, command and general staffs colleges, branch schools, andmilitary academies abroad to acquire advanced military knowledge andfoster regional experts by countries. The countries under exchange programs
have increased from 28 in 2007 to 31 in 2008, and the trend will continue.
Table 7-5 shows the current status.
Table 7-5. Number of Personnel Sent to Overseas Military Education or Training
Courses(Unit: Person)
Classification

Military Education

Training Overseas

2007 (28 countries)

242

167

2008 (31 countries)

263

145

MND is setting educational objectives for different ranks in order to satisfy
officers’and NCOs’desire to learn and upgrade their capabilities throughlifelong education. The objective is to have more than 70 percent of theofficers and more than 50 percent of the NCOs obtain master’s degrees by
2012.

177
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 7

B. Improving Service Members’Capabilities
Approximately 82 percent or more of the enlisted joined the service while
enrolled at colleges. Therefore, MND is offering opportunities to continue
their education by providing chances to obtain credits for their college
courses. In April 2007, it provided an institutional basis for service members
to acquire up to six credits during military service by amending the MilitaryService Act, the Higher Education Act, the Act on Academic Credit
Recognitions, et cetera. In addition, theMinistry encourages service members tocontinue their education in their units byrunning Cyber Knowledge Information
Rooms. By August 2008, the Ministry
installed 39,900 PCs, 80.2 percent of the total
Panoramic view of a Cyber
planned. The Ministry plans to install a total
Knowledge Information Roomof 53,000 PCs by 2009.
A total of nine universities are accepting credits obtained through militaryeducation institutions as of the 1st semester of 2008. Table 7-6 shows thestatus of the credit recognition system.
Table 7-6. Online Courses and Recognizing Universities (1st Semester of 2008)
Gyeong- Yeung- Chon- Won- ChonKonyang Jeju
Inha Kangwon
Classisang nam nam kwang buk
Total
Univ. Univ.
Univ. Univ.
fication
Univ. Univ. Univ. Univ. Univ.
Courses 114

19

30

6

7

1

24

5

3

19

Students 145

43

34

21

14

10

4

6

10

3

Furthermore, some universities introduced a credit bank system torecognize credits from training courses during military service.
Military courses recognized by universities have increased from 82
programs at 18 institutions in 2007, to 131 programs at 23 institutionsin 2008.
MND is developing a system where certain military job skills can berecognized in the civilian sector as well. Such initiatives include

178
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7

exempting written tests in nationally-recognized certificate exams orconverting military licenses into a civilian one. In 2003, the six
national certificate exams in which written tests were exempted formilitary experts were coupled with 16 additional exams in 2007 that
included automobile maintenance, etc. Table 7-7 shows the details.
Table 7-7. National Certificate Tests Exempted (a total of 22)
Classification
2003

2007

Written tests are Exempted for following Certificates
Environment, boiler handling, electricity, diving, Korean cooking, vehicle
maintenance (Navy) - total of six certificates
Vehicle maintenance (Army), electronic appliances, electric welding,gas welding, special welding, caterpillar equipment maintenanceconstruction equipment engine maintenance, construction equipment
chassis maintenance, aircraft fuselage maintenance, aircraft engine
maintenance, aircraft electronic maintenance, forklift operation,
bulldozer operation, motor grader operation, loader operation, andexcavator operation - total of 16 certificates

MND has authorized two military job skills to be recognized as national
certificate-worthy, as indicated in Table 7-8.
Table 7-8. Military Job Skills to Be Recognized as National Certificates
Military Job Skills

Recognized Year

Caterpillar Equipment MaintenanceNovember 2005

Optical Equipment Maintenance

December 2007

Since 1975, 276,000 out of 960,000 defense
personnel passed National Technical
Qualification Certificate Exams. The exams
are offered biannually by MND delegatedfrom the Ministry of Labor, and it fosters
technical experts while allowing them tocontribute to the society upon discharge. In
the first half of 2008, a total of 1,345 passed
Exams for an Industrial Engineering

Training on maintenance of K-10
decontamination vehicle

179
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 711) Exercise
Exercise is a drill executionof Operation Plans as well
as military maneuvers that
includes operational planning, readiness, and execution by applying doctrinesand process for combat,
combat support, and combat service support in orderto create the most realistic
war situations.
12) Training
A systematic proficiency
attaining process throughwhich individual service
members and units acquire
technical knowledge or
actions to efficiently carry out
given missions.
Combined Exercise
An exercise between militaries of two or more nations
performing a single collaborative mission, in order toachieve a common goal.
Joint Exercise
An exercise performed
under mutual cooperation or
the command and control ofa single commander for joint
military efforts between two
or more Services of Army,
Navy and Air Force.

Certificate and 4,162 passed Exams for a Technician Certificate.
Compared to 2007, total applicants increased by 12 percent, with passing
rates at 34 percent, a rate higher than that of the civilians (27 percent).
In addition, by establishing special
programs, MND is cultivating technicalexperts through a cooperate system between
industries, academia, and the military. In
2008, for the first time, 500 students from ten
schools were chosen as a test case. The
Training in maintenance of wired
Ministry plans to expand such efforts by equipment for tactical communicationassessing their performance.
In the future, the Ministry will upgrade quality management of militarycertificates and increase the spread of such skills to the society by enacting
the Defense Technical Qualifications Act.

4. Realistic Training and Exercises
The ROK military conducts realistic training and exercises to allow its
service members and units to maximize combat capabilities in contingencies.
In particular, the exercises11) and training are focusing on post-operational
control (OPCON) transition, while reinforcing joint combined exercises andtraining 12) and training by each Service.
A. Combined/Joint Training and Exercises(1) Ulchi-Freedom Guardian Exercise
Ulchi Freedom Guardian (UFG) Exercise is a ROK-U.S. Combined Exercise
in preparation of the OPCON Transition to improve operational capabilitiesof the ROK Joint Chiefs of Staff (ROK JCS) and U.S. Korea Command(KORCOM). The exercise will be carried out from 2008 to 2012, and consistsof military command post and government exercises.

180
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7

The exercise was established when Focus Lens, a UNC-led military
exercise which began in 1954, and Ulchi Exercise, the military support
training by the ROK government, which was initiated by the January 21stincident in 1968, developed into a comprehensive military and governmentcommand post exercise (CPX) using computer war gaming. The exercise
was renamed from Ulchi-Focus Lens (UFL) to Ulchi-Freedom Guardian in
2008.
The exercise is conducted between late August to early September, in theorder of crisis management exercise, military and government exercise, andafter action review board (AARB).
Administrative agencies of a city, county,
district or above, major mobilizing industries,
army units above the corps-level echelon,navy units above the fleet-level echelon, airforce units above the wing-level echelon,
Training on capturing terrorists
the Marine Corps Command, the United
during UFG
States Forces-Korea (USFK), and preplanned augmentation forces HQs participate in the exercise.
(2) Key Resolve (KR)/Foal Eagle (FE) Exercise
Key Resolve (KR) is a ROK-U.S. combined
exercise to maintain combined defense
posture during the OPCON Transition period(2008-2012). It is a simulated CPX to gain
familiarity with the Operational Plan
(OPLAN) execution procedure, to deploy
ROK-U.S. Combined Amphibious
Exercise
U.S. augmentation units to the Korean
Peninsula, and to maintain war sustainabilityof the ROK Armed Forces. The Korean participants include MND, JCS,
Service HQs, Logistics Commands, Operations Commands, MND subsidiary
units, joint units, and units above the corps/fleet/wing-level. The Combined
Forces Command (CFC), USFK, U.S. Pacific Command (US PACOM),

181
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 713) Reception, Staging,
Onward Movement andIntegration (RSOI)An exercise to familiarize
with movements andsupport procedures of U.S.
Augmentation Forces deployed to the peninsula
during crisis.

Strategic Command (US STRATCOM), andaugmentation units participate from theAmerican side. The exercise is conducted in
the order of crisis management exercise,computer simulation-based CPX, and AARB.
Foal-Eagle (FE) Exercise first began as a
ROK-U.S. Combined Air Assault
small-scale rear-area defense training inTraining
1961, then added concepts of combined andjoint operations, as well as combined special warfare operations in 1975. In
1982, the spectrum of the exercise was expanded to include rear-area
defense, stabilization operations against enemy Special Operations Force(SOF) infiltration and assaults, RSOI,13) special warfare operations, groundmaneuver operations, amphibious maneuver operations, and combat air
operations.
KR/FE Exercise further developed into a ROK-U.S. Combined Exercise thatruns both CPX and field training exercise (FTX).
(3) Taegeuk Exercise
Taegeuk Exercise is an annual CPX conducted to reinforce operational
capabilities of the ROK JCS and to derive requirements for joint forces andunit structure developments.
A working-level exercise was conducted in 1995 to reinforce self-reliant
operational capabilities of the ROK JCS in the wake of the transfer ofpeacetime operational control in 1994. In 1996, it was named the Aprok
River Exercise, and developed into a de facto joint exercise in which the
ROK JCS and Operations Command participated.
The exercise then was renamed Taegeuk Exercise in 2004. Starting in 2005,
it utilized Taegeuk Joint Operations Simulation (JOS), a joint operation
simulation model developed by the ROK JCS. From 2008, the exercise
focused on improving operational capabilities and force enhancements in
preparation of OPCON Transition.

182
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7(4) Hoguk Exercise
Hoguk Exercise is an annual ROK
JCS-led live-maneuver joint training toreinforce joint operational capabilities
among the Army, Navy, and Air Force.
In 1988, separate trainings byServices--Sangmu Training for the
Army, Tonghae Training for the Navyand Philseung Training for the Air
Force--were integrated into a single
joint training and was named Tongil
Training. In 1996, it was named Hoguk
Exercise involving corps-level field liveAir Assault Training
maneuver training. In 2008, corps-level
FTXs that were conducted on an annual basis were integrated into theexercise.
(5) Hwarang Exercise
Hwarang Exercise is an Integrated Defense
Headquarters-led comprehensive rear-areatraining participated by all national defense
elements including the civilians, thegovernment, and the military.
This is a military-wide version of the
Hwarang Exercise
Greater Seoul Metropolitan Area (GSMA)Counter-Infiltration Training that was led by the Third ROK Army (TROKA)
from 1977 to 1981.
Hwarang Exercise focuses on familiarization of OPLAN execution in rearareas during war and peace, as well as on establishment of an integrated
defense posture involving the civilians, the government, and the military
while inspiring the local’s sense of national security.

183
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 7

B. Major Training of Individual Services14) MILES (Multiple Integrated Laser Engagement
System) Equipment
Combat training equipmentthat utilizes advanced opticaltechnologies such as laser
beams and detection modules.
15) Changjo 21 model
Combat command training
model between corps anddivisions.
16) Hwarang 21 model
Combat command training
model for Homeland Defense Divisions.

(1) Army
The Army reinforces“a realistic unit
training focusing on combat missions”foreach echelon in accordance with its
philosophy of“train the way you fight andfight the way you train.”In particular, theArmy is developing a scientific training Scientific combat training by soldiers
equipped with MILES equipment
system such as advanced combat training, aBattle Command Training Program (BCTP),
and simulator training in order to allow thesoldiers to vicariously experience thebattlefield and to offer the most realistic
training available.
Advanced combat training is a two-way Control and supervising facility atscientific combat training center
training conducted in conditions similar tothat of an actual battlefield, using advanced
scientific technology such as MILES equipment,14) data communication, andsatellites, and also by employing opposition forces (OPFOR). Presently, thetraining is conducted at the battalion level but will be extended to regiments
while mechanized unit training will be involved as well.
BCTP is a computer simulation training to reinforce commanding abilities
of commanders and staffs. Since 1999, the program applied the selfdeveloped Changjo 21 Model 15) and Hwarang 21 Model16) in order tofamiliarize the participants with operating integrated forces as well as
corps/division/regiment/battalion-level commanding procedures under arealistic situation. Also, a designated controller and Opposition Force are
employed for corps and division-level trainings, and Battle Command
Training Group is tasked with hosting the after action review (AAR) session.
In the future, training will be reinforced by involving field live-maneuvertrainings.

184
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7

Simulator training involves using simulators for key combat equipment totrain firing, control, and tactical discussions in a virtual battlefield. The Armyplans to set up simulation training centers in all corps and divisions in orderto improve individual training and training system for battlefield functions.
(2) Navy
The Navy strengthens real warfare-oriented maritime training that reflectsconditions of the East, West, and South Sea.
Key training programs include: component operations training, maritime
maneuvers training, combined exercise, and Naval Academy midshipmen
cruise training.
Component operations training isdesigned to enhance combat capabilities ofcomponent operations that include antisubmarine warfare, mine warfare,amphibious operations, rescue and search
operations, special warfare, submarine
warfare, and aerial anti-submarine warfare
training.
Maritime maneuver training is to ensure
early command of the sea in contingencies.
Three-dimensional forces such as newest
combat ships, submarines, maritime patrol
Launching ship-to-air missiles
aircraft, and maritime operations helicopters
are involved.
Combined exercise includes ROK-U.S.
combined exercises to strengthen their
combined defense system, and multinational
combined exercises to reinforce humanitarian relief and military cooperation. The ROK
Marine maneuver training
and U.S. conduct counter-SOF operations,anti-submarine search exercises, submarine warfare, mine warfare, rescue

185
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 717) Rim of the Pacific
Exercise (RIMPAC)
Exercise conducted bynations around the Pacific tofoster capabilities to jointly
protect Sea Maneuver
Routes and address marine
disputes in the Pacific.
18) West Pacific Submarine
Escape and Rescue
Exercise (PAC-REACH)
Exercise between West
Pacific countries to foster
capabilities to help submarines escape from crisis andrescue submarines from ahumanitarian aspect.
19) Cobra Gold Exercise
Combined joint exercise
conducted annually between Thailand and the U.S.
to enhance Thai security andto promote friendship between the two.
20) ASEAN Regional Forum
Exercise to Foster Maritime
Security Cooperation
Exercise to address transnational crimes, such as
terrorism, piracy, and drugtrafficking.
21) Routes of Cruise Training* 1st route: Around the World* 2nd route: Europe* 3rd route: Pacific Ocean* 4th route: Indian Ocean

operations, amphibious operations, and special warfare training. Training for
rescue and search operations are conducted between Korea and Japan,
Korea and China, and Korea and Russia.
Furthermore, the Navy seeks to strengthen multinational combined
operations and international ties by participating in RIMPAC.17) West PacificSubmarine Escape and Rescue Exercise (PAC-REACH)18) is also an effective
exercise with the Navy at the helm. Such exercises are regularly conducted
between ten countries including the U.S., UK, Japan, Canada, and Australia.
The ROK Navy will actively participate in peace-seeking multinational
naval exercises designed to counter military, transnational, and non-military
threats. They include the COBRA Gold 19) and ASEAN Regional Forum
exercise to foster maritime security cooperation.20)
Cruise training is for Naval Academy midshipmen, who sequentially cruisealong four different designated sea routes 21) for 100 to 150 days each year. In
doing so, the Navy enhances its military diplomacy by making goodwill visits
to allied and friendly nations while improving midshipmen’s professional
skills and broadening international perspectives.
(3) Air Force
The Air Force reinforces realistic training focusing on combat missions inorder to maintain readiness that can rapidly
counter all situations and threats, and toestablish an optimal operational posture.
Key Air Force trainings include: defensive
counter-air, offensive counter-air, airinterdiction, and close air support.
Defensive counter-air training seeks toblock enemy air and space capacities
crossing the ROK’s airspace. Available air
defense assets are simultaneously operated
in order to remotely detect, identify,
Counter-air training by F-15K
intercept, and destroy simulated enemy

186
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Strengthening Training and Education

Chapter 7

aircraft employing enemy infiltration tactics.
Offensive counter-air training involves offensively operating air and spacecapacities in enemy Area of Operations (AO) to achieve air superiority. It canincrease its effectiveness by operating alongside in-depth strike powerincluding surface-to-surface missiles and special warfare units.
Air interdiction training is used to confuse, delay, and destroy potential
enemy capacities before it is effectively used against friendly ground andnaval forces. By limiting augmentation, re-supply, and mobility, friendly
forces can disrupt or delay enemy’s operational tempo.
Close air support training is utilized to directly support ground and naval
forces. Training includes offensive efforts using nighttime equipment such asnight vision goggles, and involves live ordnance bombing as well as live
firing of precision guided munitions (PGMs).
In addition, the Air Force trains for counter-fire operations against enemy
long range artillery and counter-infiltration operations against enemy SOF. It
also utilizes scientific training systems that include ground simulation training
equipment and air combat maneuvering instrumentation in order toovercome limits involved with live-maneuver trainings.
(4) Marine Corps
As a multi-purpose rapid response force,the Marine Corps develops combat missionbased realistic training in order to reinforce
operational capacity to complete missions
under any circumstances in contingencies.
Key trainings include: amphibious(maneuver) operations, major training underAmphibious operations exercise
the supervision of ROK JCS and CFC,
overseas training with U.S. Marine Corps, division and brigade-leveltrainings, and battle command training.

187
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 7 Professional Armed Forces

Chapter 722) U.S. Marines' Arms-inall Cooperation Training
Combined Arms Exercise
conducted by each US
Marine Corps Regiments at
29th Palms Unit (California)
to enhance their operational
capabilities of integrated fire
power.

Training for amphibious (maneuver) operations is to improve capabilities
for Combined and Joint Amphibious Operations at the division-level echelon,
while focusing on“jointness.”
The training led by the ROK JCS includes joint training in preparation forcoastal infiltration, north-west islands defense training, and reinforcement
training.
The Marine Corps conducts Combined Korea Interoperability Training
Program (KITP) with U.S. Marine Corps, Combined Engineering Training,
Combined Tactical Air Control Party Training, and Combined Air Assault
Training, in order to improve combined operational capabilities. It achieves
the same goal by participating in overseas exercises such as COBRA Gold,
RIMPAC, and U.S. Marines’Arms-in-all Cooperation Training 22) with their
U.S. counterparts.
Division and brigade-level training includes surprise amphibious assault
training required in a given mission, ground training for deep maneuver after
initial assault, special search training, and airborne training.
In addition, the Marine Corps conducts Battle Command Training using
computer simulators in order to evaluate division/brigade/regimentcommander and staffs’commanding procedures, and to improve OPLAN
execution. Operator Proficiency Training for Amphibious Assault Vehicles
also utilizes simulators.

188
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

The objective is to develop a centralized support
capacity in non-combat management areas andimprove efficiency in organization and management inorder to allow those in uniform to focus on combat
missions, while maximizing contributions of defense
industries and the defense expenditure to the national
economy.

Chapter8

Pragmatic Defense Management System● Section 1 Advanced Defense Resource Management● Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine● Section 3 Defense Informatization for the FutureChapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

Section 1.
Advanced Defense Resource Management
The cost of maintenance for weapons systems is rising with increasing precision anddiversification of such weapons systems, thus, paving the way for emerging technologies
regarding resource management. Such changes require constructive development in thefield of defense resource management.
The ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) is improving efficiency and capacities forlogistics support by establishing a Defense Logistics Integrated Information System(DELIIS) as well as a logistics support performance management system. In addition, byincreasing private entrustments and military executive agencies, the Ministry seeks to
improve efficiency in resource management.

1. Efficient Use of Defense Resources
MND is developing a logistics resource management system to reflect thechanges in future warfare. It is also establishing an integrated information
system for logistics by applying the latest information technology, andpursuing an objective evaluation of logistics support.
1) Visualization of Logistics
A comprehensive information
system to consolidate data
regarding the size, status,and location of logistics, aswell as resources scheduled
for acquisition and thoseunder maintenance.

A. Establishing a Defense Logistics Integrated Information
System (DELIIS)
In order to visualize logistics1) and improve logistics supporting capacities,
MND is systematically establishing a DELIIS. Figure 8-1 shows its conceptual plans.
The first stage involves developing an information system by function and192
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Advanced Defense Resource Management

Chapter 8

improving their performance. It also seeks to develop an equipment
maintenance information system by 2008, and improve the efficiency of theaging munitions and materiel information system by June 2009. The second
stage involves integrating information systems and reinforcing interface. By
2014, a single DELIIS will be established by integrating materiel, munitions,and equipment maintenance systems, while its capacities to interface withother information systems will be reinforced. The third stage involves
establishing u-DELIIS. From 2015, the Ministry will continue to develop thesystem by utilizing newest technologies.

Figure 8-1. Conceptual Diagram for DELIISClassification

Stage I
( 2005-2009)Core
Funct’l System Development
Concept /Performance Improvement

Concept

Munitions
Info.
Sys.

Performance
Improvement(’
06.12-’
09.6)

Sys.
Integ
-rationWeb-based DELIISu-DELIIS

EMIS

Finan.
Info. sys.

Army
EMIS

Procurement
Info. sys.

Navy
EMIS

SystemInterface

Air
Force
EMIS

New
Development(’
05.11-’
08.12)

Web-based DELIIS

2)

Army
Logistics
Info. sys.

Reinforcing
interface

USN

RFID

Web

DELIISTransp.
Info. sys.

Quality
Assurance

Navy
Logistics
Info. sys.

Air Force
Logistics
Info. sys.

Telematics

3)3) Global Positioning System (GPS)A system to precisely locate
current positions using
satellites.

OthersInfo. sys.

•Development of Equipment
Maintenance Information
System (EMIS)
Major •Development ofTransportation Information
Features System (TIS)•Performance Improvementof Munitions/Materiel
Information System•Equipment Maintenance+ Materiel + Munitions:
One-Set System•Strengthening the
Linkage with Other
Systems

2) Ubiquitous Sensor Network (USN)
A system to acquire information from various sensors
through wireless networks

GPS~

Const.

Stage III( 2015-2022)

Internal &External
Sys.

DELIIS

Materiel
Info.
Sys.

Stage II
( 2011-2014 )•Applying u-IT
technology (RFID,
tele-matics)•Establishing uLogistics System

193
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 84) Radio Frequency Identification (RFID)
A technology that reads theinformation contained in athin and flat serial-numbered
tag through radio frequency.

5) Global In Transit Visibility(G-ITV)An RFID technology-based
infrastructure set up between military bases of U.S.
and friendly nations to
support exchange of information regarding status andinventory of materiel between friendly forces.

6) Customer Waiting Time(CWT)
The time it takes for the user
to receive the requested
goods after having applied
for the goods.
7) Repair Cycle Time (RCT)The time it takes for the user
to receive the repaired
goods.

MND plans to introduce advanced information technology into the field oflogistics. First, radio frequency identification (RFID)4) technology has been
introduced and applied experimentally in the field of munitions
management. Through this technology, receipt/transfer and storage
management of logistics supplies can be improved. In addition, it allows forreal time tracking and management of logistics supplies in transit.
In order to improve ROK-U.S. combined logistics support capacity such as
visualizing logistics movements, MND has adopted a pilot program for GITV5) system, while closely coordinating to obtain ROK-U.S. interoperability.
B. Establishing Logistics Support Performance Management
SystemThe current logistics support performance management system is a
supplier-based (logistics support units) system, leaving difficulties inmeasuring the satisfaction of final users (combat units, maintenance units). It
is also insufficient to assess the system’s overall contribution to combat units’
readiness posture.
Thus, MND seeks to establish a user-based logistics support performance
management system that evaluates the logistics process from the users’
perspective. In 2006, it developed a performance indexes which reflects thecharacteristics of each Service. In 2007 and 2008, it designated test units fromeach Service to evaluate results using the index. The process will be
extended across the military by 2009. Table 8-1 shows the performanceindexes.
Table 8-1. User-based Logistics Performance Indexes
Function

Performance Index

CommonCustomer Waiting Time (CWT),6) equipment operability

DemandAccuracy in forecast of demand

Procurement

Required time for procurement

SupplyWaiting time, inventory, satisfaction in clothing & foodEquipment

Repair Cycle Time (RCT)7)

194
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Advanced Defense Resource Management

Chapter 8

Once a user-based performance management system is established, it will
not only improve user satisfaction, but also logistics readiness posture. The
efficient management of resources will contribute to cutting down the overallbudget. Each Service’s efforts to develop and improve MND’s initiatives will
have a synergistic effect on the development of logistics systems.

2. Reinforcing International Logistics Cooperation
A. Logistics Cooperation with the U.S.
In the field of logistics, MND is developing a future-oriented cooperation
structure with the U.S. that reflects changes in the security environment suchas wartime operational control (OPCON) transition.
By undergoing negotiations to bring in War Reserve Stock for Allies(WRSA),8) the two sides signed a memorandum of agreement during the
ROK-U.S. Security Consultative Meeting (SCM) in October 2008. Following
up on such agreements, ROK brought in 259,000 tons of quality-assured
munitions, equipment, and materiel the military needs.9) The residual stocks
are to be shipped out or become demilitarized by the U.S. by 2020. A winwin agreement was derived during the negotiation process, through which
the alliance was solidified even further.
The two nations plan to further reinforce cooperation in munitions
technology in order to maintain the best munitions support system. In
addition, a database to improve interoperability of munitions among Pacificnations including the U.S. will be established.
MND is promoting a project invested jointly between the ROK and U.S. byimplementing U.S. technologies in order to dispose of munitions in an ecofriendly way. As one part of the demilitarization facilities (DEFAC),
construction of an incinerator was started in June 2006 in Yeongdong-gun,
Chungcheongbuk-do, which was completed in December 2007. Remaining
facilities are to be completed by 2009.

8) War Reserve Stock forAllies (WRSA)
U.S. war reserve materiel tosupport its allies in times of amilitary crisis. It has been
consistently adopted in
Korea since 1974 in contributing to deterrence of war
on the Peninsula.
9) Receiving Reserves
155mm artillery rounds,
81mm mortar rounds,
105mm tank artillery, air-tosurface missiles, generalmunitions, and 2.75 inchrocket munitions.

195
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

B. Diversifying International Logistics Cooperation
By diversifying logistics cooperation with allied and friendly nations, MND
is facilitating defense industry exports while supporting military diplomacy.
In order to secure stable sources of logistics supplies during wartime andpeacetime, Korea has signed Mutual Logistics Support Agreements (MLSA)
with four nations--Thailand (1991),
Australia (1998), New Zealand(2007), and Turkey (2008)--and ispursuing similar deals with thePhilippines, Indonesia, and Israel.
MND has transferred ships andaircraft to Thailand, the Philippines, The ROK and Turkey signing Mutual Logistics
Support Agreement (Seoul, May 28, 2008)
Bangladesh, Kazakhstan, andMongolia. It is also promoting atransfer of war supplies to Indonesia, Peru, Mongolia, Cambodia, andGhana. In order to strategically connect foreign transfer of war supplies withmilitary cooperation and defense industry exports, the Ministry establishedand implemented a Directive on Transfer of Unused Logistics Supplies toForeign Countries.

3. Increasing Private Entrustment to Improve
Efficiency in Defense Management
A. Gradual Increase of Private Entrustment
In order to upgrade efficiency in non-combat management areas with little
relation to combat operations, the Ministry plans to progressively expand
private entrustments. Non-combat areas under consideration are facility
management, automobile maintenance, laundry/alteration/repair services,and welfare. Areas subject to entrustments and yearly plans are as shown in
Figure 8-2.

196
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Advanced Defense Resource Management

Chapter 8

Figure 8-2. Subjects for Entrustments and Yearly Plans■ Areas Subject to Entrustments
Subject Areas

Responsibilities

Facility Management

Heating/AC, water supply, plumbing, maintenance, electricity,
gardening, cleaning (currently in place)

Automobile
MaintenanceRegular auto maintenance

Laundry/Alteration/
RepairBed sheets/sleeping bag laundry, boots/tent/supplies repair,fixing desks/cabinets

WelfareOfficer cafeteria, club (hotel, eatery, barber’s, Laundromat),markets, malls, condos, central welfare facilities※ Long-term plan: reviewing the possibility of a comprehensive care of non-combat responsibilities■ Yearly Plans
2008•Facility managementoriented

2009

Post 2010•Extending areas subject to
entrustments(auto maintenance, welfare
facilities)•Extending entrustments•Review implementing asystem entrusting
responsibilities for a function
or an organization

B. Selecting Private Companies for Entrustment and Management Methods
MND objectively assesses company performance, productivity growth, andcost-cuts to select companies for entrustment. Contracts are detailed andreflect work coverage, settlement of costs and payment conditions, contract
period, and cancellation clauses.
The Ministry plans to consistently determine user unit’s satisfaction in order
to select appropriate companies and to improve qualities of their services.
C. Wartime Duties and Operational Security
When signing contracts, MND specifies details on wartime and peacetime
duties. Moreover, it plans to modify related statutes in preparation ofpotential service stoppage caused by labor strikes, etc.
To assure operational security, the Ministry specifies such responsibility incontracts and consistently inspects and trains related companies.

197
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 810) Military Executive
Agency System
Designating agency chiefs
through a public recruitment
process, and delegatingorganizational, HR, andfinancial rights to thosechiefs, thereby attachingaccountability to results inorder to improve operational
efficiency and quality ofservice.

4. Designation and Management of Military Executive
Agencies10)
MND designates and manages the organization in non-combat sectors
capable of improving defense management efficiency throughimplementation of private management methods as the military executive
agency. Such efforts will improve the organization’s efficiency whiletransforming it to provide high-quality services. The system does not merelymean that a business expert hired through public recruitment procedures will
replace active duty personnel as agency chief. Its value lies in the fact it
helps transform the organization into a more flexible and professional one byproviding the agency chief with self-regulated rights in business
management.
A. Plans Forward
Military executive agencies are selected via free competition and those
whose performances can be precisely evaluated, such as maintenancedepots, supply depots, computer offices, printing depots, rear-area hospitals,
and welfare groups are targets. Plans forward and management outline are
as shown in Figure 8-3.
B. Establishing Related Statutes and Guidance
Legal groundwork for operating military executive agencies was laid out
when the Designation and Management of Military Executive Agency Act
was enacted in March 2008 and its Enforcement Ordinance was establishedin June. Details specified in the Act are: Hiring of the agency chief following
public recruitment procedures; the agency chief ’s self-regulated rights;
signing performance contracts and ways to evaluate performance;
designation of the military executive agency and conditions set for
management; and installation and management of the operation council andcommittee

198
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Advanced Defense Resource Management

Chapter 8

Figure 8-3. Plans Forward and Managing Outline for Military Executive Agencies

2008

2009

•Establish related Acts
•Select units and hiring
agency chiefs•Implementation

Post 2010•Performance assessment
and results•System reinforcement andimplementation•Gradual increase ofpool of units forselection■ Managing Outline•Selection and deselection of
military executive
agencies

Salary/Bonus

Performance
evaluation•Hiring agency
chiefs (military•Provide business goals (Minister ofDefense/Service Chiefs)•Business management plan (agency

civilian or active duty
personnel)

chief receives approval from Minister ofDefense/Service Chiefs)•Write yearly business plan (submit to
Minister of Defense/Service Chiefs)

Deliberation

Deliberation

Commission

Council

Deliberation•Forming/modifying basic
management rules- War/peacetime duty
- End-strength/personnel
management- Set assigned andsubsidiary organizations•Utilize contracted civilians•Special hiring benefits

Increase budget transfer

C. Designation and Management of Military Executive Agencies
Taking into account balance in different Services and fields, as well as
individual agency readiness, MND identified the first five units for potential
selection11) in November 2008. The plan is to regularize the process throughsuch measures as public recruitment of agency chiefs and incrementally
increase the number of military executive agencies every year.
The Ministry will gauge performance indexes in order to assure adequacy11) Units for Potential Selection into Military Executive
Agency (2008)
�ROK Army Printing Depot
�ROK Army the Second
Supply Depot
�ROK Naval Supply Center�ROK Air Force 40th Supply
Depot
�Armed Forces Capital
Hospital

199
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

and validity of performance assessment, while running an evaluationcommittee of civil experts. Through such efforts, military executive agencies
will flawlessly perform their wartime/peacetime duties and offer improved
quality of services.

200
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine

Chapter 8

Section 2. Defense Management as a New
Economic Growth Engine

MND is securing a budget that allows for the construction and maintenance of forces inaccordance with its security threat analysis, thereby maximizing performance of defense
management through reasonable allocation and execution of such budget.
Defense expenditure contributes not only to its fundamental function of national security,
but also to the development of the national economy. The Ministry is reinforcing its
policymaking efforts to make the defense industry into the engine for new economic growth.

1. The Significance of Defense Budget and Its
Social & Economic Contributions
A. Changes in Defense Budget Allocation
The proportion of defense budget in total government spending and grossdomestic product (GDP) has shifted according to changes in security andsocial conditions.
Until the early 1980s, defense budget marked 5 percent of the GDP and 30
percent of the total government budget. This was due to the facilitation of
stably implementing military initiatives of the mid-70s regarding self-reliant
force improvements such as the Yulgok Project.12) In the meanwhile, due tothe financial crisis as well as increasing demand for social welfare, the trend
from the late 1980s until the early 2000s was to reduce the budget size.
Budget allocation has somewhat improved since, due to a full-scale pursuitof military reform.
In 2008, the defense budget stood at 2.76 percent of the GDP and 15.2

12) Yulgok Project
It refers to an initiative from1974 until 1992 to modernize the military with theobjective of establishing aself-reliant defense posture.
The ROK military could havecapabilities to develop andmass-produce M16 rifles,
Korea-type K-1 Tanks, etc.
to contribute to overall force
improvement through thisproject.

201
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

percent of the total government budget. Changes in proportions are shownin Figure 8-4.
Figure 8-4. Proportion of Defense Budget to GDP and Government Budget

Government Budget

(%)
30

34.7
29.4

20
10
3

24.2

21.4

GDP
5.8

4.4

1980

3.6

1985

1990

16.3

15.6

15.2

2.8

2.5

2.6

2.76

1995

2000

2005

2008

※ Figures are based on general accounts.

B. Importance of Defense Budget Allocation that ReflectsSecurity Conditions
It is desirable to allocate defense budget in a level that strikes a balance
between force requirements based on security threats and national spending
capacity.
However, countries facing direct military confrontations like ROK must
allocate the defense budget in proportion to their“level of security threat.”
Despite the fact that the ROK’s security threat is among the highest, its
defense allocation ratio is lower compared to that of countries facing
disputes and confrontations. GDP-defense budget ratio for main countries
facing disputes and confrontations is shown in Table 8-2.
☞ Refer to Appendix 2 oncomparison of defense
budgets.

Table 8-2. GDP-Defense Budget Ratio for Countries Facing Disputes andConfrontations(Figures in FY2006, %)Israel Jordan Syria
7.9

7.9

5.1

Georgia Russia Cuba U.S. China Iran Pakistan ROK
4.4

4.1

4.0

4.0

1.3
(4.3)

3.3

3.2

2.8
(2.7)

※ Source: The Military Balance 2008 (London: International Institute for Strategic Studies, February 2008) CIA’s World Factbook(June 2008) declares China’s rate to be 4.3 percent. The ROK’s rate according to its government data is 2.7 percent.

202
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine

Chapter 8

C. Social and Economic Contributions of Defense Expenditure(1) Defense Expenditure’s Effect on Industries
Maintaining a robust security posture by securing an appropriate amountof defense budget bolsters economic growth and national development.
Moreover, defense expenditure not only serves its initial purpose of defense
but also generates a rippling effect through the economy by injecting funds
to various industrial sectors.
Labor costs from defense budget including servicemen/military civilians’salary, generates demand through household expenditures and stimulates
industrial production. Project funds for weapons system acquisition
supplying materiel, and facility construction is spent on industrial sectors
such as manufacture and construction, etc., thereby increasing industrial
production, employment, and domestic income.
According to research results from the Korea Institute for Defense Analyses(KIDA), the defense sector’s influence on industries is higher than theindustry average. Every 1,000 Korean won (KRW) spent in the defense
sector stimulates 1,709 KRW worth of production as well as an increase indomestic income of 764 KRW. Moreover, defense spending of every billion
won stimulates the creation of 21 jobs, a positive contribution toemployment.
Table 8-3. Defense Sector’s Effect on Industries (As of 2000)
Classification

Average

DefensePublicAdmin.

Service

Manufacture

Production Stimulating
Coefficient13)

1.659

1.709

1.448

1.581

1.959

Added-value
Stimulating
Coefficient13)

0.714

0.764

0.943

0.886

0.627

Employment Stimulating
Coefficient14)

20.1

21.0

21.6

24.3

14.4

※ Source: Analysis of the Defense Sector’s Social and Economic Contributions, KIDA, June 2004

13) Production (Value
Added) Stimulating CoefficientA level of production (value
added) directly/indirectly
stimulated in each industrial
sector when 1 unit ofdemand increases in that
sector.
14) Employment Stimulating CoefficientA level of employment
directly/indirectly stimulated
in each industrial sector
when demand increases by
1 billion won in that sector.

203
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8(2) Development of Civil Industrial Technologies via Defense R&D
Advanced technology developed via defense R&D is spread across the private
sector, offering opportunities for private companies to upgrade their productivity.
Since 1986, advanced technologies developed for defense purposes havebeen transferred to private corporations, contributing to the growth of electrocommunication and mechanical industries. Examples are shown in Figure 8-5.
Figure 8-5. Defense Science Technology’s Influence on Civilian Sectors
Industrial
Sectors
Information

Defense Science
Technology•Production of satellite imagery

lnfluence on Civilian
Sectors•Navigation•Manufacturing of locomotives andtrains•Production of trucks

Transportation•Welding/processing for productionof tanks•Military vehicles

Electro-optic
detectors•Electronic guided weapons andradars•Wireless communications equipment•Electro-optic detectors•Radars to prevent car crash•Wireless phones•Semiconductor builders•video/digital cameras•Tank gunnery simulators•Locomotive simulators

Others※ Source: Analysis of the Defense Sector’s Social and Economic Contributions, KIDA, June 2004

(3) Provision of Social Overhead Capital (SOC) and TechnicalExperts
Airports, seaports and bridges constructed for military purposes are sharedwith the local community in order to save national spending while
contributing to social overhead capitals.
The military is a“supplier of national technical personnel”by fostering
national technical experts and conducting its own military occupational
specialty (MOS) education. From 1975 to 2007, it produced a total of 276,000
nationally certified technical experts--such as industrial and functional
specialists--from 120 fields including mechanics, chemicals, electricity andelectronics. In addition, it produces 54,000 technical personnel every year invarious fields such as communications, aviation, maintenance, etc.

204
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine

Chapter 8

2. Defense Budget and Mid-term Defense Plan
A. 2008 Defense Budget(1) Budget in General Accounts
The 2008 defense budget was set at 26,649 billion KRW-- an increase of 8.8
percent from 2007 figures--due to its increased focus on military reformrelated force building as well as improvement in service member’s morale
and welfare. The figure is 15.2 percent of the government budget and 2.76
percent of the GDP. The 2008 defense budget and allocations in generalaccounts are shown in Table 8-4.
Table 8-4. The 2008 Defense Budget and Allocations
Classification

2007
BudgetTotal☞ Refer to Appendix 15
Details on Defense budget(Unit: KRW 100 million)

Percent

2008
BudgetIncrease
Percent

244,972

100.0

266,490

100.0

21,5188.8

Force
Improvement
Programs

66,80727.3

76,81328.8

10,006

15.0

Operation &Maintenance

178,165

72.7

189,677

71.2

11,512

6.5

Personnel
Expenses

96,59739.4

102,146

38.4

5,549

5.7

Project
Expenses

81,56833.3

87,531

32.8

5,963

7.3

Percent

Force Improvement Programs (FIPs) expenses were 7,681.3 billion KRW-a 15 percent increase from 2007--and focused on two points. First, it
reflected requirements for core forces such as airborne warning and control
system (AWACS), K1A1 tanks, Korean destroyers (Gwanggaeto II-, III-class),
F-15K fighters, next surface to air missiles (SAM-X), etc. Second, it reflected
funds to increase investment for developing the core weapons such as
unmanned aerial vehicles, Korean utility helicopters, etc. and to reinforce
domestic R&D infrastructure.

205
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

Defense Informatization: KRW 429 billion (1.6%)

Service Members Welfare: KRW 203.5 billion (0.8%)

Training & Education: KRW 301.9 billion (1.1%)
Others: KRW 2,587.3 billion (9.7%)

Installations Construction: KRW 1,002.3 billion (3.8%)
Food & Clothing: KRW 1,467.1 billion (5.5%)

Logistics Support:
KRW 2,762 billion (10.4%)

Force
Improvement
Defense Budget Programs
KRW 7,681.3
KRW 26,649
billion (28.8%)
billion (100%)
Operation & Maintenance
KRW 18,967.7 billion (71.2%)

Personnel Expenses:
KRW 10,214.6
billion (38.3%)

Personnel Expenses: Salary, pension, medical care, transfer payment for military pension, and scholarship loans
Others: Policy planning and international cooperation (KRW 833.9 billion), support to maintain integrated force structure (KRW
812.8 billion), national defense administrative support (KRW 734.5 billion), Transfer Payment for Military Executive Agency
and USFK Base Relocation (KRW 162 billion), Management of reserve forces (KRW 44.1 billion)

Ordinary Operation and Maintenance expenses were set at 18,967.7 billion
KRW, a 6.5 percent increase from 2007. It focused on guaranteeing
requirements in combat readiness-related areas and to promote citizens’
public benefits. First, it secured a maintenance expenses for improved
operational rate for key forces such as Army K-series track equipment and Air
Force’s KF-16 aircraft, etc. and increased budget for fuel and training centers.
Second, it reflected requirements for increased salaries for the enlisted (ArmyCorporal: KRW 88,000/month, a 10 percent increase from 2007), modernizedbarracks, and better medical services for divisions and units below. Third, thebudget was increased in order to construct military environment facilities andto remove civil residences near ammunition depots.
(2) Budget in Special Accounts
The Ministry’s special account consists of special accounts for military
executive agencies, special accounts for defense and military installations,and special accounts for relocating USFK bases. The 2008 special accounts
budget is shown in Table 8-5.

206
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine

Chapter 8

Table 8-5. The 2008 Special Accounts Budget(Unit: KRW 100 million)

Classification2007 Budget 2008 Budget

Increase

Percent

Special Accounts for
Military Executive
Agencies

290

277

-13

-4.5

Special Accounts for
Defense and Military
Installations

2,951

3,275

324

11.0

Special Accounts for
Relocating USFK
Bases

5,049

2,629

-2,420-47.9

Special Accounts for Military Executive Agencies is an account to ensure
the Defense Media Agency (DEMA) to guarantee its independence andefficiency, while maintaining its public representativeness. In 2008, 27.7
billion KRW was allocated for the production of its newspaper, broadcasts,
films, and satellite TV.
Special Accounts for Defense and Military Installations is an account tofund relocation of military installations from the metropolitan to rural areas
and to purchase private land occupied by the military. In 2008, 327.5 billion
KRW was allocated to relocate 27 installations and purchase private land.
Special Accounts for Relocating USFK Bases is an account to fundconsolidation and relocation of USFK Bases to Pyeongtaek city, etc. In 2008,
262.9 billion KRW was allocated for purposes that include facility
construction.
B. The 2009-2013 Mid-term Defense Plan
(1) Size of Mid-term Defense Budget
The 2009-2013 Mid-term Defense Plan focuses on reflecting key
requirements to bolster the“Defense Reform Basic Plan.”The defense
budget for the next five years has been set to remain at the three percent
level of the GDP, with around nine percent expected annual growth rate.
The Ministry plans to progressively extend allocation in the area of Force

207
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

Improvement Programs (FIPs)--currently standing at 28.8 percent of the 2008
budget--to reach the 38.6 percent mark by 2013, as shown in Table 8-6.
Table 8-6. The 2009-2013 Mid-term Defense Budget
Classification

2008

Defense Budget(Unit: KRW 100 billion)

2009-2013
2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Total

266

293

322

353

382

409

1760

(Growth rate)

(8.8)

(9.9)

(9.9)

(9.8)

(8.2)

(7.0)

(9.0)

Operation &Maintenance

190

201

212

225

239

251

1130

(Allocation)(71.2)(68.8)(66.0)(63.8)(62.6)(61.4)(64.5)(Growth rate)

(6.5)

(6.2)

(5.4)

(6.1)

(6.2)

(5.0)

(5.8)

FIPs

77

91

109

128

143

158

630

(Allocation)(28.8)(31.2)(34.0)(36.2)(37.4)(38.6)(35.5)(Growth rate) (15.0)(19.0)(19.8)(16.9)(11.8)(10.4)(15.5)※ Round off to the nearest 10 billion KRW, then approximate at the nearest 100 billion KRW(2) Planned Programs by Area
Force Improvement focuses on establishing core capacities to actively copewith future various threats, while consolidating deterrence capabilities against
the North. It also seeks to invigorate defense R&D to upgrade the ability todevelop weapons systems and to provide an engine for new growth in thenational economy.
Operation and Maintenance is allocated to“set the conditions to maximize
combat capabilities of existing forces”and“establish an advanced military
welfare system.”First, by reflecting maintenance costs of newly fielded
equipment, it guarantees normal operating conditions for the K-9 selfpropelled artillery, the Gwanggaeto III-class destroyer (Aegis), the F-15K, etc.
Second, it extends the groundwork to foster an elite reserve force by
establishing new Reserve Force Mobilization Centers and compensation
system for training. Third, it plans to complete modernization of barracks
during the target period and to gradually install a hazardous area
compensation system. Fourth, it reflects demands to improve medical
services in divisions and units below.

208
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine

Chapter 8

C. Direction of the 2010-2014 Mid-term Defense Plan
The 2010-2014 Mid-term Defense Plan will be established to reflect theresults of the mid-term assessment and a reevaluation of required budget
projection of the Defense Reform Basic Plan. The plan seeks to actively
support the government’s agenda by assuring necessary elements to advancethe military structure, setting positive conditions for existing forces, andcompleting barrack modernizations early.

3. Efforts to Efficiently Operate Defense Budget
MND is continuing its effort not only to foster an advanced elite military by
efficiently managing its budget, but also to contribute to the national
economy.
The Ministry is seeking to maximize efficiency in formulating the defense
budget, as it formulates the Mid-term Defense Plan and its annual budget. In
the meantime, it has eliminated inefficiencies such as decreasing repair item
supplies and changing the standard in size of facilities, while introducing arational basis for budget allocations. It has also achieved a 500 billion won
cost-cut by partnering with finance authorities to verify the plans in parallelwith drafting the 2008-2012 Mid-term Defense Plan. Details are shown in
Table 8-7.
Table 8-7. Achieving Efficiency in the 2008-2012 Mid-term Defense PlanClassification

Total

Improvement of Organization
SystemStandard

Cut-down/Close

Specific Areas(Number of cases)

36

20
9
(Improve mainte(Modifying TO)
nance cycle, etc)

7
(Collegescholarship, etc)

Cost Cut(KRW 100 million)

5,462

1,785

2,630

1,047

The Ministry implements various financing methods in order to overcome
the limits involved with relying on government funding. For USFK relocation
Defense White Paper 2008

209

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 815) Donate and Transfer
MethodA system where a local
autonomous entity or apublic company uses its
own budget to relocate
military units away frommetropolitan areas and islater compensated for thatland to proceed with development.
16) Private Investment
Project∙Build-Transfer-Lease(BTL): A private investment
method where a privatecompany builds a public
facility, transfers its ownership to the government, thenretrieves its investment bycharging rent to the government.
∙Build-Transfer-Operate(BTO): A private investment
method where a privatecompany builds a public
facility, transfers its ownership to the government, thenretrieves its investment bycharging fee from the users.

17) National Defense Integrated Financial Information
System
A comprehensive digitalfinancial information system
for the defense sector to
grasp/manage funds and its
movements in real-time.

--a KRW 3.4 trillion project--it is partnering with the Korea National Housing
Corporation based on the“donate and transfer method.”15) It is also
expanding the use of private resources via entrustments and private
investment projects (BTL, BTO),16) while maintaining healthy management of
the budget. Use of private resources in the defense sector is shown in Table
8-8.
Table 8-8. Use of Private Resources in the Defense Sector
Classification

PrivateInvestment
Project

PrivateEntrustment

Military
Executive
Agencies

Details(Unit: KRW 100 million)

2007

2008

BTL

Military residence
Barracks
Bachelors officers quarters
Info-communication network

2,713
1,180
1,169
2,367

2,584
4,110
1,022
-

BTO

Cyber knowledge
information room

350-

Outsourcing maintenance ofequipment and weapons systems

1,721

4,287

Facility management such asheating/cooling, cleaning

231

272

•Yearly selection among
35 non-combat units.

•Implement related statutes(June 2008)•Select first 5 military
executive agencies(November 2008)

The National Defense Integrated Financial Information System17) will befully operational beginning in 2009, providing financial information andperformance data for 200 key units in real-time. This has provided afoundation to transparently manage budget-spending of units/projects,
enabling a systematic comparison and analysis of business performance.
The Ministry seeks to improve overall productivity by modifying
responsibilities and organizations of non-combat units currently managed byeach Service, and by eliminating redundancies. Selection of a military
executive agency, private entrustment, and privatization will be implemented
in areas where private management system has proven to be more efficientand economical.

210
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine

Chapter 8

Figure 8-6. Financial Info Analysis by National Defense Integrated Financial
Information System (Example)(Unit: KRW 100 million)

Increase from 2007

Size of Annual Budget
250,000

9,470,000

2006

8,602,500
200,000

7,735,000

2007

6,867,500
150,000

6,000,000
2,500,000

100,000

2,000,000
1,500,000

50,0001,000,000
500,000
2003
GDP

2004

Government Budget

2005

2006

Defense Budget

2007

General
Accounts

Special
Accounts

Funds

4. Defense Industry as an Engine for New Economic
Growth
MND is promoting the“making of the defense industry into a new
economic growth engine”as one of its national tasks in order to allow
defense industries to become fresh catalysts for development of the national
economy.
The Ministry has contributed
immensely to the national economy
through transfer of defense science
technologies to the private sector aswell as through defense industry
exports. By 2007, it transferred 102
outstanding defense technologies to
Signing ceremony for ROK-Turkey Tank
Developments Technical Cooperation
161 private companies and instituAgreement (July 29, 2008)
tions. Defense industry exports
remained at US$ 200 million--400 million until 2006 and then jumped to US$
845 million in 2007. Figure 8-7 shows changes in the defense industry
exports and its performance during the last five years.

211
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

Figure 8-7. Changes in Defense Industry Export and Its Performance during
the Last Five Years(Unit: US$ million)

845

10
8
6

418

4

267

237

262

147

197

1998

1999

2000 2001 2002 2003

Amount(US$ million)

Main Items

Nations270

SPG parts, submarine overhaul, F-15K
parts, parts for armored vehicles,
munitions

27 nations includingIndonesia, U.S.,
Turkey, Malaysia,
Venezuela

2004

420

Landing ship, SPG parts, F-15K parts,
aircraft mgmt, parts for armoredvehicles, munitions

31 nations includingIndonesia, U.S.,
Turkey, Malaysia,
Venezuela

2005

260

F -15K parts, SPG parts, KT-1 trainer, 2.5
ton military standard vehicles

34 nations includingIndonesia, U.S.,
Turkey, Thailand

2006

260

F-15K parts, SPG parts, aircraft mgmt,
parts for armored vehicles, munitions,
unmanned surveillance robots

44 nations including
Turkey, Indonesia,
UAE, Malaysia,
Australia, Israel

2007

850

KT-1, K-3 rifle & munitions, 5/4 ton
46 nations including
military standard vehicles, manufacturing Turkey, Philippines,
service for the main wing of A-10 aircraft U.S., Pakistan

2

100

143

255

0

Year

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

Such performance records show that a competitive advantage in the
defense industry export is a growth engine that contributes to the national
economy. The Ministry will exert more efforts to increase exports to a scaleof US$ 3 billion by 2012.

212
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine

Chapter 8

A. Expanding Basis for Growth by Invigorating Defense R&D
It is important to upgrade the quality of defense science technology inorder to equip defense industries with international competitiveness andcontribute to development of the national economy.
To achieve this, MND plans to place more weight on defense R&D by
elevating the scale to 7 percent of the defense budget by 2012. It will also
encourage an open R&D structure such as joint efforts among industries,
academia, and the research sector, and a system that facilitates transfer ofdefense technologies to the private sector. By reinforcing international
cooperation of defense science technology, it will broaden the foundation
for the growth of defense industries.
B. Improving Operational Conditions for Defense Industries
Defense industry requires a mid to long-term investment at the nationallevel. Not only is it a capital-intensive industry that necessitates aconsiderable size of infrastructure investment, but also an industry of limited
market and demand, with the government being its only source of demand.
Considering such circumstances, the Ministry is fostering policies toimprove operating conditions for defense industries.
First, it will reinforce financial aid to foster the industry. Second, it will offera system that encourages self-initiated management innovation by rewarding
efforts that rationalize management and costs at the contract signing stage.
Third, it will seek to increase the proportion of domestic parts in weaponssystems. In 2008, it introduced the Master Plan for Domestic Production as
groundwork to systematically continue to produce parts domestically.
Furthermore, the Ministry will develop policies to support development
funds, in order to encourage domestic production of core parts.
C. Establishing a Government-led Defense Industry Export
Support System
Unlike exports in the private sector, defense exports often necessitate
government guarantees for stable supply of subsequent parts and technical213
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

support, as well as government-led marketing efforts. In particular, largerscale defense industry export requires government support efforts, as buyer
nations increasingly request for demands such as industrial cooperation andlocal investment.
The Ministry seeks to diversify its markets by establishing export strategies
that differentiate among nations. By organizing a“defense industry export
task force”consisting of acquisition and export specialists, it plans to provide
customized export support services. Moreover, by operating the Export
Support Council for Defense Industries with participation by related
agencies, the Ministry will coordinate immediate tasks that include reviewing
buyer state’s desired terms and counter-purchase.
MND has increased international defense industry cooperation agreements
as shown in Table 8-9.
Table 8-9. International Defense Industry Cooperation Agreements
Classification(As of June 2008)

Nations (25)Asia (10 nations)

NZ, Malaysia, Vietnam, Indonesia, Thailand,
Bangladesh, Philippines, Australia, India, Pakistan

Europe (6)NED, GER, FRA, Spain, UK, ITA

Commonwealth of
Independent States (CIS) (3)Russia, Romania, Ukraine

Middle East (2)Turkey, Israel

North America (2)U.S., Canada

South America (2)Venezuela, Columbia

5. Reinforcing Defense Science and Technology
A. Status of Defense Science and Technology
Korea’
s defense science and technology has achieved much under the
Agency for Defense Development (ADD)’s leadership, but still has notreached the level of developed nations. Korea still relies on foreign nations
for core technologies of main weapon systems, while capacities to214
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine

Chapter 8

domestically develop advanced weapons are still insufficient. Figure 8-8
details major accomplishments in developing weapons system.
Figure 8-8. Achievements in Weapons System Development■ Weapons System Development for Force Improvement
1970

1980

1990

(Source: ADD data)
2000

High-tech Weapons
Basic Arms
Munitions

Towed howitzers

Protective Mortars
masks

Precision Weapons
FM twoway radio

Military
vehicles
MLRS

SSMs

EW
equipment

UAVs

SP artillery

Short-range
SAMs

Light
torpedoBasic
trainers

MANPAD

Ship to ship
missilesMilitarysatellite

Submarine
midgetArmoredvehicles※ SSM: Surface to surface missile, EW: Electronic warfare, UAV: Unmanned aerial vehicle
SP: Self propelled, SAM: Surface to air missile, MANPAD: Man-portable air defense

B. Visions and Objectives for Defense Science and Technology
The Ministry’s way forward in the field of defense science and technology
is to secure world-class technologies. Its mid-term objective for policies
promoting defense science and technology is to advance the development ofadvanced weapon systems to the level of the world’s leading countries18) andits long-term goal is to secure capacities to indigenously develop such
weapon systems.
C. Direction for Policies to Promote Defense Science andTechnology
Direction for policies to promote defense science and technology is asfollows:
First, increase investments in defense science and technology and promote
efficiency in the defense R&D system. MND plans to give more weight to18)“Advancing to the levelof the world’s leading countries”means possessing thedefense science and technology at the level of theworld’
s eight leading countries.

215
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

defense R&D and elevate its ratio to the budget to that of the developed
nations standard of 7 percent by 2012. Investment in force improvement will
be separated into two--acquisition costs for major military equipment anddefense R&D--with priority assigned to the latter. A yearly investment planfor defense R&D until 2012 is shown in Table 8-10.
Table 8-10. Yearly Investment Plan for Defense R&D(Unit: KRW 100 million)

Classification

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Defense Budget

266,490

285,326

321,867

353,410382,389

R&D(Compared todefense budget)

14,522(5.4%)

16,090(5.6%)

21,129(6.6%)

24,558(6.9%)

27,915(7.3%)※2009 numbers are from a finalized budget, and numbers for 2010 and after 2010 are derived from the Mid-term Defense Plan

Dividing domains of R&D projects allows ADD to concentrate on coretechnologies and advanced force capabilities, and enables defense industries
to focus on general force improvement. Moreover, by establishing aplanning and assessment system for defense science and technology, MND
improves evaluation of R&D efforts.
Second, strive for a goal-oriented defense R&D. In other words,
concentrate on core technologies applied to future weapons systems andtechnologies to improve efficiency of existing weapon systems. To achievethis, the Ministry should identify and concentrate its investments on coretechnologies for weapon systems to be operated in an effect-based network
centric warfare (NCW) such as system of systems, strategic weapons, unmanned combat systems, etc. Efforts to develop technologies that improve
the quality of existing weapon systems while minimizing costs should bemade as well.
Third, revitalize an open R&D structure. Foremost, this implies
improvement of the defense science and technology in connection with the
National Science Technology Basic Plan. By breaking away from thereclusive R&D structure with defense research organizations as its core, MND
should improve exchange with the private sector. The Ministry should also

216
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Defense Management as a New Economic Growth Engine

Figure 8-9. Missions for Multipurpose Dog-Horse Robots Being Developed via
Dual Use Technology

Chapter 8

expand participation of industries, academia, and the research sector in the
R&D process and invigorate transfer of defense science and technology tothe private sector. Furthermore, it should expand development of dual use(civil and military) technology19) which allows sharing between the private
sector and the military. Figure 8-9 shows an example of such efforts. Lastly,
the focus should lie on improving cooperation with civilian companies toimprove low carbon, green growth technologies, in preparation for an oilfree era.

19) Dual Use (Civil and
Military) Technology
Technology born out of adual R&D process by thecivilian and military sector
that can be either jointly
applied, as well as thosetechnologies that can be
mutually converted for use ineach sector.

WiBro
Communications(2-3㎞)

Platoon CP

Fourth, expand infrastructure
related to defense R&D. MND
should develop and modernize
research/testing facilities, and attract
talent by finding ways to improvetreatment of research personnel.
Fifth, reinforce international coHypothermic tests at an air test center
operation in defense science andtechnology. MND should improve technology competitiveness by increasing

217
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 820) Offset Trading
A conditional trade where anation can request certain
reciprocation in technology
transfer and reverse-exportof parts, in exchange foracquisition of equipment,materiel, and service.

exchange--offset trading,20) technical personnel exchange, joint research, etc.
--with nations possessing advanced technologies. Furthermore, the Ministry
should continue to transfer and export defense technology to developing
nations in order to achieve a win-win situation.

218
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Defense Informatization for the Future

Chapter 8

Section 3.
Defense Informatization for the Future
As a reflection on changes in information and communications technologies, MND is
facilitating an environment for network-centric defense informatization that enables it toeffectively respond to future warfare.
It is also improving defense informatization strategies in line with the national defense
policy, and reinforcing the infrastructure for information sharing and assurance. The Ministry
supports a low-cost, high-efficiency defense management and seeks to achieve qualitativetransformation of military forces through advancement of warfighting and business process
information systems. Moreover, it looks to expand the information and communications
infrastructure in order to seamlessly run the defense information systems.

1. Shaping a Network-centric Informatization
Environment
A. Direction for Advancing Defense Informatization
Defense is an area with the highest need for application of advanced
information and communications systems.
Therefore, the Ministry is reinforcing defense informatization in line withnational informatization policies. It takes the lead in applying new civil
technologies to the defense sector via cooperative projects with the Ministryof Knowledge and Economy (MKE). Such projects are a strategic model thatcreates a positive value chain between the defense and civilian sectors, thus
contributing to their mutual development. For the defense sector, it enables
low-cost, high-efficiency defense management as well as upgrade in defense

219
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8capacities. For the civil sector, its competitiveness can be improved by
securing early demands for their new information and communications
technology.
The Ministry has constructed a defense Enterprise Architecture (EA) inorder to improve defense enterprise and to carry out informatization projects
more effectively. The architecture was established and applied first in the
MND in 2007, the JCS in 2008, then to Army/Navy/Air Force headquarters in
2009. Through the defense EA, MND is improving its business process froman organization-based to a function-based one, which is used as a tool forrenovation and improvement of business processes. The Ministry will seek topromote informatization return-on-investments by establishing a basis tosystematically plan, execute, and evaluate information system projects.
The Ministry plans to publish a Defense Informationization Policy Paper in
2009, which offers comprehensive directions for advancing defense
informatization.

Cooperative Projects between MND and
MKE to Realize u-Defense
MND and MKE established a Defense Informatization Cooperation
Plan in 2006 and have carried out their cooperative projects. The
plan includes applying new information and communications
technologies in which Korea has an international competitiveness, tothe defense sector. Such technologies include RFID, Ubiquitous
Sensor Network (USN), and Wireless Broadband (WiBro). In order toapply the new technologies, the Ministry has identified a test unit andbegan to introduce a USN-based unmanned surveillance system, amulti-pod robot, an RFID-based integrated logistics management
system, etc. for a trial run.
The two Ministries continue to develop such cooperative projects
into a cooperative governance model in which both the defense andcivil sectors can make progress.

220
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Defense Informatization for the Future

Chapter 8

B. Assuring Conditions for Information-sharing
MND sets the standards for weapons and non-weapons that requireinteroperability between systems. The Ministry assures the conditions for
information-sharing by establishing an interoperability evaluation andcertification system.
MND has reinforced an institutional and organizational basis to improve
interoperability between systems. In November 2007, the Ministry enacted
the Directive on Management of Defense Interoperability, and modified the
Defense Information Technical Architecture (DITA) for application across theacquisition stages as the main standard. In August 2007, the Ministry
established a Joint Interoperability Technology Center as an exclusive agency
in charge of constructing infrastructure for interoperability and performing
technical tests and feasibility reviews.
MND has established a technical basis to improve interoperability between
systems as well. The Ministry constructed an information system to manage
Common Operating Environment (COE) and Shared Data Environment(SHADE). COE is a set of standards which enables re-use of developed
softwares. SHADE is a set of standards for data expressions to improve
interoperability.
The Ministry is improving interoperability between systems bystrengthening interconnectivity among systems. For example, the battlefieldmanagement information system will be linked to the Korean Joint
Command & Control System (KJCCS), while the resource management
information system will be linked primarily to the finance and logistics
information system. Accordingly, the Ministry is identifying specific interface
requirements to reinforce the overall interconnectivity. In 2007 it identified
approximately 60 tasks, and continues updating via the creation of an
information exchange list.
Moreover, the Ministry established a Levels of Information System
Interoperability (LISI) model in order to evaluate and certify systeminteroperability.
Once such information sharing conditions are established, overall cost will

221
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

be reduced as the system development time will be curtailed andinteroperability improved.

21) Biometric Information
As a type of personal
information, it refers to
information on physical or
behavioral characteristics toidentify an individual. Examples are fingerprints, faceshape, irises, cornea, vein,
voice, etc.

C. Strengthening Information Assurance
MND is strengthening its information assurance in order to maximize its
wartime and peacetime mission accomplishment from the ever moremalignant and intelligent cyber threats.
The Ministry is reinforcing related regulations and its organizations to beable to swiftly respond to defense cyber threats. In 2007, it modified
Information Operations Condition (INFOCON) Regulations and the manualon specific measures and responses in cases of a defense cyber threat. In
January 2008, it enacted the National Defense Directive on the Assurance ofBiometric Information.21) In March 2008, the Information Assurance Planning
Division was formed in MND Headquarters, in an effort to strengthenorganizations dedicated to information assurance. Furthermore, by tasking
Computer Emergency Response Teams (CERT) to corps and units above, theMinistry established a comprehensive and systematic assurance system that
controls defense information systems on a 24 hour basis.
In order to assure impenetrability,
the Ministry introduced and appliedadvanced technologies to information assurance systems. It increased
the installment of a certification
function in information systems to beable to control access to systems andCyber defense competition
important data. Furthermore, tominimize damages from hacking and virus attacks, it has installed a virus
blocking software to all PCs connected to the network, and prevented
network access to unauthorized PCs. The Ministry has installed firewalls andintegrated security control systems in the server and the network
management system in order to detect and prevent violations. In addition,
MND has implemented an automated diagnosis system to protect individual

222
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Defense Informatization for the Future

Chapter 8

information and to periodically assess its status.
Through such efforts on information assurance, the Ministry was selected
as an exemplary institution in the 2007 National Institution and Public
Agency Information Assurance Inspection.

2. Advancing Information System and Infrastructure
A. Battlefield Management Information System
The battlefield management information system is essential for real-timesharing of battlefield conditions and support of command decisions.
The battlefield management information system can be divided into
Command, Control, Communication, Computer & Intelligence (C4I) System
and military information system. C4I System can be further dissected into
joint strategy C4I system, combined C4I system, Army/Navy/Air Force tactical
C4I system and combat command system. Details are shown in Table 8-11.
Table 8-11. Battlefield Management Information System
Area
Joint Strategic C4I
SystemKorean Joint Command & Control System (KJCCS)

Combined C4I
System

Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange
System Korea (CENTRIX-K)
PACOM Automated Data Processor Server Site Korea(PASS-K)

Tactical C4I Systemfor each Service

Army Tactical Command Information System (ATCIS)
Korea Naval Command & Control System (KNCCS)
Air Force Command & Control System (AFCCS)

Combat Command
SystemBattalion Tactical Command System (BTCS)
Korea Naval Tactical Data System (KNTDS)
Master Control & Reporting Center (MCRC)

C4I
Systems

Systems

Military Information System

Military Information Management System (MIMS)

As a joint strategic C4I system, the Korean Joint Command & Control System(KJCCS) was developed and deployed in 2007.

223
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

After the wartime operational control (OPCON) transition, a system for
combined operations will be developed by 2011 for the ROK to takeinitiative in the ROK-U.S. combined C4I system.
As for the tactical C4I system for the ground forces, ATCIS has been fielded
to Army corps and Marine Corps by 2008, and its first stage quality
improvement will continue until 2010. In developing KNCCS, the Navy
worked on improving primarily its intelligence and operations-related
functions until 2007. And since 2008 the Navy has been focusing on
improving its capabilities and gaining additional forces. The Air Force has
improved AFCCS to interface with the aviation and resource information
system, and allow dissemination of Air Tasking Order (ATO) to squadrons by
2008. The Air Force will focus on improving its capabilities starting in 2009.
For the Military Information Management System (MIMS), the Ministry will
promote data standardization and establish integrated database by 2010 inorder to support comprehensive military information.
B. Resource Management Information System
The resource management information system can be divided into fourfunctional areas: planning and budget; logistics and facilities; humanresources and mobilization; and lastly, electronic administration.
The Ministry is improving the efficiency of the resource management
information system by integrating and fortifying the linkage with the financeand logistics information system. Also by linking the national financeinformation to that of defense, it is establishing a competitive defense
management system.
Information systems for each functional area have been built and managed
according to Information Systems’Master Plan in Conditions with Defense
EA and Business Process Reengineering/Information Strategy Planning(BPR/ISP). It is thus made possible to specify goals for each information
system project and evaluate their performances.

224
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Defense Informatization for the Future

Chapter 8

C. Information and Communications Infrastructure
Information and communications infrastructure is a set of computers andnetwork related components that support production, processing,management, and dissemination of information necessary for warfighting
and business process management. A diagram of operational concepts of theinformation and communications infrastructure is shown in Figure 8-10.
Figure 8-10. Diagram of Operational Concepts of the Information andCommunications Infrastructure
User(combatrelated)Battlefield Mgmt / Resource
Mgmt Information System(application fields)
C&C

Military
intelligence

M &S

BattlecommandPlanning Logistics HR &Electronic& Budget & Facilities Mobilization administration

Commonly Applied
Elements•Ensure survivability- Form a network thatallows access &data exchange at all
times•Provide visibility- Real time info.
sharing- Provide cooperative
services•Assure interoperability- Provide
interoperability ofservices & network

Defense Broadband Convergence
Network (infrastructure)•Measures for
information assurance- Minimize threats- Maximize information
assurance

225
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

The Ministry is continuously establishing a reliable, broadband network
infrastructure. It plans to establish a high-speed and high-capacity defense
broadband convergence network by 2009 via private investment projects(BTL). This will significantly improve each echelon’s bandwidth by up to
10Gbps. The defense broadband convergence network will be an Internet
Protocol (IP)-based network, allowing for an effective network management.
For tactical network, the Ministry has operated a dual-use (civil and military)
satellite system since 2007. Furthermore, the Ministry is developing a Tactical
Information and Communications Network (TICN) and a Joint Tactical Data
Link System (JTDLS), which offer real-time broadband communications.

Military Satellite Communications System
The military satellite communications system is asystem utilizing commercial
and military satellites formilitary purposes. It consistsof a satellite, satellite operation system, and groundterminal equipment. It cancover ground/maritime/aerialcommand communications within 3000NM
radius from the Peninsula. It will be utilized for a strategic and tactical communication network to support integrated
combat capabilities.

Satellite Communications Available Area
(11,000㎞ radius)

Marshal12°
N 180°
E
Islands
Straits
of
West
12°
N 90°
E
Malacca
Northern
South12°S 125°
E
Australia
North Lake60°
N 125°
E
BaikalEast

As for the dual-use (civil and military)
satellite communications system, theindigenously developed Mugunghwa
Satellite No. 5 launched in August 2006
was granted suitable for military use in 2007. This system covers adiameter of 11,000km, a wide area starting from the Marshal Islands in the
Pacific (East) to the Straits of Malacca (West), and from Northern Australia(South) to Lake Baikal (North).
One of the achievements of the satellite communications systemdevelopment is that it established an Army/Navy/Air Force integrated C4I
network. The ROK military is now able to perform operations efficiently via
integration and real-time sharing of battlefield information.

226
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Defense Informatization for the Future

Chapter 8

By 2010, the Ministry plans to supply one PC per staff, as the network
infrastructure allows even the smaller-sized units to utilize a reliablebroadband information communications service. Also, in order to improveinformation processing ability and application services, it will upgrade theservers and appropriately install high-capacity storage devices.
Open source software technology is being actively introduced in the areaof operating servers and PCs. Common software such as word processors
can be used by obtaining an all-military site license.
From this point forward, the Ministry seeks to establish a stable and ecofriendly informatization environment that can improve server performance
while reducing power consumption.
D. Modeling & Simulation System
Defense modeling and simulation (M&S) system is classified into training,
analysis, and acquisition, according to application objectives. It is used tosupport policymaking related to force building and operation, assist decisionmaking through scientific verifications, and handle combat experimentation.
For M&S system on training, the Ministry focuses on developing various
models to provide a futuristic synthetic battlefield environment. The ROK
military operates Taeguk Joint Operation Simulation (JOS) model for joint
exercises, Changjo 21 model for corps/division-level ground training, ands Changgong Model and Marine Corps’
Navy’s Cheonghae Model. Air Force’
Cheonjabong Model are still being developed.
The analytical models are used for concept development, force analysis,
and formulating OPLAN. The acquisition models are used for confirming
requirements, R&D, and test & evaluation.

227
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 8 Pragmatic Defense Management System

Chapter 8

3. Development of Defense Informatization for the
Future22) The ROK-U.S. Information Communication
Technology (ICT) Forum:
A forum to cooperate on
information communication
technology such as NCW
and next-generation communications. It was launchedin February 2008, and its firstforum took place in Washington DC in September ofthe same year.

A. Promoting Informatization in Line with National andDefense Policies
The Ministry has been exerting efforts to strengthen the link between
defense informatization and national informatization policies. Since 2006, it
has executed a cooperative project with MKE to experiment newtechnologies in the defense sector. Furthermore, it is continuing its
government-wide cooperation via the subcommittee of the Informatization
Promotion Committee, which was reorganized in 2007.
Defense informatization is a means to materialize defense policies
effectively. Therefore, the Ministry will link defense informatization withmajor defense policies such as the Defense Reform Basic Plan, etc.
Meanwhile, the Ministry is reinforcing international cooperation. In
February 2008, it agreed with its U.S. counterpart to annually hold the ROKU.S. Information Communication Technology (ICT) Forum.22) Through suchvenues, cooperation in areas of mutual interests such as information
assurance and M&S, etc. will be reinforced.
B. Performance-based Management and Improving the
Quality of Services
MND will strengthen its coordination and control function on defense
informatization and establish a performance-based management. It willdevelop evaluation models and improve inspection as well as follow-up
measures in order to improve objectivity and fairness.
MND is establishing the Defense Consolidated Data Center in order to
upgrade the defense informatization services for Army/Navy/Air Force users.
By 2007, it consolidated computer centers scattered across echelons into 77
centers and plans to integrate them into an all-military serving Defense
Consolidated Data Center by 2012. It is developing specific plans to optimize
facilities and operating environment based on the basic plan established in

228
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Defense Informatization for the Future

Chapter 8

2008. The Defense Consolidated Data Center will improve survivability ofdefense information systems during wartime and peacetime, while increasing
the quality of data processing and user satisfaction.
C. Improving the System
MND established the Guidelines for Project Management of Defense
Information System in March 2008. The guidelines represent standardizationof defense informatization management systems that had been scattered into
several guidances and regulations. This is meaningful in a way that itallowed for the standardization of project management by defense
information system managers as well as timely application of newtechnologies.
The Ministry plans to introduce a new legislation to accelerate defense
informatization on warfighting and business process management and to
improve the projects’efficiency as well as effectiveness.

229
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

MND will establish an enhanced infrastructure that
improves training conditions and welfare byconsolidating/relocating military bases, and develop a
welfare policy that answers to the dedication byprofessional soldiers through gradually enhancing thebarracks environment to an advanced level.

Chapter

9Improvement of Quality of Life
● Section 1 Defense Manpower Management● Section 2 Improving Working and Living Conditions● Section 3 Designing an Advanced Medical Support System● Section 4 Maximizing Employment Opportunities for Veterans● Section 5 Stable Management of Military Pension System

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9

Section 1.
Defense Manpower Management
The ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) strives to establish a higher quality
military welfare system for service members in order to encourage the willingness toserve his or her country and improve service morale.
It has established a legal basis through the enactment of the Framework Act on Military
Personnel Welfare and is formulating the Military Personnel Welfare Basic Plan via acomprehensive surveying of actual conditions. It also built the Armed Forces Welfare
Agency by consolidating welfare related groups dispersed across the Services, thereby
creating a framework for a systematic promotion of welfare policies.

1. Enactment of the Framework Act on Military
Personnel Welfare
The Framework Act on Military Personnel Welfare was enacted in March
2008. This will be an opportunity to improve service member quality of life
as well as overall military welfare. The enactment is expected to significantly
improve the likes of housing, children education, and medical services
which had been tepid due to the lack of legal basis. An overview of the
Framework Act on Military Personnel Welfare is shown in Figure 9-1.

232
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Defense Manpower Management

Chapter 9

Figure 9-1. Overview of the Framework Act on Military Personnel Welfare•Housing: Prioritize provision of housing for non-home owning officers

and NCOs who served over 10 years- Prioritize supply of public housing sites to those building houses for
non-home owning officers and NCOs.
- Sell base property assets for building new housing facilities whenrelocating bases.
※ Guarantee a prioritized provision of housing sites for non-homeowning officers and NCOs to the Military Mutual Aid Association.
•Childcare: Support construction of national/public childcare centers inareas with dense military population•Education: Support children’s transfer/admission to schools andprovide dormitories if necessary•Medical Service: Provide regular medical check ups, medical support,

and outsource medical care
•Welfare Facility: Streamline management/operation and open facilities

to the public

2. Surveying the Conditions of Welfare for Military
Personnel and Establishing the Basic Plan
MND is surveying the status of military personnel welfare for the first timein history in accordance with the Framework Act on Military Personnel
Welfare, and thereby establishing the Military Personnel Welfare Basic Plan.
Since examination on the conditions of military personnel welfare had
been conducted rather ad hoc by disparate defense-related agencies, such a
consolidated examination and research effort to date was unprecedented. Insuch light, the research on military welfare conducted in 2008 will generate
persuasive statistics on the welfare status. It will also enable establishment
and implementation of a comprehensive development plan for military
personnel welfare based on scientific and objective indicators.

233
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9

MND plans to continue to systematically promote stable living conditions
and an improved quality of life based on the Military Personnel Welfare
Basic Plan for service members.

3. Establishment of the Armed Forces Welfare
AgencyThe Ministry established the Armed
Forces Welfare Agency in September 2008by consolidating welfare groups operated
separately by each Service. The consolidation eliminated inefficiencies caused byredundant facility investments and imbalActivation ceremony for the Armedance in welfare benefits across Services,
Forces Welfare Agency(MND, September 1, 2008)
thereby offering a low-cost and highlyefficient welfare system.
The Armed Forces Welfare Agency plans to improve the management
system so that each Service can commonly use welfare facilities scatteredacross the nation. Responding to user demands and social changes, theAgency also plans to build“welfare towns”in respective clusters, whereusers can comply with their sight-seeing, sports, and lodging needs all at
once.

234
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Improving Working and Living Conditions

Chapter 9

Section 2.
Improving Working and Living Conditions
MND promotes welfare improvement policies of which the effects can be directly felt by
individual service members. The policies are as follows: adopting a remuneration system
reflecting the peculiar characteristics of military service; improving provision of service
member’s necessities; and upgrading the quality of clothing and outfit. In addition,
facilities, housing conditions, and welfare service for families are consistently being
ameliorated.

1. Improving Soldier Remuneration and Related
Systems
MND is revising the Military Personnel
Remuneration Act so that it can develop a
remuneration system that realisticallyreflects the characteristics of military
service.
By reflecting unique challenges experiForefront fence patrol duty
enced by service members--working inremote areas, frequent relocations, difficulties in children education, early
retirement, challenges for re-employment--into the Military Personnel
Remuneration Act, the Ministry seeks to maintain its own particularremuneration system.
MND plans to establish allowances to reflect the uniqueness of military
missions and the expertise involved, while also improving the system to235
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9reflect individual circumstances and hazards. To improve the current poor
conditions, the Ministry will provide various compensations such as service
member allowance, an allowance compensating separation of families, andfinancial support for college students in the family. It also plans to include
daytime/nighttime duty allowances as well as specific duty payments fordifferent positions (for the lieutenant colonel level) within operating costs.
Furthermore, MND will introduce special duty remuneration such asallowances for servicing in close contact and special areas and forship/air/hazardous duties.
Meanwhile, salary payment for enlisted service members increased by 10
percent in 2008, with corporals being paid 88,000 won a month. Salary
payment is expected to further increase to 100,000 won that will significantly
cover the necessary expenses for daily livelihoods in the barracks.
Measures to indirectly improve conditions for active-duty personnel arebeing reviewed as well. Such measures include: exempting mandatory
servicemen on their parent’s composite income tax; expanding a“system ofmaximum fare for coastal passengers,”which is currently offered only toisland inhabitants; deferring interest payments for students enlisted while on
financial aid; and duty-free benefits in welfare clubs.

2. Supply of Necessities, Clothing and Outfit
MND is increasing its annual employment of civilian nutritionists in orderto facilitate different appetites and improve satisfaction of meal plans. Table
9-1 shows employment status of civilian nutritionists.

236
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Improving Working and Living Conditions

Chapter 9

Table 9-1. Employment of Civilian Nutritionists(Unit: Person)

Classification

Total

Army

Navy

Air Force

Units under directcontrol of MND

Battalion-level(completed in 2006)

936

766

105

32

33

Expand to Company-level(2007-2010)

1,466

1,281

115

37

33

Remarks (increase)

530

515

10

5

0

※ 989 nutritionists were employed in 2007. The Ministry plans to progressively increase the number to 1,095 in 2008, 1,280 in
2009, and 1,466 in 2010.

The Ministry also plans to increase the basic costsof meal plans for service members to allow a
sufficient nutritional intake, marking a change fromfocusing on quantity to quality. It plans to increase
the cost to that of 90 percent of the level for civilians.
Plans to increase basic costs for service members’
meals are shown in Table 9-2.
Table 9-2. Plan to Increase Basic Costs of Meals

Meal service at units(Unit: won/a person per day)Classification

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Military(Compared tocivilians)

5,000
(84%)

5,210
(85%)

5,486
(87%)

5,715
(88%)

5,977
(89%)

6,221
(90%)

Civilians1)

5,964

6,143

6,327

6,517

6,713

6,914

The military is improving the quality and design of clothing and outfit toreach the level of advanced industrialized countries, in order to maximize
combatant’s mission capabilities in the future battlefield conditions and toincrease satisfaction in the military service.
By diversifying the size of military outfits
that complies with the relevant KS standard(Korean Industrial Standard) such ascommercial clothing, individual service
Special forces BDU formembers now can enjoy the comfort ofSpecial Warfare Soldiers

1) Meal Cost for Civilians
Average monthly grocery
spending for city households
divided by average numberof people in a household.
(Korea Monthly Statistics,
February 2008, Korea
National Statistical Office)237
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9

wearing better quality uniforms. It is also devising policies to develop next
generation battle dress uniforms (BDUs) and body armor.
In accordance with the Mid-term Improvement Plan for Clothing andOutfit, the Ministry first improved several essential items such as summertime
BDUs, combat helmets, special operations gear, sporting outfit, andinnerwear. It also supplied new items in 2008 such as knapsacks for trackvehicles and outdoor gripsacks. Furthermore, it plans to annually supply
helmet attachments, winter clothing, individual tents, combat knapsacks,
combat boots, etc. appropriately fitted for carrying out military missions. The
Mid-term Improvement Plan for Clothing and Outfit is shown in Table 9-3.
Table 9-3. The Mid-term Improvement Plan for Clothing and Outfit
Classification

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

Items

combat boots,
knapsacks for
track vehicles,
helmetattachment,
outdoorknapsacks

winter clothing,special forces
sleeping bags,
knapsacks,
summer-wear,
flight clothing,flight shoes

BDU, bodyarmor,
personal
tents, combat
knapsacks,
tankman's
clothing

combatjackets,
entrenching
shovels,
canteens,
combatrain gear

sleeping
bags,
personal
equipment
and belts

3. Military Facilities and Living Conditions
Responding to societal developments such as increased standard of living
and social consciousness, MND seeks to gradually renovate old and cramped
barracks as well as officer quarters.
MND improved barracks to a higher level in an effort to minimize thequalitative discrepancies between the military quarters and the environmentof which individual service members grew up in. It increased the floor
spaces per individual service member from 2.3㎡ to 6.3㎡, and restructured
platoon sized non-bed barracks into a bed-filled accommodation for squad
sized elements. The Ministry is also increasing convenient facilities such as
cyber knowledge information rooms (computer clusters), fitness centers, and238
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Improving Working and Living Conditions

Chapter 9lounges, and female-only facilities. Changes in barracks and theirdevelopmental process are shown in Figure 9-2.
Figure 9-2. Barracks Developmental Process
’
50 -’
60

Tents,
QuonsetBarracks

’
60 -’
70

’
70 -’
82

•Constructionof type A
barracks(block structure, slate roof)•Capacity tohold a platoon•Smoke-freecoal heating•Constructionof integrated
barracks(Rahmenblock structure, flat roof)•Capacity tohold 1-2 platoons•Radiator
heating

1960-1970 type A barrack

’
83 -’
03

After ’
04

•Construction of •Construction ofmodernizedliving quarters
barracks(Rahmen struc(Rahmen brickture, tilted roof)
structure, tilted •Capacity to
roof)hold a squad•Capacity to holdron, with
1-2 Squads
individual beds
•Increase conve- •Convenientfacilities fornient facilities
females

newest living quarters built
after 2004

By investing 415.4 billion won in 2008, MND improved the following:
integrated barracks for 63 Army battalions; 90 living quarters at general
outposts (GOPs) and coastal and riverine units; and 82 Navy/Air Force living
quarters. Facility improvement projects will focus on forward areas and oldliving quarters that have yet to be modernized. The Ministry plans torenovate all living quarters with individual beds by 2012.
MND has a total of 70,574 military family houses. By 2007, the Ministryfinished upgrading 44,199 cramped houses under 50㎡ and renovating thosethat were more than 25 years old. However, there still remain 26,375 houses
that are either old or cramped, representing 37.4 percent of the total numberof military family houses. The current status of the military housing is shownin Table 9-4.

239
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9

Table 9-4. Current Status of Military Housing (As of December 2007)▲ Status by Type
Possession
Required(%)
71,025(100%)Total

In Good
Condition

More than 25
Years Old

Cramped(Under 50㎡)

Shortages

70,574(99.4%)

44,199(62.2%)

6,934(9.8%)

19,441(27.4%)-451(0.6%)▲ Status by Year of Construction
Classification

Total

More than 25
Years Old

16-25 Years

Less than 15
Years Old

Number of Families

70,574

6,934

24,992

38,648Classification

Total

Under 50㎡

50㎡-80㎡

Over 80㎡

Number of Families

70,57424,75434,447

11,373▲ Status by Size

MND will renovate 26,375 old andcramped military houses to meet the standardof the national average at 80-126㎡. Amongthem, 20,500 houses will be renovated by2012 via Build-Transfer-Lease (BTL) contracts,
while the rest will be renovated as part of
Air Force quarters built via BTL
financed projects by 2013.
A considerable number of bachelor officer’squarters are over 25 years old. Furthermore, only 51 percent of total required
quarters are provided for, thereby having 2-3 occupants sharing a single
quarter. By taking into consideration the expected increase in junior officers
following military force re-structuring, the Ministry plans to focus theirinvestment until 2012 in order to renovate old quarters and build new ones
so that it can accommodate one officer per quarter.

240
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Improving Working and Living Conditions

Chapter 9

4. Improving Living Conditions for Military Families
Military families face various challenges
as they are stationed far from cities andusually subject to frequent moves. To
accommodate such difficulties, MND isexerting efforts to improve living conditions for military families. In October 2008,
between MND andthe Ministry signed a Business Agreement Agreement-signing
MIHWAF (October 21, 2008)
on Providing Professional Support Services
to Military Families2) with the Ministry for Health, Welfare, and Family Affairs(MIHWAF).
A. Supporting Education for Children of Military Families
Career soldiers face challenges in educating their children as they arestationed in remote locations, make frequent moves, and often live apartfrom families. To accommodate these difficulties, MND is expanding
dormitory facilities and increasing benefits under special admission forcollege.
The Ministry operates twelve dormitories(capacity of 2,000) in ten cities across thenation. It will build a facility in Seoul that
holds 300 persons in 2009. Furthermore, itplans to additionally secure a 1,200
capacity dormitory by replacing the current
Dormitory for children of militaryfamilies
Songpa Institute with a military dormitory.
A total of 835 sons and daughters of military personnel entered collegewith the benefit of special admission for college between 2007 and 2008, 416
students in 75 colleges in 2007 and 419 students in 77 colleges in 2008. The
Ministry annually holds college fairs for students and parents of militaryfamilies, and uploads related information onto its websites. It also plans toincrease the number of universities providing benefits to 80 institutions in2) Providing Professional
Support Services to Military
Families
A customized service toprevent conflicts within thefamily and improve family
relationships by supporting
consultation, education, andcultural programs. It also
provides babysitting for
emergencies and care for“latchkey children”whoseparents come home latefrom work.

241
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9order to allow more students to receive such benefits in 2009.
MND has been offering Defense Scholarships (Hoguk Scholarship) since
1993 to ratchet up career soldiers’morale in challenging conditions. In 2007,
it offered 1,000,000 won to 5,163 freshmen and 500,000 won to 9,329
upperclassmen. It plans to increase scholarship for freshmen to 1,500,000
won in 2009, then to 3,000,000 won. Moreover, the Ministry is considering
making provisions for different scholarships for high-score achievers as well
as benefits for engineering students in conformity with the government’spolicy.

3) MND Policies to PromoteChildbirth (for Multiplechildren Families)� Prioritize provision of
military housing� Provision of larger housing
� Prioritize provision oflease-funds
� Expand benefits in welfare
facilities

B. Welfare Support for Multiple-Children Families
To comply with the government’s policy, MND has been implementing
policies to promote childbirth3) in accordance with the MND Guidelines for
Incentives to Promote Childbirth. As a result, the Ministry was chosen in
March 2007 by the“Presidential Commission on Low Childbirth and Aging
Society”as an exemplary institution for creating a workplace that encourages
childbirth.
MND modified the Veterans’Pension Act in order to include the days
absent from the workplace due to maternity/childcare leave into total days ofactive service when calculating retirement allowances. It also revised theMilitary Personnel Act and the Public Officials Remuneration Regulations toprovide allowances for substitutes who come in for those on maternity leave.
Furthermore, the Ministry seeks to expand welfare services by establishingchildcare facilities for military families.
C. Recreation and Welfare Facilities
MND plans to manage 2,690 accounts for nine central recreation facilities(military-owned) and civilian condominiums to strike a balance between
work and rest for service members. It plans to expand the number ofprocured facilities to areas preferred by soldiers and families.
The Ministry operates 32 golf courses to maintain service members’
vigilance as well as offer opportunities for leisure and fitness. It is currently

242
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Improving Working and Living Conditions4) Areas where golf courses
are under extension work
� Daejon Area (Kyeryongdae)
� Army Aviation School� Navy Pyeongtaek Area
� Air Force Seosan Area
(near 20th AFW)

243
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9extending four new courses4) and plans to create more depending on thesize of stationing units, the number of veterans nearby, and unit relocationplans.
The Ministry plans to package welfare clubs, condos & recreation facilities,
and golf courses together to allow for rest and recreation at a single
destination. Through such initiatives, it will improve efficiency in welfare
facility management as well as satisfy service members’increased demands
for recreation caused both by the spread of culture that values leisure,individual well-being, and a five-day work week.

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9

Section 3.
Designing an Advanced Medical Support System
MND is developing a military medical support system to improve combat capacities bypromoting service members’ health. By establishing the Mid- and Long-term Master Planfor the Development of Military Medical Affairs, it is exerting efforts to improve medical
facilities and equipment, and secure talented medical personnel.

1. Establishment of Mid-and Long-term Master Planfor the Development of Military Medical Affairs

5) Programs Promoted toAchieve Development in
Military Medical Affairs(1) Provide patient-based
medical system(2) Reinforce military hospitalsystems(3) Attract talented Human
Resource (HR)(4) Reinforce medical support
command system(5) Reinforce military medical
affair-related roles innational agendas(6) Reinforce division-level
medical HR, equipment,
and facilities(7) Establish National Defense Institute for Medical
Science(8) Reinforce wartime medical
support capacities

MND had established Promotion Programs for the Development of Military
Medical Affairs in 2006 by forming a government-level committee to improvethe military medical support system. From such initiatives, it established Midand Long-term Master Plan for the Development of Military Medical Affairs inJuly 2008, by reinforcing tasks that failed to reflect the reality of andconsensus by each Service. The effort presented a mid/long-term roadmap
for improving military medical affairs and it is currently focusing on 18
specific tasks in eight areas.5)

2. Major Agendas
Medical support system has been developed to provide a patient-based
medical service. Instead of assigning designated dates for examinations, it
adopted an admission-on-the-spot system. It improved service members’

244
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Designing an Advanced Medical Support System

Chapter 9

access to medical treatment by supplying 36
patient transportation buses to 12 front
divisions. Moreover, two divisions’Medical
Support Units were reorganized into thoseat the battalion-level and the number of
medical examination categories increased
Patient transportation bus supplied in
2008
from five to eight or nine.
MND reinforced medical equipment,
facilities, and medical support personnel toimprove the quality of medical service. It
replaced 73 old field ambulances bymodernizing them and additionallysupplied 52 commercial ambulances,
Division’s medical battalion with
upgraded facilities
upgrading conditions for patient evacuation.
For medical equipment, 37 essential items
including digital X-ray and blood testing kits were upgraded while high-techapparatus such as seven magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) units and fivecomputed tomography (CT) were added to significantly reduce patients’
waiting time. Three division-level medical facilities were constructed or
modified in connection with barrack modernization plans in order to fortify
primary treatment centers at the division level or lower. Furthermore,
Hampyeong Hospital (May 2007) and Pohang Hospital (March 2008) wereopened, and 108 expert medical non-commissioned officers including firstaid personnel, nurses, and various medical staff were employed in 2008.
MND is improving the personnel
management system in order to securetalented medical personnel and medical
non-commissioned officers. The Ministry is
improving the remuneration system andworking conditions to attract competent
medical officers. It is also hiring civilian Contracted doctors providing medicalcare (Armed Forces Capital Hospital)
doctors to upgrade the quality of overall

245
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 96) Area-based Medical
Treatment Closing System
A medical system to minimize evacuation of patientsand complete treatment incorps-level areas.
7) Concentrated Hospital
A hospital that offers general
hospital-level treatment andmedical service across themilitary. Examples include
Capital, Daejon, Yangju,
Daegu, and Hampyeong
Hospitals.
8) Mobile Support Hospital
A hospital with mobile
medical support capacities
for supporting units during
wartime that has basic
surgery capabilities. Examples include Byeokje, Ildong,
Chuncheon, Gangneung,
Cheoljeong Hospitals in frontarea, and Pohang & Jinhae
Hospitals in rear area.
9) Outpatient Hospitals orCenters
Their primary mission is tooffer outpatient care to
military personnel in theirarea. They keep minimal
beds. Examples include
Wonju, Cheongpyeong,
Haeuiwon, Pohang, andSeoul District Hospitals.
10) Military-Specific Categories
They include bullet wounds,
burns, and NBC treatment.

medical treatment. For the first time, five civilian doctors were employed in
the Armed Forces Capital Hospital in May 2008. The groundwork forcontracting civilian doctors to military hospital was laid in February 2008
when an agreement was signed between the Ministry and Seoul National
University Hospital.
In the meantime, the Ministry is restructuring the organizations related tomilitary medical affairs and is entrusting treatment to civilian hospitals. In
order to upgrade its level of medical services, it modified 20 hospitals into 15,
and in July 2008 it transferred command of Seoul District Hospital from the
MND to Military Medical Command. Moreover, it signed service agreementswith 69 civilian hospitals in order to care and examine patients who require
treatments exceeding capabilities of military hospitals.

3. Future Plans
MND plans to continuously reinforce 25 division-level medical facilities andsubstitute 964 old ambulances by increasing the ratio of civilian ambulancesin order to guarantee rapid transport. It also plans to secure 1,051 expert
medical non-commissioned officers by 2013.
The military will offer area-based medical treatment closing system6)
according to the patient’s conditions by dividing military hospitals into
“concentrated hospitals,”7)“mobile support hospitals,”8) and“outpatient
hospitals.”9) It will also achieve unity of command by placing Pohang
Hospital and Maritime Medical Clinic under the Military Medical Command.
The Ministry plans to reinforce Comprehensive Development Plan for the
Armed Forces Capital Hospital and establish the National Defense Institutefor Medical Science - the military’s supreme tertiary medical institution.
Through such efforts, it will establish the Defense Medical School to cultivate
military medical personnel and to operate a hospital with a 1,000-bed
capacity. Moreover, it will establish research functions in military-specificcategories.10)

246
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Designing an Advanced Medical Support System

11) Field Deployable Medical Facility
A medical facility that canconnect with containers andtent shelters to deploy andwithdraw rapidly in order toprovide mobile medical
support to supporting units
during wartime. It also loads
automatically to facilitate
movement.

247
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9

MND will also secure field deployable medical facilities11) to leverage foroverseas deployment and training during peacetime, and for medical support
on mobile corps during wartime. Moreover, it will establish an Air Medical
Evacuation Company and secure medical evacuation (MEDEVAC)
helicopters in order to improve patient transporting capabilities both inpeacetime and wartime.

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9

Section 4.
Maximizing Employment Opportunities for Veterans
MND supports the transitioning of retired service members into the social workforce aspart of solidifying service morale and providing a stable working condition for active-duty
personnel as they focus on current assignments. It is improving the employment support
system such as education and career consulting, and offers various employment venues
such as job fairs.

1. Direction of Employment Support Policies

12) Job Guidance and
Education
Training and education on
knowledge, technicalities,
skill acquirement, and obtaining license for retired (orplanning to retire) officers
and NCOs who seek employment.

MND and veteran’s affairs-related
department of the three Services implements systematic and effective measures tosupport employment for retired service
members.
Directions for employment support
Basic education on employment(Employment services center,
policies are as follows: First, create
Ministry of Labor)
positions within the military, public, andprivate sectors for long-term service members (10 years or more) to offer
employment opportunities and improve competitiveness by providing userbased job guidance and education12) that are in demand within the job
market. Second, provide basic employment education and related
information for shorter-term service members serving less than 10 years.

248
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 4 Maximizing Employment Opportunities for Veterans

Chapter 9

2. Developing a Vocational Transitioning Support
SystemMND is developing a vocational transitioning support system in order tooffer assistance in efficient job transitions. The vocational transitioning
support system broken down into phases is shown in Figure 9-3.
Figure 9-3. A Diagram of Support for Vocational Change per Phase

Phase

4 Years
Prior toRetirement

3 Years
Prior

Setting Goals andPlans for Vocat’l Change

Vocat’l
ChangeSupportActivity

Self-diagnosis and
Job Search
Understanding
Vocational Change

CareerConsultation

Sharing

M

ResponsibilitiesN

2 YearsPrior

1 YearPrior

Retirement

Obtaining
Qualifications

Obtaining
Qualifications

Attempt Vocational
ChangeImprove Work
Capacity

Improve Work
Capacity

Reinforcing on-site
Specialty and
Adaptability

Basic Vocational
Change Education

Basic Education
for Employment

Advanced
Education for
Employment

Personal Advising Basic Employment
and Consulting
for Self-employing

Advanced
Employment for
Self-employing

Education forSocial Adaptation

Occupational
Training

Workshop to
Support
Employment

Personal Advising
and ConsultingD

3 Years
after
Retirement

Edu. for
Unemployed

Ministry ofPatients
and/Veterans
SupportAffairs
Employ(MPVA)
ment

Internship/OJT
Improve Personal Capabilities(Obtaining License)

CollegeEntrustment
Education
Personal
Advising andConsulting per
Area

Support and Coordination from the Ministry of Labor

A. Implementing Career Consultation Program 3-4 Years
Prior to Retirement
MND is implementing a“step-by-step career consultation program”for

249
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9

officers and NCOs 3-4 years prior to their retirement. Details on the program
are shown in Table 9-5.
Table 9-5. Phase-in Career Consultation Program
Classification

Details

Stage 1

Understanding
Aptitude

Understand oneself via multilateral diagnosis on personaltendencies, occupational interest, value of jobs, factors
stimulating motivation

Stage 2CareerDevelopment

Establish career objectives based on understandingof aptitude and individual careerStage 3

Life Planning

Establish detailed measures to prepare for various
aspects of life

Career consulting was offered to 75 officers in the greater Seoul
Metropolitan area as a pilot program in 2007 with later turnouts that show 93
percent of the participants expressing satisfaction of the program. Thereby in2008, the Ministry increased the number of participants to 250 and expanded
the program to the Daegu and Gwangju area. Also, the three-month period
for consulting was extended to four months.
B. Reinforcing Basic Education on Employment
MND is reinforcing its basic employment education for retiring officers inorder to minimize their anxieties about the
future and enable a smooth transition into
society. Basic employment education isoffered to retiring officers and NCOs
stationed in forward remote locations by
touring across units. Participants learn
Employment education tour to front
about the private industry and ways tounits
adapt after retirement two years before
entering job guidance and education.
C. Managing a User-based, Customized Technical Education
In order to enhance the competitiveness of retiring officers and NCOs, the250
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 4 Maximizing Employment Opportunities for Veterans

Chapter 9

Ministry offers a number of various
education programs. In particular, bycollaborating with related agencies such as
the Ministry of Labor, the Ministry of
Patriots and Veterans Affairs, Korea Polytechnics, etc. the Ministry develops andimplements a customized vocational Group interview practice session for
veterans planned to retire
training program in order to improve thecapacity for candidates successfully landinga job.
MND operates customized technicaleducation programs13) directly related to
employment. In 2008, it expanded thepreviously programmed seven courses into
twelve, and plans to further increase thecourses up to twenty with regard to
Education of security instructors
helping employment chances. A good
portion of job guidance and education is currently entrusted to the civil
sector, but in the future, the Ministry plans to establish a specialized institutefor retiring officers in order to provide a more systematic educational support
for vocational transition.

13) Technical Education
Program (2008)
The program currently runs
12 courses including education for security instructor,
administration personnel,
mid-size company HR/
general affairs staff, logistics
consultant, human affairs instructor, disaster manager,
defense architect, career
consultant, building operations manager, computer/internet expert, and electricity technician.

3. Expanding Job Opportunities and Creating Job
Positions
MND is exerting efforts to create job positions that can leverage military
expertise and experience, consequently resulting in 11,289 secured job
positions for long-term service members (10 years or more). Status on
secured job positions is shown in Figure 9-4.

251
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9

Figure 9-4. Status on Secured Job Positions for Long-term Service
Members (10 Years or More) in 2008
Total Requirement: 22,800

Secured Job Positions
11,289 ( 49.5% )Positions Short
11,511 ( 50.5% )14) Committee for the
Support of Veterans
A committee established in2006 to review necessary
items to support retired
service members and utilize
human resources. The
Prime Minister heads thecommittee, while Ministersof related Ministries and civil
experts are its members.

Secured job positions include: Professorship positions for retired
experienced military professionals teaching subjects in military science andsecurity studies at military institutes and civilian colleges; an observer orcontrol instructor for retired experienced service members overseeing
modern survival trainings; and job openings where military expertise areapplicable such as ROTC instructors and teaching positions in specialized
high schools. The Ministry plans to further create job positions through agovernmental effort via the Committee for the Support of Veterans,14) a
subcommittee under the Office of the Prime Minister. Employment results
during the past five years are shown in Figure 9-5.
Figure 9-5. Employment Results for the Past Five Years (2003-2007)
4,500
4,000
3,500

Retiree
3,258

3,194

3,363

3,438
2,766

3,000
2,244

2,500
1,899

2,000
1,500

1,089

1,989

1,972

2006

2007

Employed

1,000
Person
Year

2003

2004

2005

※ Retiree: those who retired in current year, Employed: those who are employed within 5 years of retirement※ Average employment rate for those retired during the past 5 years: 48%

252
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 4 Maximizing Employment Opportunities for Veterans

Chapter 9

4. Other Employment Supporting Efforts
The Job-Seeking Support Center under
MND provides opportunities for employment and self-employment by hosting job
fairs every May and by revitalizing a quarterly Job-seeking/Hiring Day. Moreover, itoffers useful services such as information
Exhibition for Retired Cadreson employment/self-employment, corpo- Employment(Seoul Trade Exhibition and Convention)
rate services,15) and on-line consulting
through the Employment Information System. The supporting process of the
MND Job-Seeking Support Center is shown in Figure 9-6.

15) Corporate Service
A service where companies
can sign up to provide online
information on employment
status and post job openings.

Figure 9-6. The Process of Employment Support Service

Candidates

Hiring Companies•Sign Up for Jobseeking•Writing Resumes•Employment
Information•Introduce Companies↳

Operating Network

MND Job-Seeking
Support Center•Consult/Recommend•Provide Information↲

In order to publicize competencies of retired service members, the Ministry
performs various tasks including the following: Presentations and invitationaltalks with company’s HR representatives; policy discussions in Korean Force
Networks (KFN); sending e-mails to corporate CEOs; and advertisements via
radio, daily journals, and billboards on military buses.

253
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9

Section 5.
Stable Management of Military Pension System
The military pension system reflects distinctive characteristics of military service,
exhibiting a strong sense of remuneration from the nation.
MND has unilaterally managed the military pension system since 1963 and continues
to safely manage the fund by revising the Veterans’ Pension Act.

1. Characteristics of Military Pension System
The military pension system was first managed as part of the Public
Officials Pension Act (enacted in January 1960). In 1963, considering theuniqueness of serving in the military, the Veterans’Pension Act was
separated from the Public Officials Pension Act and has been managed sincethen.
Military pension system has the purpose of contributing to a standard ofdecent living and well-being for its beneficiaries by providing an appropriate
amount of pay to service members and families upon honorable retirement,
retirement or death due to physical/psychological impediments, or medical
leave of absence for illness/injury sustained in line of duty. It is a pension
system not only with elements of social insurance and guaranteeing
livelihood, but also with a feel of national compensation attached to it.
The reason for the strong sense of national compensation to militarypensions is that service members are required to perform missions duringcrisis in order to protect the nation as well as the lives and properties of its
people. Service member’s private lives are limited by regular upkeep of alert

254
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Stable Management of Military Pension System

Chapter 9

status, trainings, and frequent relocations, and they retire early at ages when
expenditures are at an all-time high (between 45-55) irrespective of personal
intensions based on a system of placing a ceiling on age. Upon retirement,
they face employment challenges as military expertise gathered duringservice is difficult to translate into the society. Military pension system reflects
such characteristics of military service.
To note, military authorities from other developed nations also self-manage
military pension by separating them from public service pension andnational pension.
In major developed nations, military pension is given preferential treatment
over other pensions in terms of the following: Minimum service years forpension receipt; supply commencement age; rate of contribution to pension;level of pension paid; and period of contribution payment. Rate ofcontribution to military pension by major nations are shown in Table 9-6.
Table 9-6. Rate of Contribution to Pension for the ROK and Other Nations
Contributed Entirely
by Nation

Individual Contribution <Nation’s Contribution

Individual Contribution =Nation’s Contribution

U.S., UK, Germany, etc.

Canada, Italy, etc.

ROK, Japan, Argentina, etc.

2. Efforts to Stabilize Financing
The government is currently amending the shortages in military pension
caused in the early days of the system when the number of recipients
increased without the military having secured sufficient funds. The reason
behind such increase was the military paying out pension while exempting
fund contributions for services rendered before 1959 and for the three times
during the period of war including the Korean War and the Vietnam War.
MND has been modifying the Veterans’Pension Act in order to establish
systemic measures to stabilize military pension finance. It will soon present
measures reflecting the uniqueness of the military after gathering suggestions

255
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 9 Improvement of Quality of Life

Chapter 9from financial experts and interested parties.
Shareholders and the government have been increasing their share of
liabilities from 3.5 percent to 8.5 percent per their monthly income. Starting
January 2001, the Ministry stipulated that method of pension increase not benecessarily correlated with recipient’s income but with changes in consumer
price index, to estimate pension based on average income of the last three
years rather than final income, and to allow even the legal reserve--required
for stability in pension financing--to be financed through accumulation.
Starting January 2007, with pension being paid out from the legal reserve, theMinistry was to reflect this in their supplied fund two years later to have it
financed again through accumulation. Furthermore, starting November 2006,
if a pension recipient is determined to have a non-pension income above acertain level, the Ministry can stem portions of their pension payment.
Pension recipients per year are shown in Figure 9-7.
Figure 9-7. Pension Recipients per Year
(Unit: Person)

70,00060,00062,67964,57759,06160,892

2002

2003

2004

2005

66,03068,045

2006

2007

50,00040,00030,00020,00016) Asset Management
Guide
A guide established inaccordance with the National Finance Act in July 2008
about basic principles anddetails on managing assets
and excess funds. The
guide offers investment
policy for asset management, investment objectives,
investment guidance, andperformance evaluations.

10,000Through the Assets Management Guide,16) military pension strives for
growth in fund size and earnings. The Ministry raised the target earning rate
in 2008 by modifying Assets Management Guide, and allowed itself to beable to check and control its management risks by establishing a Standard for

256
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Stable Management of Military Pension System

Chapter 9

Risk Management. earning rate for military pension fund is shown in Table
9-7.
Table 9-7. Target Earning Rate for Military Pension Fund

(Unit: Percent)

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

5.23

5.66

6.09

6.53

6.97

7.4

In the meantime, the Ministry plans to use“the system for integrating
accumulated period among public pensions”to provide pension to those
who had been ineligible as they failed to satisfy the 19 years and six monthsof required service.

3. Providing Service via Internet
Starting May 2006, MND is offering related services on the Internet(http://www.mps.go.kr) for pension recipients through the Military Pension
Information System. By making various documents17) such as“a letter toverify the person in receipt of military pension”available by printing it off
the Internet and providing updated news regarding pensions, the military is
improving overall user satisfaction.

17) Documents Available
through Internet Service
� A letter to verify the fact ofreceipt of military pension
� A letter to verify the
person in receipt of military pension
� A letter to verify an acting
agent for receipt of military pension
� A supply notice of military pension
� English version of a letterto verify the person in receipt of military pension
� Receipt for withholding

Webpage for Military Pension Information System

257
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

MND should enable the armed forces to focus on their
original missions and strengthen overall capabilities togarner trust from the nation, guarantee people’sconvenience, and realize government policies actively
to firmly establish an image of the“citizen in uniform.”

Chapter

10

The Armed Forces Serving the People● Section 1 Cultivating an Advanced Barracks Culture● Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights● Section 3 Improvement of Military Service and Administration Systems● Section 4 Respect and Compensation for Veterans● Section 5 Defense Policies Reaching out to the PeopleChapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

Section 1.
Cultivating an Advanced Barracks Culture
The ROK Ministry of National Defense (MND) is establishing a foundation to cultivate astrong military that fights and prevails by creating a barracks culture within the frameworkof stern military discipline. MND will establish a systemic unit management structure
based on a service environment that embraces mutual respect and care, and improve
service conditions to continuously foster an advanced barracks culture. Such efforts will
enable service members to focus on their combat missions and cultivate the military into
an organization beloved and trusted by its citizens.

1. The Need for an Advanced Barracks Culture
An advanced barracks culture is the embodiment of a rational anddemocratic military life through which a foundation to fight and prevail
victorious is built based on respect for human rights and citizen’sconfidence.
Mandatory service members of the younger generation grew up in a social
environment wherein strong individualistic tendencies, creativity, and free
will were the focus. Some of them are easily alienated and frustrated by the
military culture that is the hallmark of supervision and leadership, thereby
considering time served in the military as merely lost years. There exists
some cultural estrangement between our society and the military and suchdifferences in consciousness and culture interferes in establishing a firm
defense posture as well as facilitating social integration. Therefore,

260
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Cultivating an Advanced Barracks Culture1) Results from Satisfaction
Survey (March 2007)
Average
30%

Unsatisfied 4% Verysatisfied
28%

Satisfied38%

Satisfaction of military life
Unsatisfied
5%

Average26%

Very
unsatisfied 1%
Verysatisfied30%

Satisfied 38%

Satisfaction of efforts toimprove military life

2. Improving Barracks Culture
A. Systematized Establishment of Unit Management Systemand Development of an Advanced Leadership
In order to improve barracks culture, it is most important to set conditions
to manage units based on norms and systems as well as foster leadership tolead such efforts.
By establishing the Directive on Management of Units which offers details
on units and its functions, MND will
establish a management system ofunits. The effort will mark an
opportunity to establish a clear standard for service member’s basic rights
and responsibilities, and allow
service regulations to take root
Consulting education for officers
naturally.
MND is undergoing various training to equip officers with a better sense ofleadership. Through candidate training2) starting 2007, it reinforces educationon leadership by specifying qualities and skills for junior officers. In refresher
training,3) it teaches ways to renew mentalities and change counseling2) Candidate Training
An education to cultivate
talents. In the military, military academies and NCO
schools offer such education
to transform civilians into
service members.
3) Refresher Training
A supplementary education
for a certain skill or subject. It
is run by Army/Navy/Air
Force Colleges in order toimprove service members’
duty performance.

261
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10

improvement in barracks culture is not only an essential task for force
generation but also for fostering national defense and the country.
MND identifies and promotes tasks to create an advanced barracks culture
such as developing education to divert officer-first mentality in order toreestablish basic frameworks for barracks culture. The tasks are reinforced
continuously by evaluating its progress annually.
In March 2007, the Ministry surveyed 321 service members from nine unitsof each Service on performance of initiatives to improve barracks culture.
The results showed that 66 percent were satisfied with their military lives,
while 68 percent were satisfied with the improvement efforts.1)

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

methods by reflecting leadership education that befits each echelon and rank
into its curriculum.
The Ministry is offering opportunities for commanding officers below
regiment levels to verify and develop their leadership during their commandperiod by allowing a specialized institute to diagnose, evaluate, and teachleadership. Development of noncommissioned officer (NCO)’s leadershipwill also be promoted with the NCO Comprehensive Development Plan.
B. Guaranteeing Service Members’Basic Rights andImproving Service Conditions(1) Guaranteeing Service Members’Basic Rights
MND is continuously developing organizations and systems to promote
service members’basic rights.
By establishing the Human Rights Division in MND Headquarters inJanuary 2006, MND enabled the division to focus on policies and initiatives
to promote service members’basic rights. Furthermore, in December 2007
the Ministry organized the Human Rights Branch in Service Headquarters tosupervise subsidiary units’guarantee of service members’rights and to
implement plans to promote basic rights.
In January 2008, MND amended the Directive on Education for Basic
Rights of Service Members to reinforce such education further. It also plans
to provide a systemic foundation for service members’basic rights by
establishing the Guideline for Basic Rights of Service Members andPerformance Indexes.
The Ministry runs a system where a counselor specializing in basic rights
consults individual service members. Specifically, the counselor is a civilian
expert in counseling and psychology. They focus on counseling individuals
that have difficulty in adapting to the military service, as well as in advisingcommanding officers on the skills to manage conflicts regarding service
members’basic rights.
The counselor system went through two years of trial testing from 2005 to

262
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Cultivating an Advanced Barracks Culture

Chapter 10

2006, and 42 counselors were employed in 2008. They were stationed inunits that include: 14 front units under 1st and 3rd ROK Army and the Korea
Army Training Center; Operations Command, Fleets, as well as Marine
Corps’Divisions and Education and Training Group for Navy; Operations
Command, Logistics Command, and Education and Training Command for
Air Force. After 2011, the Ministry plans to select 455 counselors to offer
consultation services on basic rights to regiment-level units consultations.
(2) Improving Service Conditions
MND is improving self-discipline in military lives by implementing selfregulating time schedules. It is seeking to establish a military culture where
mandatory servicemen participate voluntarily and are offered opportunities
to regulate one’s own schedule after work hours such as self-improvement
efforts.
In consideration of the environment that the new generation’s mandatory
servicemen grew up in, plans to improve barracks strive for a change from“lodgment”to“residence.”Barrack renovation is underway and coupledwith plans to establish squad-sized bed type rooms by 2012.
The Ministry plans to increase remuneration for service in special areas,salary for the enlisted, and expenses for squad leaders.
C. Guaranteeing Conditions for Self-Improvement
MND fosters an educational environment that allows for continuous selfdevelopment for servicemen while serving. It established Cyber Knowledge
Information Rooms (computer clusters) in barracks as well as structural
conditions to obtain college credits and various licenses while serving in the
military. Furthermore, libraries were built in
newly constructed Battalion-size barracks and400 books were supplied en masse to those inremote locations.
By increasing libraries in the base 4) andcampaigns to donate books, the Ministry
Barrack library☞ Refer to Section 2 ofChapter 9,‘Improving Treatment and Living Conditions’for details on improving
service conditions.

☞ Refer to Item 3, Section 2,
Chapter 7,‘Developing Military Human Resources’for
details on guaranteeing conditions for self-improvement.

4) Library in the Base
Books available in barracks
to promote service members’
sense of emotional well-being
and culture.

263
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

supplied 170,000 and 250,000 books in 2007 and 2008 respectively,
contributing to service members’increased level of sensibilities.
D. Establishing Integrated Accident Prevention System
Accidents that occur in the units not only hamper combat capabilities but
are also the most critical reason for distrust toward the military. MND isarranging a scientific accident prevention measure to reduce accidents. It
plans to achieve this by systematizing scientific accident prevention methods
as well as procedures which reflect the characteristics of the new generation’smandatory servicemen.
(1) Establishment and Use of a Scientific Accident Management
System
MND plans to develop a new, more reliable character evaluation tool andutilize this starting late 2009. It will allow an efficient management of
mandatory servicemen by processing data automatically and by accurately
identifying the mentally ill and the maladjusted through a test that best suits
these new generation mandatory servicemen.
Furthermore, the Ministry is developing a method to diagnose stress in theservice and a scientific education program suited to the Korean military to
prevent suicides. There will be trial tests in late 2008 and the initiatives willthen be offered across the military.
Once the scientific accident management system is set, related data such as
analysis of precedents and examples of prevention efforts will be
accumulated and shared in an integrated way. It will do wonders to prevent
accidents as units of all levels can easily utilize related data and share
information real-time.
(2) Improvement in Handling of Personnel Ineligible for MilitaryService (noneffectives)
MND is devising “countermeasures against enlistment of thoseincompatible to the service”and“early separation measures against the264
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 1 Cultivating an Advanced Barracks Culture

Chapter 10

maladjusted”which can systematically manage such personnel from allphases, from conscription to service.
In the conscription phase, countermeasures against enlistment of thoseincompatible to the service are reinforced.
In the boot training phase, timely
measures are available through“phased
assessment of individual’s compatibility
Education on preventing suicides
with an instructor
to active-duty service”prior to training’scompletion. In the servicing phase, early
separation measures are applied to the maladjusted. Such maladjusted
individuals can be efficiently managed throughout the phases as related data
are automatically shared.
Moreover, efforts will be made to establish/amend related statutes totransfer maladjusted mandatory servicemen into a replacement5) or second
conscription6) personnel.

5) Replacement Status
Those judged to be fit for
active duty, but excluded
from active duty or havebeen assigned to mandatory
public service because of
supply and demand circumstances for personnel.
6) Second Eligible Conscription Status
Those who have been
determined to be able toperform military support
service under wartime labor
service mobilization, even if
they are found not to be fit
to perform active duty or
replacement through physical examination for conscription.

265
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

Section 2. Enhancing Public Benefits andProtecting Public Rights

The ROK military is putting forth its efforts to go hand in hand with the people in areasthat require military support, while remaining vigilant at all times in defending the nation.
It strives to defend with the people through efficient management of military
installations and easing of regulations, eco-friendly management of forces, active support
activities to assist civilians, and high-quality handling of civil petitions.

1. Management of Military Installations in Consideration of Local Development
MND manages military installations to assure military operations, efficiently
use land, and promote increased benefits for people’s lives.
A. Readjustments of Land Used by the Military
Based on protection of people’s property rights and a law abiding defense
effort, MND is readjusting land used by the military. Land unavoidably used
for operational purposes without the owner’s consent is continuouslycompensated for.
The military actively accepts if an owner wishes to trade his property for
military’s idle land. Private land that needs to be continuously used by the
military is obtained in accordance with the Act on Acquisition andCompensation regarding Land and etc., for Public Projects. The Ministryobtained 172.07 million ㎡ of land and paid out compensation by investing

266
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights

Chapter 10586.8 billion KRW between 1983 and 2007. Status of private land
readjustments is shown in Figure 10-1.
Figure 10-1. Status of Readjustments on Land Used by the Military
Total: 199.65 million ㎡/KRW 775.4 billion

After 200926.77 million ㎡/KRW 163.2 billion

2008
810,000 ㎡/KRW 25.4 billion

Completed (1983-2007)172.07 million ㎡/KRW 586.8 billion

The military returns private land that requires no further military use andfollows lawful process such as receiving owner’s prior consent for land that
requires urgent operational use.
MND also reinforced related systems by establishing the Directive on the
Acquisition of State Property such as the Approval of Execution Plan of
Defense and Military Installations Projects, etc. in June 2008.
B. Promoting Relocation of Military Installations
MND has been planning to relocate military installations since 1966, and isconsidering a balanced city development, efficient use of land, andmodernization of military installations as long as they do not interfere withmilitary operations.
Demand for unit relocation is increasing as downtowns expand. On theother hand, relocations are sometimes delayed due to protests from locals of
new locations, and delays in land sale sometimes make it difficult to secure
relocation costs. The Ministry completed relocation of 79 units by investing
1743.4 billion KRW between 1998 and 2007. In 2008, it promoted relocationof 26 units by investing 302.1 billion KRW, and completed four of them. It

267
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10plans to promote relocation projects in line with military installation
repositioning efforts.
Table 10-1. Details on Relocation of Military Installations (1998-2008)

7) Civilian Access Control
Line (CACL)
A line designated by the
Minister of National Defense
to control civilians’accessfor operational reasons inareas adjacent to the MDL
that require high-level militaryactivities.
8) Restricted Protection
Zone
Areas within military bases
and installations protection
zone adjacent to MDL that
require high-level militaryactivities and areas that
require preservation offunctions for important military bases and installations.

Area

Total

Seoul

Relocated
Units

83

12

Gang- Gyeong- Chung- Gyeong- Gyeong- Jeoncheong buk
nam
nam
won
gi
17

12

6

10

19

Jeonbuk

6

1

C. Alleviating Regulations on Military Installation Protection ZoneMND is modifying its military installation protection zone and its regulationof conduct to the extent that it does not hinder military operations.
The Ministry established the Protection of Military Bases and Military
Installations Act in December 2007. The Act, which was implemented in
September 2008, was a composition of the Protection of Military Installations
Act, the Naval Bases Act, and the Military Air Bases Act. The law focuses onprotecting people’s property rights and minimizing their administrativeinconveniences, and contains information related to easing regulations
regarding military installation protection zones and simplifying various
procedures.
The military installation protection zone was amended as follows.
First, it reduced civilian access control line (CACL)7) (restricted protectionzone) from 15km to 10km of the military demarcation line (MDL).
Figure 10-2. Modifications of Restricted Protection Zone
MDL
Civilian AccessControl Line

Restricted Protection Zone
(within 15km)
Limited Protection Zone (within 10km)

Restricted Protection Zone (within 10km)
25km⇒

Limited Protection Zone
(within 15km)

Furthermore, it reduced the size of the protection zone for military bases
and installations in areas 25km away from the MDL. Furthermore, the“restricted protection zone”8) was reduced from 500m to within 300m, while

268
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights

Figure 10-3. Modifications on the Protection Zone 25km Outside of the MDL

1,000m
500m

Base Facility⇒

Restricted Protection Zone

500m
300m

9) Limited Protection Zone
Areas within military bases
and installations protection
zone necessary for smooth
conduct of military operations and areas that require
protection of military bases
and installations or safety of
local residents.

Limited Protection Zone

Such measures thereby relieved or eased a total area of 450 million ㎡ (154times the size of Yeouido) in 58 areas from a protection zone, thus allowing
further protection of people’s property rights.
Specifically, an area of 210 million ㎡ (72 times the size of Yeouido) in 38
areas including Seoul, Incheon, Gyeonggi, Gangwon were decategorizedfrom being a military installation protection zone, thereby granting unbridleddiscretions for new construction or expansion efforts. Areas removed fromthe“restricted protection zone”to the“limited protection zone”include 240
million ㎡ (82 times the size of Yeouido) in 20 areas including Seoul,
Gyeonggi, Gangwon, and Chungnam. Residents of these areas can build
buildings under three stories high within the span of 200㎡ without
consultation from the military.
Along with measures to relieve areas from protection, 11 million ㎡ in ten
areas including Gapyeong, Gyeonggi and Yuseong, Daejeon were newly
selected as military installation protection zones. The areas are required for
operational purposes as they include places within the boundaries ofDivision or above units as well as land used by the military for ammunition
storage. A rough outline on modification of military installation protection
zone is shown in Figure 10-4.

269
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10

the“limited protection zone”9) was reduced from 1,000m to within 500m.

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

Figure 10-4. A Map Indicating Relieving/Modification/Designation of Military
Installations Protection Zone
■ Relieving of protection zones

Military Demarcation Line→

Legend ▲ Modification of protection zones■ Designation of protection zones

Restricted Protection Zone

(Unit: 10,000㎡)▲ Goseong

Relieving Modification Designation
6,940
595
190

Cheorwon ▲GalmalPaju ▲■ Uijeongbu

Incheon ■53

22,11028

Gapyeong ▲■■Namyangju ■Yangpyeong■

Seoul
Modification
1,055

Yangyang ■Relieving Modification Designation
Chuncheon ▲Seoul ▲■
IncheonInje ▲

GangwonPocheon ■Yangju ■Gimpo ■
Goyang ■Relieving
6,778

Civilian Access Control Line
Hwacheon ▲Yanggu ▲Limited Protection Zone

Yeoncheon ▲Ganghwa ▲■→Gyeonggi

Relieving
434

Other Areas
Modification
114

Wonju ■

Relieving Modification Designation
7,087

247

897

Yongin ▲■Along with a modified military installation protection zone, the law enacted
in September 2008 reinforces citizen’s exercise of property rights.
In the past, all construction and expansion efforts on buildings or
structures in“restricted protection zone”were prohibited. However, except
for construction of new housing, it is now possible to receive permission if
agreement can be reached with the units of jurisdiction. In addition, MND
established the“request for land purchase system.”If an owner wishes tosell land with a considerably diminished utility or land impossible for usage
and generation of profits, the military can purchase it within the boundaries
of available budget.
As a subsequent measure to law amendment, the Ministry established theenforcement ordinance and regulation in September 2008, and further eased
restrictions. Details include simplifying access to the“restricted protectionzone”; abrogating a rule that requires prior consultation with military units
for small-scale construction efforts that needs be declared under the current

270
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights

Chapter 10

Building Act; offering information on areas appointed as protected zones via
the Land Use Regulation Information Service (LURIS); and improving ways tolabel and set stone posts in protected zones.
The Ministry will continuously ease regulation--such as expanding
entrustment of coordinated projects to local governments--to resolve citizen’sinconveniences and enhance their benefits.
D. Reducing Local Residents’Inconveniences by Improving the
Fences
MND seeks to alleviate citizen’s inconveniences while establishing ascientific patrol system by progressively improving iron fencing along coastal
and riverside areas.
While maintaining iron fencing in certain areas for security reasons, theMinistry is removing fences in less-vulnerable areas such as beach resorts. It
plans to introduce scientific surveillance equipment to supplement suchmeasures and uphold vigilance.
The project to improve iron fencing is divided into phases. For phase 1,
the military removed 21.1km of fence in 54 areas along the East Coast in
2007. For phase 2, it is removing 43.2km of them in 40 areas, to becompleted by 2009.

2. Eco-Friendly Military Management
The environment is an important determinant for quality of life. Nations
around the world, including the Republic of Korea, are striving forsustainable development wherein a balance can be struck between theeconomy and society and the environment.
In wake of such changes, the Ministry is exerting various efforts to manage
the military in an eco-friendly way.

271
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

A. Development of Military Environment Management System
MND is handling military environment issues efficiently by establishing amutual support and coordinating system between the military and thegovernment. As of 1998, the Central Government-Military Environmental
Consultative Committee (GMECC) between MND and the Ministry ofEnvironment, and Local GMECC between regional unit commanders andlocal government office for environment have been held biannually.

Training early measures on environment polluting
accidents

Practical training during a traveling militaryeducation on environment

MND is reinforcing expertise of those specialized in environment-related
fields by improving relevant organizations and developing training andeducation systems.
First, it is securing expert talent by establishing criteria for environment
managing organizations, which reflects characteristics of each Service andsubsidiary units. In June 2007, it established two battalion-level units
specialized in environmental issues to support early action on pollutionrelated accidents and purification projects for USFK bases returned to ROK.
In addition, it is developing and operating various education programs toimbue individual service members with an eco-friendly mindset. It is also
reinforcing specialized environment-related education as well as militaryenvironment education tours through Service schools.
B. Expanding Projects to Prevent Environmental Pollution
Units of each level are conducting themselves in an eco-friendly way by
installing pollution preventing facilities as designated by environment-related
statutes and by upgrading old equipments currently under operation.

272
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights

Chapter 10

As of late 2007, 3,716 water pollution preventing facilities has been
installed and operated in respective units. Units placed within thegeographical boundaries of sewage treating areas of local governments aresafely handling waste by connecting its pipeline to public sewage disposal
plants. Units also heightened measures to prevent water pollution bydelegating management and operation of wastewater treatment facilities of
military bases to companies with specialized skills.
Furthermore, units installed automatic oil leak detectors and oil-preventing
bumps to prevent oil-related pollutions. They are also preventing
underground oil leaks by placing oil pipelines above ground. By periodicallysampling the pollution level around oil storage facilities, units enable swift
purification efforts whenever ground pollution has been detected.
With modification of the Sewerage Act in September 2007, the standard
level of water quality allowed to be discharged by wastewater treatment
facilities for military bases became more stringent. In response to suchchanges, the Ministry plans to reflect the budget necessary to improvemilitary environmental facilities into the Mid-term Defense Plan andprogressively improve it. Status on efforts to secure and improve military
basic environmental facilities is shown in Table 10-2.
Table 10-2. Status on Efforts to Secure and Improve Basic Military Environmental
Facilities(Unit: establishments)

Total

8,429

5,408

2008 2009-2013
Percent plan Mid-term plan
64
698
2,323

Water pollution
preventing facility

4,784

3,716

78

416

652

Soil pollution
preventing facility

3,334

1,472

44

282

1,580

Air, Noise,incineration facility

311

220

71

0

91

Classification

SecureTotal
requirement

2007

273
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

Total
requirement

Total

1,149

119

2008 2009-2013
Percent plan Mid-term plan
10
94
936

Reinforce waterpollution
preventing facility

863

0

0

40

823

Purify soil pollution

164

70

43

30

64

Renovatehazardous
facilities

122

49

40

24

49

Classification

Improve

2007

MND is reinforcing management of military waste disposal and its
recycling efforts. Daily trash, if possible, is handled via entrustment to local
authorities, while those that cannot be treated are sent to military incinerators.
Designated refuse and construction waste that can worsen pollution such as
rejected oil and acids are handled by companies that specialize in waste
disposal. Status of military waste disposal in 2007 is shown in Table 10-3.
Table 10-3. Status of Military Waste Treatment in 2007

(Unit: ton)

Disposal
Classification

AmountThrough
entrustment

RecycleMilitary
disposal

Total

360,456

305,905

52,6401,911

Household trash

90,09370,52918,3391,225

Food waste

35,3293,802

30,841

686

Designatedwaste

11,848

9,047

2,801

-

Construction
waste

223,186

222,527659-

C. Civil Support to Protect Nature
The ROK military actively supports national policies regarding preservationof environment to an extent that it does not impede its primary missions.
Examples of such activities include: each unit taking care of one mountainand one river; national land cleansing campaigns; supporting efforts to purify

274
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights

Chapter 10

the Han River; supporting efforts to purify
remote islands; and supporting waste
retrieval in flooded areas. Every year, 1.5
million service members retrieve around12,000 tons of trash.
Special Forces retrieving
underwater waste

Table 10-4. Status of Nature Purifying Efforts

Classification

Civil/Government/
Military Cooperative Support

Nature Purification
Number of
Times

Personnel

Waste
Number of
Retrieved (ton)
Times

2006

9,013

1,382,798

13,057862

100,704

2007

9,093

1,641,214

11,8571,530

157,228

Personnel

To note, in late 2007 when the nation’sworst oil spill occurred in Taean region
along the West Sea, 160,000 service
members were sent to undertake recovery
efforts.
Oil clearing effort in Taean
coastal area

Table 10-5. Status on Support for Clearing of Taean Oil-Spill Site
Time Period

TroopsEquipment

Waste Material (ton)December 7, 2007May 30, 2008

164,503

2,297

6,513

A yearly average of over 50,000 service members participate in activities topreserve the ecosystem by feeding wild animals during the wintertime andretrieving poaching tools such as snares and traps.

275
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

Table 10-6. Results from Nature-Conservation Efforts
Items Retrieved
Snare/Traps

Bottles for
Agriculture
ChemicalsSnake Nets (m)

2006

3,062

748

3,175

177

2007

3,556

1,263

4,564

350

Classification

Feeding (ton)D. Measures against Noise from Airfields and Shooting
RangesSeveral civil petitions, lawsuits, and conflicts occur annually in relation tonoise from military facilities.
MND is establishing and promoting measures to reduce the noise-level inorder to guarantee appropriate conditions for military training while
minimizing noise-related damages to locals residing near airfields andshooting ranges. Exerted efforts include setting flight routes and altitudes inconsideration of densely populated areas nearby and construction of 13 hush
houses to minimize noise during aircraft maintenance.
In order to fundamentally resolve the noise issue, the Ministry is seeking toestablish the Special Act on Military Noise. It has been examining noiselevels in airfields and ranges and it derived the required budget as well as
assessment on effects of noise by using research agencies in 2007.
E. Management of Environment in Returned USFK BasesUSFK bases are being returned in accordance with the ROK-U.S. Land
Partnership Plan (LPP), the Yongsan Relocation Plan (YRP), and the Status ofForces Agreement (SOFA). From the target of 80 bases up for return, 40 havebeen handed over by 2008. From the pool of returned bases, 18 wereenvironmentally sound while the remaining 22 were determined to require
purification projects in accordance with domestic environment-related
statutes.
Returned USFK bases are passed down to local governments afternecessary measures are taken. The Ministry’s measures include: examining

276
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights

Chapter 10

facilities inside the returned bases; establishing returned base management
plan and reporting it to the National Assembly; undertaking environment
purification projects; and tearing down facilities and determining whether
there are assets to be utilized.
When removal of facilities and environment purification are completed
after these measures, it would hand the bases over to the appropriate
authorities.
The Ministry plans to openly and transparently promote environment
purification projects on returned USFK bases in coordination with related
local governments.

3. Reinforcing Disaster Management and Support
System
A. Prevention of Disasters and Establishing Readiness
PostureThere has been a recent increase in natural disasters such as typhoons,floods, and snowstorms as well as accidents such as wildfire, epidemics, andoil leaks. The trend nowadays has been for damages from such disasters to
be more massive than ever, thus increasing demands for military support fordisaster prevention and recovery efforts.
As the nation’s military working under a comprehensive notion of national
security, MND undertakes policies to actively support efforts when national
disasters erupt as long as it does not interfere with its basic duties.

Training for extinguishing wildfire

Training for extinguishing fire on cultural assets

277
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

First, it is solidifying an inter-agency cooperation system. In August 2005, it
signed an agreement on disaster cooperation with the Central Disaster Safety
Measures Headquarters. In November 2007, it agreed on detailed procedures
among 197 units and 248 local governments by pre-assigning supporting
units to local entities. In December 2007, it signed an agreement with the
Ministry of Land, Transport, and Maritime Affairs (MLTM) and Korea Coast
Guard regarding search and rescue coordination for aircraft accidents.
Second, it is modifying and applying regulations and manuals for disastermanagement. In January 2007, a mission handbook for defense disastermanagement was published and distributed to inter-departments and agencies.
In August, it established a command manual for each of the five major disastertypes such as typhoons, heavy snowfalls, and torrential downpours inconnection with the government’s standard manual for crisis management.
Third, it is reinforcing education on disaster management and support. It
offers education through specialized agencies from within and outside themilitary as well as lecturing tours to improve proficiency in damage recovery,
and participates in the Safe Korea Exercise (SKE). In addition, it offers
disaster countermeasures staff meeting, lectures by experts, and seminars tocommanding officers, service members, and disaster-related officials from alllevels.
Fourth, it is improving infrastructure for disaster management. It enabled
the MND Disaster Management Information System (DMIS) to use
information on technical personnel on alternative service by adding it into
the database. Furthermore, by modifying the Army Disaster Management
Information System, it sends out real-time disaster reports and efficiently
manages disasters.
MND has determined the standard amount of equipment and materielnecessary by considering disaster types and unit characteristics, and also
secured and managed them through coordination with local entities.
However, efficient rescue and support missions are limited since it is difficult
to secure budgets for disaster-support equipment, calling for further
coordination between the Ministry and local entities.

278
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights

Chapter 10

B. Promoting Emergency Rescue and Restoration Support
MND maintains a disaster readiness posture to swiftly undertake
emergency rescue support by operating 35 search and rescue units and 210
disaster countermeasure centers. Procedures for disaster support are shownin Figure 10-5.
Figure 10-5. Procedures for Support Activities in Cases of Disaster•MND Disaster
Countermeasures HQ•Search & Rescue HQ(ROK JCS)•Central Disaster Safety
Measures HQ•Central Emergency
Rescue Control Team

RequestSupport•Disaster Safety Measures HQ
for Each Service•Operation units, nearest units[Action first, then report in emergencies]

Dispatch Units/
Support[Manpower,
equipment]

Dispatch First,
then Report inEmergencies•Regional Disaster
Countermeasures HQ•Regional Emergency
Rescue Control Team

Receive
ReportEmergency
Rescue Activities
in Support ofDisasters
ReportDisaster Occurs
Supporting to the nearest units → Securing support of the military (nat’l)

Oil clearing effort in Taean coastal area

Major disaster recovery support activities conducted domestically andinternationally to date are as follows: recovery efforts for damages inflictedby Typhoon Maggie and the Tsunami in South Asia in 2004; damage
recovery from a wildfire in Yeongdong area and heavy snowfall in Honam

279
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

region in 2005; damage recovery from a landslide in the Philippines and anearthquake in Indonesia in 2006; recovery efforts for damages inflicted by
Typhoon Nari, and clearing the oil leak in Taean in 2007; and preventative as
well as burying efforts in response to the avian influenza and recovery efforts
for the Sichuan earthquake in China in 2008. Supportive efforts for disasterrecoveries for the past five years are shown in Table 10-7.
Table 10-7. Results of Disaster Recovery Support for Last Five Years(December 2008)

Support

Recovery performance

Classifi- Troops Equip- Pers. Resi- Farm- Road/ Green Quaracation (1000) ment Rescue dence land Dike house/ ntine/Dis(pcs.) (pers.) Org. (ha) (km) Stable infection(bldg.)(bldg.) (ha)Others

2004

232

5,054

2

662

59

27,341

1·Supporting Military Technicians:
2,992 (subway,rail)

2005

214

5,590

10

1,182 3,980 2,192

9,737

25

·Removing
Sand/Waste:
14,428 tons

3,934

·Pine Tree
Fumigation/
Removal: 4,777
170·Foreign Disaster
Relief Airlift:
twice, 14.5 tons

2006

337 13,833

1

2,019

296

245

395

2007

182

2,607

182

4,296

945

7

4,252

53

2008

189

3,231

11

295

7

5

86

74

Total

1,154 30,315 206·Salvages Fishing
Boats: 16·Extinguishing
Wildfire: 26.4ha

8,454 5,473 2,658 45,350 323* Others in 2008
·Removing Sand/Waste: 4,119 tons/8,608 tons
·Medical Support: 107, Cargo Transportation: 8,907·Burying Support for AI: 1.89million, Supporting Earthquake in China: 26.6 tons

280
Defense White Paper 2008*

Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights

Chapter 10

Burying support for avian
influenza (April 2008)

Relief support for landslides in the Philippines(March 2006)

C. Direction of Defense Disaster Management
MND is reinforcing specialized education and practical training to prevent
disasters and to respond to disasters in ways of recovery efforts uponoccurrence.
It plans to improve its ability to manage disasters by expanding each
Service’s organization and staff specialized in disaster management every
year and by assigning rescue units that focus on special disasters and islands.
Moreover, by actively participating in large-scale disasters in foreigncountries, the Ministry seeks to improve the ROK’s status in the global
community.

4. Reinforcing Civil Support Activities
Typically, MND offers active civil support by leveraging available
personnel, equipment, and skills to places that require military assistance aslong as it does not interfere with MND’s everyday duties.
During the farming season, the Ministry supports manpower for rice
planting and reaping in rural areas where sowing and harvesting are limited
due to scarcity of labor. It also upgrades agricultural infrastructure related tostructural changes in rural communities by maintaining waterways andimproving rivers. It offers technical support as well, by organizing a“farmmachine repair patrol service team,”which makes rounds to areas without
service centers to repair farming equipment.

281
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10
Repairing waterways in fields

Rice-planting activities

As part of a love the rural community
campaign, the Ministry signed a One
Company and One Village Campaign andprovides assistance in farm work such as
harvesting potatoes and apples. It also
contributes to improvement in national
Supporting patrol duties near schools
health by periodically conducting free
medical treatment and quarantine efforts in areas with weaker medical
services. Status of volunteer efforts to help with farm work is shown in Table
10-8.
Table 10-8. Status of Volunteer Effort to Help Farm Work
Major Support Activities
MedicalClassifi- Volunteers Support Harvesting
Farm
Waterway Quarantine
cation (person) Equipment Support
Machine(pieces)
Repair (km) and Others(information) Repair(units)(person)2003

575,141

7,672

28,1937,659

450

12,201

2004

357,557

6,547

9,062

6,413

153

4,149

2005

155,466

2,556

2,484

2,365

76

8,083

2006

146,794

3,089

4,711

7,278

176

6,050

2007

180,103

2,800

1,880

4,491

820

6,820

2008

70,381953

18,607

1,456

22

4,896

Total

1,485,442

23,61764,937

29,662

1,697

42,199282
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 2 Enhancing Public Benefits and Protecting Public Rights

In 2006, MND introduced its vision to achieve an advanced defense civil
petitions administration, and focused on providing high-quality civil petitionrelated services.
In January 2007, by modifying the Directive on MND Civil Petitions
Treatment, it increased the number of subjects applicable for“File From
Anywhere”service10) to fifteen. In February, it published the Guidebook for
MND Civil Petitions Process by reinforcing the existing Manual for MND Civil
Petitions to promote people’s understanding of defense civil affairs.
Furthermore, it introduced a service system to provide unit phone numbers
and upgraded conditions for the MND Civil Petitions Office in order toimprove overall satisfaction on civil petitions-related services.

(1) Provide Comprehensive Information Service on Military
Telephone Numbers
Military units by nature are relatively difficult to access for the average
civilian. In fact, unit telephone numbers were only available through the
MND or Service HQs’civil petitions offices. It was especially difficult andinconvenient to get numbers during after-hours, holidays, or during thenighttime. To accommodate such difficulties, the Ministry established a onestop service system in May 2007 to provide guidance on unit telephone
numbers. It allowed a caller to be informed of military unit phone numbers
by calling a single 8-digit number (1577-9090) from anywhere across thecountry at any hour of the day. By knowing just the unit names, civilians can
now receive numbers for Battalion or above units and even get connected
directly through this service.
The service is earning wide reception from the people as over 20,000 uses
were recorded just three months after its initiation.

10)“File From Anywhere”
Civil Petitions Service
System
A system that allows aperson to visit the closest
administrative office and filecivil petitions which are thenhandled via coordination
between offices, and theresulting document can bereceived by the person at an
office that best suits him.

How to Use
Comprehensive
Information Service
on Military
Telephone Numbers

Dial 1577-9090
No service charge

Press ① for Army Units, ②
for Navy or Marine Corps
Units, ③ for Air Force Units,④ for other agencies, and⑤ for civil petitions

Press“#”after the unit
numberEx) For 5697 Unit, press⑤⑥⑨⑦ then“#”For the 35th Division,press ③⑤ then“#”

ARS guides to unit phone
numbers- Press“ ”to repeat- For direct connection,press ①
※ If user does not know
unit information, then it willconnect him/her to each
Service HQ switchboard
operators.

283
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10

5. Improving Civil Petitions Work

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10(2) Improving Conditions of MND Civil Petitions Office
The Ministry significantly upgradedinternal and external conditions of its Civil
Petitions Office in September 2007 in orderto provide people with a more pleasantenvironment.
It increased convenience facilities for
MND Civil Petitions Officepeople including two counseling rooms
made available by reshuffling office areas,
restrooms for the handicapped, and large television sets. By improving theonce rigid, dark atmosphere into a brighter, more comfortable one, it
enabled people to comfortably and pleasantly receive civil petitions-related
services.

284
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Improvement of Military Service and Administration Systems

Chapter 10

Section 3. Improvement of Military Service
and Administration Systems

MND is improving the military service system in order to upgrade the military’s combat
capabilities and promote equality in fulfilling conscription duties. Major areas for
improvement are: reducing the service period; introducing the extended service system;
improving the Alternative Service System; and introducing the civilian service system.
Furthermore, the Ministry is ensuring transparency and fairness in the conscription
decision process; setting efficient management systems for conscription resources;
running a conscriptee-based system; and expanding the internet-based civil petitions
system in order to establish an advanced conscription infrastructure.

1. Improving Military Service System
A. Reducing Service Period for the Enlisted
MND is gradually reducing the service period to relieve citizens’burdens
and allow more people to fulfill their obligations by assigning service duties
fairly.
Such policy was derived after a comprehensive review of mid and longterm prospects for conscription resources as well as military reforms, under
the premise that current military capacities will be maintained. Service time
will be gradually reduced by six months over the course of eight years andtwo months from January 2008 to February 2016. Methods to shorten
conscription duties and its reduced period are shown in Figure 10-6.

285
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

Figure 10-6. Methods to Shorten Conscription Duties and Its Reduced Period

Takes 8 years and 2 months
Enlist in January 2006

Enlist in July 2014
(reduce 1 day every 2 weeks)(reduce 1 day every 3 weeks)

Discharge in January 2008
’
05

’
06

’
07

’
08

’
09

’
10

Discharge in February 2016
’
11

’
12

’
13

’
14

’
15

’
16

’
17

’
18

The six month reduction in service period applies not only to active-duty
mandatory servicemen in Army/Navy/Air Force, but also to full-time
reservists, riot police, security personnel in correctional facilities, andconscripted firemen. Period reduced for various services are shown in Table
10-9.
Table 10-9. Period reduced for various services11) Extended Service
System
A system that allows volunteers to be paid to serve foran extended period after
their service. The systemseeks to secure thoseexpert servicemen adroit incombat and skills who will
be difficult to retain once themilitary service time has been
reduced and advancedequipment operating servicemen who will be needed
once high-tech equipment
are adopted following Defense Reforms.

Applied to:Current

After Reduction

Army, Marine Corps, Auxiliary Police,
Security personnel in correctional facilities,
full-time reservists

24 months

18 months

Navy, Coastal Police, Conscripted Firemen

26 months

20 months

Air Force

27 months

21 months

Furthermore, service period for some public service personnel will be
reduced by four months, from 26 to 22 months, to be treated fair with theactive-duty personnel. The recipients of such reduction will be administrative
government office staffs who perform security, monitoring, protection,
service, or administrative duties at national agencies, local governments,
public organizations, and community service facilities.
B. Introducing Extended Service System11)
Reducing the service period promotes equality in fulfilling military service
duties and relieves citizen’s burdens. There are still concerns, however, that

286
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Improvement of Military Service and Administration Systems

Chapter 10

it can cause reduction in military capacities
due to rapid turnover rate of service
members and lack of expert servicemen.
The Ministry, in order to prevent deterioration of military capacities and efficiently
use national human resources, implementCommissioning of Staff Sergeants
ed the extended service system in January
through extended service system(January 2008)
2008.
The basic policy guiding the extended
service system is the following. First, they are paid and managed the same as
the enlisted during their conscription period. Second, they are promoted tostaff sergeants and receive treatment due a noncommissioned officer (NCO)
during their remainder time in consideration of their proficiency andexpertise.
Extended service system is divided into combat and skills expert
servicemen and advanced-equipment operating servicemen.
Table 10-10. Extended Service System per TypeClassifi- SelectedcationbyType Ⅰ

Service
ChiefsType Ⅱ

Chief of
MMA

ServiceTime

Service Area

6-18 months Combat skills relatedof additional posts (Squad leader,
service
Radar, etc.)
3 years

SalaryKRW 1.2 million permonth

Posts related to
KRW 1.2 million per monthadvanced-equipment* Subsidy payments(Next tanks, KDX-Ⅲ, etc.)
not included* MMA: Ministry of Manpower Administration

Combat and skill expert servicemen (type I) are selected from experienced
servicemen and serve as staff sergeants once they complete theirconscriptions. Advanced-equipment operating servicemen (type II) areselected from civilian volunteers prior to their conscription fulfillments andserve for three years. They serve as servicemen during their conscription
period and as staff sergeants for the remaining years.

287
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

The extended service system is an essential system to transform the military
into an advanced, technology-intensive structure. It will be reinforced andimproved through trial tests from 2008 to 2009 and will employ 40,000
servicemen by 2020.
12) Alternative Service
System
A system to efficiently use
surplus human resources
after supplementing activeduty service positions,whereby national duties
comparable to military
service are imposed.

C. Improving Alternative Service System12)
Although the alternative service system
contributed to development of national
industries and provided general services tothe people, it incurred problems in termsof conscription fairness as well as efficiency
in use of human resources. In recognition,
the Ministry has been continually improvOn-site education for public
service personnel
ing its alternative service system.
Among public interest duties, theMinistry gradually reduced simple administrative office work and expandedtasks in the social service areas. By implementing the non consecutive
system, it allowed public service personnel to defer service to treat illness or
support household affairs and return to serve his remaining years. It also
allowed public service personnel to serve as a skilled industrial personnel if it
was his desire to be employed in order to support his household.
The minimum service time required in transferring posts for technicalresearch personnel serving in military-designated institutions such as national
research institutes and university/corporate research centers has been
reduced from two years to 18 months and their options for institutions havewidened in order to promote efficiency in HR management.
Moreover, the policy of allowing the most appropriate personnel, i.e.
skilled industrial personnel, to be leveraged in leading corporations has
contributed to an improved national industrial competitiveness.

288
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Improvement of Military Service and Administration Systems

Chapter 10

D. Implementing Civilian Service System
In order to reinforce problems in the alternative service system andrespond to increasing demand for community service, MND established aplan in July 2007 to improve the military service system which includes thecivilian service system.13) Its details are shown below.
First, promote equality in the system by modifying current conscription
standards to impose civilian service to individuals who are exempted from
active-duty but are capable of social activities with partial limitations.
Second, promote efficiency in use of human resources by modifying public
service personnel’s areas of service and committing them to work in areas
where the community needs help but is unable to supply sufficient
manpower, such as providing assistance to the disabled or the elderly.
Third, reinforce civilian service personnel’s sense of responsibility andexpertise by offering education on basic knowledge and duties. Basicknowledge education was conducted for 5,000 personnel in 2007. The
Ministry provided such education services by establishing an education
center for civilian service personnel in six major areas across the nation anddeveloped re-education programs for servicemen regarded as not having
totally fulfilled their duties. It also protects civilian service personnel’s rights
and interests, while preventing incomplete task fulfillment by establishing 19
Service Management Centers nationally, organizing frequent visits by civilian
service supervisors, and offering individual consultations.
Fourth, gradually reduce and abolish the secondment service system14)(i.e. auxiliary police, government issued fire fighter, etc.) and the alternative
service system (i.e. skilled industrial personnel, etc.). MND will reduce thenumber of personnel in secondment service by 20 percent each year until
2011 and will abolish this system in 2012. However, the number of auxiliary
police will remain at its 2009-level during 2010 to 2011 in order to maintaincapacities for public order and will then be shut down in 2012. Amongskilled industrial personnel, 4,500 will be assigned to active-duty services
until 2011 while its reservist duty personnel will be reduced every year by 20
percent until it is shut down in 2012. Furthermore, it will minimize

13) Civilian Service System
A system to achieve fulfillment of military service
duties with no exceptions. It
declares that all who iscapable of social activities
must fulfill their conscription
duties and that thoseexempted from active-duty
services must perform
community services instead.
※ Civilian Service: Services
provided by the society to
improve the individual andcommunity’s welfare andthe overall quality of life. It
includes social welfare,public health, education,
cultural arts, and environmental safety services.

14) Secondment Service
System
A system that converts
service members into anotherstatus by having active-duty
mandatory servicemen toserve as auxiliary police,
government issued firefighters, security personnel
in correctional facilities, etc.

289
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

accusations of special treatment by overhauling standards regarding
assignment of fine arts and sports personnel.

2. Improving Administration of Conscription Affairs
MND is increasing its accuracy in grading physical examinations bysecuring high-tech equipment and a scientific precision system. It undertakes
a transparent examination and decision-making process by expanding theparticipation of outside civilian staffs.
By expanding a system that embraces individual choice, the Ministry seeks
to improve self-regulation in conscription duties and increase satisfaction in
civil petitions-related services.

15) Noblesse Oblige
A higher level moral obligation required from highranking officials.

A. Improving Equality and Fairness in Assigning Military
Duties
MND is improving the accuracy ofphysical examinations for conscription byincreasing high-tech medical equipment
and personnel. Blood cell tests are
conducted on all examinees and AIDS tests
are handled by all local Military Manpower
Illness examination
Administration Offices. Rare, obstinate
illnesses that cannot be examined by theseoffices are entrusted to specializing civilian hospitals. Moreover, transparency
in the conscription process is promoted by increasing the participation ofoutside staff such as those from civil organizations in the examination
process.
The Ministry is undergoing research to embody noblesse oblige15) in order
to ratchet up higher-ranking class’fulfillment of conscription duties. It plans
to promote statutes to specially manage their fulfillment of duties based on
results from research and public hearings.

290
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 3 Improvement of Military Service and Administration Systems

Chapter 10

B. Modifying Related Laws
MND has reinforced related statutes in order to encourage self-regulated
duty fulfillment and proper military culture. It has amended the MilitaryService Act four times since March 2006. Through such efforts, it establishedfoundations for the following: Introducing a system for public interest
veterinarians to undertake livestock quarantine tasks (March 2006);
abrogating the requirement for permission to travel overseas for those 24 orunder yet to have fulfilled their conscription duties (September 2006);
introducing doctors and clinical psychologists specializing in physicalexaminations in order to increase credibility of its grading decisions (October2006); implementing the extended service system in order to attract andsecure talented human resources (July 2007).
In December 2007, the Ministry amended the Enforcement Decree of theMilitary Service Act. By decreasing the number of individuals from the artsand sporting sectors recommended for public interest duties, the Ministry
narrowed the ground for exemption from active or reservist duty services.
In October 2007, by modifying the Enforcement Rule of the Military Service
Act it increased people’s convenience in civil petitions by exempting themfrom submitting technical certificate documents while allowing exchanges
directly via an administrative network.
C. Improving Convenience for Service Members Doing
Duties
MND assures self-regulation in conscription duties by implementing a system
where an individual can choose theirenlistment dates and report sites. It plans
to stabilize the trend by increasing
individual choice to reach over 60 percent,Enlistment
in order to cultivate a sense of autonomy
in service fulfillment.

291
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

Table 10-11. Status of Self-Selected Enlistment Dates and Report Sites(Unit: Person)16) ISO 10002
A certification provided by
the International Organizationfor Standardization (ISO) after
evaluations of administrativeand public agencies on theirsystematic management
system for client-satisfaction
as well as the quality ofservices provided.

Classification

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Those
Enlisting

194,890

168,401

163,248

150,768

142,565

142,756

135,909

SelfSelected

49,26860,00070,41169,80081,076

83,273

83,695Percent

25.3

35.6

43.1

46.3

56.9

58.3

61.6

Starting 2006, the Ministry has been running acivil petitions online system. The system enabled
all tasks to be filed online and referenced in realtime for its reception and handling. Final results
can be notified via text messages or e-mails. It isalso operating an integrated Voice of Customer’s
System which provides customized service forclients by integrating, analyzing, and returning
International certificate for
their demands on administrative issues.
customer-satisfaction
management system
With such accomplishments, the Ministry
received international certificate for customer-satisfaction management
system for the first time for a government agency and obtained ISO 1000216)
certificate in August 2008.

292
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 4 Respect and Compensation for Veterans

Chapter 10

Section 4.
Respect and Compensation for Veterans
The government seeks to systematize compensation for sacrificed veterans and grantprivileges as a part of national responsibility. It changed the name of the West Sea
Conflict in 2002 to the second Naval Battle of Yeonpyeong and elevated its occasion forremembrance to a national commemorative event in order to pay tribute to noble
sacrifices made in the line of duty. Furthermore, it is exerting efforts to recover theremains of veterans and to reinforce compensation for accidents and illnesses sustained
during service.

1. Recovering Korean War Killed in Action
Recovering Korean War Killed in Action (KIA) is a project to recoverremains of 130,000 veterans from the Korean War and lay them to rest in the
National Cemetery.
The initiative, which begun under Army leadership as part of the projects
in celebration of the 50th anniversary of the Korean War, required a more
systematic and organized effort due to the following reasons: limited data on

Joint enshrinement

Activation ceremony for MAKRI(January 10, 2007)

293
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

KIA; aging Korean War veterans; and land developments causing rapidchanges in topography and damages to the remains.
Therefore the Ministry elevated the project to a MND-led effort and thus
established the MND Agency for Killed in Action Recovery & ID (MAKRI) in
January 2007 to fulfill the responsibility of worshiping the spirits of national
defense.
A. Remains Recovery and Identification
MAKRI benchmarks the U.S. Joint Prisoners of War, Missing in Action
Accounting Command (JPAC) and systematically handles the entire processfrom examination of remains, recovery efforts, to identification.

Examining remains and relics

A site for recovering remains

As a result, 534 remains were recovered in 2007, a 200 percent increase
from prior to the group’s establishment and 837 remains in 2008, a
considerable jump from the previous year. Moreover, DNA samples (blood)necessary for identification were gathered from war-bereaved families while
success in identification and finding families improved significantly. Status ongathering required information is shown in Table 10-12.
Table 10-12. Status on Gathering Required Information
Classification total

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

2005 2006 2007 2008.9.

Blood
sample

5,652

-

-

-

357

359

609

516

1,418

2,393

Verified ID

74

3

36

3

2

7

0

1

9

13

Verifiedbereavedfamilies

44

3

1

9

2

3

2

2

9

13

294
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 4 Respect and Compensation for Veterans

Chapter 10

B. Establishing Groundwork for Continuous Promotion of
Projects
Recovery of remains is the nation’s eternal responsibility that must be
sustained until everyone is brought back home. The Ministry established the
Act on Recovery, etc. of the Korean War Killed in Action in March 2008 to
establish a legal foundation to persistently pursue the recovery of remains.
The basic spirit of the law expounds that recovering the remains ofveterans is a national responsibility. Its details are outlined below.
MND imposes on all citizens the responsibility to protect and manage
remains, thereby encouraging their cooperation in examining the possible
burial sites of remains and recovery efforts. There are regulations thatpenalize those who discover remains and fail to report such findings, those
who damage such sites or remains, or those who deal with such properties
under their own discretions.
In the meanwhile, those who report their discoveries of remains and relics
or inform authorities on possible burial sites can receive a reward based on
recovery results. Furthermore, local governments are told to cooperate inorder to promote such efforts.
The Ministry published the consolidated
booklet on the possible burial sites of the
Korean War KIA - which identifies on amap where remains may be buried - anddistributed this to Regiment or above units
and local governments across the nation.
The booklet on the possible burial
Such efforts allowed for a more systematic
sites of the Korean War KIA(published in November 2007)
finding of possible burial sites as well as
recoveries, while preventing damages fromlocal developments.
Moreover, the Ministry is putting forth efforts to establish an infrastructure
to unilaterally perform the identification process and improve its verification
rate. It hired civilian advisors and equipped the Scientific Investigation
Laboratory, MND Criminal Investigation Command with facility and295
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

equipment for DNA testing.
In December 2008, the Ministry established an Identification Lab to rid the
MND of the old verification method that relied on the naked eye andPreservation House with capacity to preserve unidentified remains. In order
to upgrade staff expertise, the Ministry is expanding domestic andinternational training opportunities while operating advisory groups in eachfield.
C. Future Tasks
The Ministry’s efforts notwithstanding, successful recovery rate remains
low at 1.5 percent of total remains, and the Ministry established the Action
Plan to Activate Recovery of the Korean War KIA in July 2008 in order toimprove the overall rate. Details for the plan, to be implemented starting
2009, are shown below.
First, the Ministry dispatches regional probes on possible burial sites of
Korean War KIA by the Divisions and completes primary level examinations
on scattered battle sites within three years.
Second, the Ministry improves success in recovery by departing from a
MAKRI-centered recovery and supplementing overall efforts by organizing
provisional recovery teams by corps-level echelons to run its own projects.
Third, in order to improve verification rate, gathering blood samples frombereaved families, a service previously only provided by military hospitals,
will be offered by public health centers across the nation as well. Fourth, byforming a separate cooperative committee focusing on organic coordinationand support between Ministries, the recovery project will be promoted as agovernment-wide initiative.
In the meantime, as the two Koreas agreed at the Defense Ministerial Talks
in November 2007 to cooperate in recovery of remains, the government
plans to focus on recovering remains buried in North Korea as well as the
DMZ.

296
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 4 Respect and Compensation for Veterans

Chapter 10

2. Increasing Compensation for Accidents andIllness during the Service
Compensation for service members sacrificed in the line of duty iscomparable to around 60 percent of the compensation level for accidents
involving civilians, This is an extremely low figure considering service
member’s contributions to the nation. In particular, compensation for thosesacrificed during military service is only 36.56 million KRW, calling forproper national-level compensation.
Therefore the Ministry is seeking to increase the standard remuneration to
grant proper compensation for service members sacrificed in the line of duty.
Moreover, by increasing overall medical support including treatment of
illness sustained during service, the Ministry is improving service member’soverall health as well as their confidence for the military.
If a service member requires continuous treatment after retirement becauseof an illness or a disability sustained during service, he/she can defer
retirement for six months and receive medical treatment from a militaryfacility. If a military facility is incapable of such treatments, then the Ministry
allows entrusted treatment from civilian hospitals. Furthermore, the numberof veterans eligible for military medical treatment increased as the required
twenty years of service was reduced to ten.

297
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

Section 5.
Defense Policies Reaching out to the People
In order to encourage people’s proper understanding of major defense policies andreach consensus, MND is publicizing more information and stepping up its PR activities.
Moreover, it embodies the concept of defending with the people by expanding civil expert
participation and collecting opinions from all spectrums during the policymaking process.

1. Efforts to Satisfy People’s Right to Know
A. Expand Disclosure of Information
Popular demand for open information is increasing as the people’s senseof rights as well as desires to exercise their rights to know is growing. The
Figure 10-7. Status of Information Disclosure per Year
900

823

800
677

700
600

581

543

500

492

441

468

Numberdemanded391

400

Number of
disclosure

300
200
100

157 141
69 56

2002

298
Defense White Paper 2008

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

Section 5 Defense Policies Reaching out to the People

Chapter 10

Ministry is disclosing more information in order to satisfy citizen’s rights toknow and build proper understanding as well as consensus on defense
policies.
(1) Invigorate System for Disclosure of Information
Keeping abreast with the government’s information disclosure system,17) inJuly 2006 the Ministry amended MND Guidelines on Disclosure of
Administration Information established in 2003 and widened the extent of
disclosure for administrative information. Also, by increasing the number ofoutside members in Information Disclosure Council from one to two, itstrengthened the council’s function of pre-deliberation. It also imposed ROK
JCS, Service HQs, and chiefs of direct and subsidiary agencies the
responsibility to disclose spending of operating costs. This had beenpreviously imposed only on MND agency chiefs.
Starting 2004, the Ministry inspects and assesses the status of information
disclosure activities by agencies of different levels. It sends out examples of
exemplary agencies across the military and offers a variety of incentives suchas meritorious service citations.

17) Information Disclosure
System
A system to improve administrative transparency, encourage citizen’s participationin national agendas, andsatisfy their right to know bydisclosing information owned/managed by national agencies, local governments,
government investment
agencies, and other publicagencies in response topeople’s demands. Even if
there is no such demand,the system encourages
active disclosure of information for important issues.

(2) Disclosing Original Texts of Signed Documents
Although in the past the Ministry had to list information on its website byhand, the listing can now be done automatically. It also expanded its extent
of disclosures by allowing original texts of non-confidential signed
documents to be listed online.
While the majority of other Ministries merely offer information lists on theirwebsites, the MND operates a system that even discloses original texts ofsigned documents. In 2007, the Ministry disclosed 36,195 information lists
and 4,896 signed papers of original texts.
The Ministry strives to achieve administrative transparency that can be felt
by citizens by actively guaranteeing their right to know, except for
confidential information related to national security.

299
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

Figure 10-8. Status of Information Disclosure Lists
70,00061,25960,00050,00040,00030,00041,091

Total
documents

33,958
Total numberof disclosed
documents

22,77020,00010,0002006

2007

B. Invigorating Defense PR
MND not only relies on existing media but actively promotes a two-way
marketing via new media such as internet portal sites and blogs in order tospread news on defense policies more effectively. It is also improving aplanned marketing system to revitalize policy marketing while identifying PR
subjects during the weekly Defense PR Meetings.
(1) Invigorating Defense PR
The Ministry relays national topics ofinterest through regular daily briefings andtimely briefings given to the press gallery.
Moreover, the military’s marketing medium
such as the Defense Daily, Korea Forces
Network Television (KFN-TV), and the
Defense Journal are also utilized to convey
A news program on KFN-TV
defense policies to the people in real-time.
KFN-TV, a military broadcasting station, has established itself as an efficientmedium to directly convey news from the military through satellite broadcasting and local cable networks.
The Ministry is steadily improving its online marketing in step with theInformation Era. It is continuously upgrading the MND website to improve

300
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Defense Policies Reaching out to the People

Chapter 10

people’s understanding and accessibility while using its blog--On the Same
Boat (http://mnd9090.tistory.com)--as a main channel of communication
with the Netizens (network-using citizens). Furthermore, starting in 2003, it
began a Policy Customer Service18) which sends policy-related data to thedirect parties or those interested via e-mail.
In addition to online efforts, the Ministry is reinforcing its PR activities offline as well. It offers activities such as policy presentations and security site
tours to those from different social circles who can lead public opinion. It
sponsors defense training activities for teenagers, military experiencing
events, production of movies and TV films, and local cultural events andsimplifies procedures to enter security sites during tours.

18) Policy Customer Service
A set of activities to earn
support and understandingfor defense policies througha two-way communication
with policy clients such as
mail advertising and opinion
gathering.

(2) Reinforcing Capacities for a Planning PR System
The Ministry strives to build understanding as well as consensus on
defense policies and secure nation-wide support.
In such spirit, the Ministry establishes PR plans as it shapes major policies,
with assistance from marketing specialists. It seeks to improve marketing
capacities of all its staff by periodically offering situation-specific PR
education. Moreover, the Ministry identifies subjects for strategic marketingfor the MND, ROK JCS, and each Service and discusses various agendas
during the weekly Defense PR Meetings.

2. Expanding Civil Expert Participation in Defense
Policymaking
A. Management of Defense Policy Advisory Committee
Since 1983 the Ministry has been operating the Defense Policy Advisory
Committee consisting of experts from various social sectors with abundant
knowledge and experience.
The Committee aims to increase understanding and consensus as well astransparency and objectivity in defense-related affairs by collecting advisory

301
Defense White Paper 2008

Chapter 10 The Armed Forces Serving the People

Chapter 10

opinions during the planning andimplementing stages of defense policy
making.
The Defense Policy Advisory Committee consists of eleven subcommittees
specializing in different policy fields.
One office-level plenary session is held
Plenary session in Defense Policy
every year and more than one subcomAdvisory Committee
mittee meetings are organized every
quarter.
In addition to official meetings, expert opinions are collected at any time
via visits, letters, phone calls, and e-mails if an urgent problem occurs.
The Ministry receives in-depth consultation on major defense policies
including the North Korean nuclear issue, Defense Reform, andstrengthening of the ROK-U.S. Alliance. Organization of advisors for
subcommittees in 2008 is shown in Table 10-13.
Table 10-13. Status of Defense Policy Advisory Committee(Unit: Person)
Subcommittee

Defense Policy
Office (12)Planning &Coordination
Office (10)Personnel Force Resourceand Welfare Management
Office (7)Office (6) ROK

Personnel
JCS
Policy Int’l EDU Budget Law Informa- and Mobili- Logistics Facility
tization Welfare zation
Total Planning Policy Policy Planning
50

4

4

4

4

3

3

5

2

4

2

15

It will continue to improve the Defense Policy Advisory Committee byorganizing experts from academia, research, press, and legal sectors
according to their specialties, and enable a diverse and well-balanced
gathering of opinions.
B. Managing the MND Self-Evaluation Committee
MND evaluates major areas of defense affairs based on Framework Act on
Evaluation of the Government Policies. It maintains reliability and objectivity

302
Defense White Paper 2008

Section 5 Defense Policies Reaching out to the People

Chapter 10of its evaluations and uses the results in a practical manner by organizing the
MND Self-Evaluation Committee that consists of expert university professors
and civilian researchers.
The MND Self-Evaluation Committee consists of three subcommittees that
focus on major policies, financial projects, and agency capacities. Each
subcommittee reviews policy implementation and self-evaluation plans, andperforms progress evaluation and comprehensive assessment every twoquarters. It also consistently reviews policy progress to convey the results torelated departments. Organization and status of the MND Self-Evaluation
Committee is shown in Table 10-14.
Table 10-14. Status of the MND Self-Evaluation Committee
Subcommittee
Total
25

(Unit: Person)

Major Policies

Financing Projects

Agency Capacity

13

6

6

303
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 02

Appendices

AppendicesSpecial Annex

Information on Foreign Affairs

1. Sixty Years of the ROK Military and Its Footsteps

Appendix 9 Status of the Dispatch of ROK Troops

2. Timeline of Services’Introduction of Weapon
Systems´ of the 39th U.S.Appendix 10 Joint Communique
ROK Security Consultative Meeting´ of the 40th U.S.Appendix 11 Joint Communique

Military Capabilities and Expenditures ofMajor Countries
Appendix 1 Military Capabilities of Neighboring
Countries

ROK Security Consultative Meeting
Appendix 12 Major International Arms Control
Regimes and Organizations

Appendix 2 Defense Budget of Major Countries

Appendix 13 Status of International Defense
Exchange and Cooperation, 2007-2008

Information on North Korea

Domestic Information

Appendix 3 Comparison of Military Capabilities
between ROK and DPRKAppendix 14 Status of Defense Budget

Appendix 4 Comparison of Economic Indicesbetween ROK and DPRKAppendix 5 Chronology of Major Events Related to
the North Korean Nuclear Issue
Appendix 6 North Korea’s Missile Development andSpecifications
Appendix 7 Chronology of Inter-Korean Military Talks
Appendix 8 Agreement on the Second Round ofSouth-North Defense Ministerial Talks

Appendix 15 Status of Signing International Defense
Industry Cooperation Agreements
Appendix 16 Combined/Joint Training and Exercises
Appendix 17 Organization of MND
Appendix 18 Members of the National Defense
Committee, National Assembly
Appendix 19 Timeline for Deployment of Zaytun Unit
Appendix 20 Status of Defense R&D Investments

305

Appendix 21 Status of Fielding of Major Military
Defense White Paper 2008
Equipment

Special Annex 1. Sixty Years of the ROK Military and Its Footsteps
Founding of the Armed Forces

Founding of the Armed Forces

1945-1950▶ Aug. 15, 1945. ▶ Nov. 13, 1945.

Independenceof Korea fromJapan

Establishment of
Office of the
Director of
National Defense

As division between South-North was increasingly being imbedded following independence from Japan, the Republic of Korea established its official
government in 1948 and renamed Department of Internal Security--the legacy of the U.S. military oversight era‘45( ‘48)--tothe Ministry of National
Defense. In 1948, the ROK reorganized Korean Constabulary and Korean Coast Guard into ROK Army and Navy. Marine Corps and Air Force wasestablished in 1949, completing so-called“National Armed Forces’Three Branch of Service System.”▶ Jan. 15, 1946.

▶ Jun. 15, 1946.
Establishment
Establishmentof 1st Regiment of Koreanof Korean
Coast Guard
Constabulary▶ Aug. 15, 1948.

Establishment of theofficial ROK government and the Ministryof National Defense▶ Sep. 5, 1948. ▶ Nov. 30, 1948.

Renamed into
the ROK Armyand the ROKNavy▶ Apr. 15, 1949. ▶ Oct. 1, 1949.
▶ Dec. 6, 1949.
Promulgation of the Establishment Establishment First-ever phyAct on the Organiza- of the ROKof the ROK Air sical examination of National
Marine Corps
Forcetion for conscripArmed Forcestion is conducted

Defense Organization Immediately after
the Establishment of the ROK Government(November 30, 1948)

President

The ROK Military Parade (August 15, 1948)

Supreme National
Defense Committee

Defense Resources
Management
Committee

Central Intelligence
AgencyMilitary Upper
House

The first military parade ever in commemoration of the establishment of the official ROK government.

Minister of National Defense
Vice Minister of National Defense
Establishment of ROK Army (Korean Constabulary)
The ROK military established its 1st Regiment of Korean
Constabulary in Taereung, Seoul, on January 15, 1946, and theCommand of Korean Constabulary was established in
Namsan-dong, Seoul, on February 1, 1946. By Sep. 5, 1948, it
was renamed to the ROK Army.

Chief of Staff

Establishment of ROK
Marine Corps (April 15, 1949)

Vice Chief of Staff

The ROK Marine Corps (ROKMC)
was founded in Deoksan Airfield in
Jinhae with an initial strength of 380
men.

Army Headquarters

Navy Headquarters

Chief of Staff

Chief of Staff

Names of the Ministry of National Defense
Establishment of ROK Navy (Founding Marine
Defense Group)First-ever Combat Ship for
ROK Navy

Shortly after Korea was liberated from Japan, Son Won-il led
an effort to create Maritime Affairs Association by integrating
Maritime Affairs Unit and Maritime Affairs Corps for National
Defense. On November 11, 1945, Marine Defense Group wasorganized with an objective to establish ROK Navy and it waslater renamed to Korean Coast Guard on June 15, 1946.

ROKS Baekdusan (PC-701) was thefirst combat ship purchased by the
ROK Navy. As the ROK Navy’s mainship, ROKS Baekdusan played asignificant role during the Korean
War. (October 17, 1949)

Ministry of National Defense, August 15, 1948

�
Department of Internal Security, June 15, 1946

�Department of National Defense, March 29, 1946

�
Office of the Director of National Defense,
November 13, 1945
Establishment of ROK Air Force(Separated from the Army)

Geongukgi Purchased with Citizencontributed Funds

On October 1, 1949, 1,600 troops and 20
liaison aircraft were separated from theROK Army to establish the ROK Air Force.

Ten advanced double-seater trainers (T-6) werepurchased from Canada on May 14, 1950, with citizencontributed funds. The aircraft was used for tacticalreconnaissance, air-to-ground attack, and pilot training.

Office of the Director of National Defense was renamed to Departmentof National Defense on March 29, 1946. When a Russian representative
protested against the term‘national defense’during U.S.-Russia Joint
Commission in May, the U.S. military acceded by renaming it to
Department of Internal Security. But it was renamed to Ministry of
National Defense during the state-building period, in 1948.

War and Post-War

War and Post-War June 1950-

The Korean War, caused by North Korea’s invasion of the South, did not only result in massive human casualties and property damages, but also
underscored the importance of having a national military to defend the nation. The government signed the ROK-U.S. Mutual Defense Treaty on
October 1, 1953, and laid the groundwork for a combined defense system to recover from war damages and to prepare for further invasion from theNorth.

▶ Jun. 25, 1950

North Korean Forces
illegally cross the 38th
Parallel (Outbreak of
the Korean War)▶ Sep. 6, 1950

▶ Jul. 27, 1953

Establishment of
Women’s ArmyTraining Center▶ Dec. 15, 1953

Signing of theArmistice Agreement

NorwayCountries that Participated in the Korean
War under the United Nations
FranceItaly

U.S., UK, Canada, Turkey, Australia, the Philippines,
Thailand, the Netherlands, Colombia, Greece, New
Zealand, Ethiopia, Belgium, France, South Africa,
Luxembourg▶ Oct. 31, 1954

Establishment of
the jont staff
council (JSC) in
MND HQ

Establishment of theSecond ROK Army
Command (SROKA)▶ Sep. 21, 1956

▶ Dec. 29, 1960
Designated 1st ofSize of ROK
October as‘Armed military decided atForces Day’
600,000 troops

SwedenDenmark
Netherlands
Belgium
Luxembourg

UK

Nations that dispatched combat units(16 nations)▶ Feb. 17, 1954

Establishment ofFirst ROK Army
Command (FROKA)

May 1961

CanadaROK

TurkeyU.S.

GreeceIndia

Philippines

Thailand

Colombia

Ethiopia

Nations that dispatched Medical supportand Facilities (5 nations)South Africa

Australia

Denmark, India, Norway, Sweden, Italy

New Zealand

North Korean Force’s Preemptive Strike

Pedestrian Overpass in Han River Collapsed

Three years of Korean War began when a North Korean
artillery unit fired from across the 38th Parallel at 0400 on
June 25, 1950.

As the National Armed Force purposely destroyed thefootbridge in order to block North Koreans fromadvancing south, evacuees were forced to use thepontoon bridge nearby.

Establishment of Women’s Army Training
Center (September 6, 1950)

General MacArthur Commanding an
Amphibious Operation

Korean National Flag Hoisted to Signify
Recovery of Seoul (September 27, 1950)

Signing of the ROK-U.S. Mutual Defense
Treaty (October 1, 1953)
Signing the Armistice Agreement (July 27, 1953)

Recovering Han River Bridge in Seoul

ROK Foreign Minister Byun Yeong-tae and Secretary Alexof the U.S. State Department initial the ROK-U.S. Mutual
Defense Treaty at the Blue House as President Syngman
Rhee and Cabinet members watch on.

Sixty Years of the ROK Military and Its Footsteps
Building the Defense System

Building the Defense System
June 19611972

The ROK achieved political/economic/social changes via modernization in accordance with its Five-year Economic Development Plan of the 1960s.
Furthermore, it stabilized the national defense structure by enhancing defense-related systems--through modernizing equipment, amending theMilitary Service Act, and improving the training and education system--, introducing a ROTC system that fosters junior-level commanding officers,
and establishing the Homeland Reserve Force.

▶ Jun. 1, 1961

Establishment
of ROTC▶ Jun. 1, 1963

▶ Sep. 11, 1964 ▶ Dec. 28, 1967 ▶ Jan. 21, 1968
▶ Apr. 1, 1968
▶ May. 28, 1968
▶ Sep. 1, 1970
▶ Jul. 1, 1971
Establishment of ROK Dispatch of
The first-everNorth Korea’sEstablishment of Annual ROK-U.S. De- Relocation of the MND Establishment of
JCS (military advisory troops to
Defense WhiteSOF unit assaults Homeland
fense Cabinet Meet- complex (Huam-dong ROK-U.S. 1stPaper is published the Blue House Reserve Forces ings (The 1st Round)organization
Vietnam→ Samgakji)
Corps.

Dispatch of Troops to Vietnam

ROK’s decision to dispatch troops to Vietnam was made on May 21, 1964,
to block communist aggression against peace in Asia as well as Vietnam
and to reciprocate allied support during the Korean War.

First Round Dispatch
First foreign dispatch of ROK Military(120 troops from the 1st Mobile Army Surgical Hospitaland ten Taekwondo Instructors)

�Second Round Dispatch
Establishment of
ROK Military Support Group in Vietnam

�

Farewell ceremony for the 1st Mobile
Army Surgical Hospital, ROK military’sfirst dispatched unit to Vietnam

Operations in Vietnam

Men entering ROTC boot camp
(June 1, 1961)

Activation ceremony of Homeland
Reserve Force (Daejeon Public
Stadium, April 1, 1968)

Third Round Dispatch
Dispatch of combat units�
Fourth Round Dispatch
Reinforcement of the 9th Division
and Capital Division

Modernizing ROK Military Equipment

ROTC was first established in 16 national universities
including Seoul National University.

Introducing M48A2C Tank (1971)

Introducing NIKE long-range surface-to-air
missile (1966)

Receiving DD-911 Chungmu, signaling the
beginning of ROK Navy’s ‘Destroyer Era’
(May 16, 1963)

Introducing the F-5A (April 30, 1965)
Signaling ‘the Subsonic Era,’the single-seated fighter was
ROKAF’
s main aircraft until the introduction of F-4s.

Building the Self-reliant Defense
The ROK systematized its first self-reliant force improvement project with the First Phase of the Force Improvement Plan (Yulgok Project) on
February 25, 1974 which modernized equipment and cultivated defense industries in order to improve military capacities and establish a foundation
for a self-reliant defense. Furthermore, by activating ROK-U.S. Combined Forces Command (CFC) on November 7, 1978, the ROK established arobust combined defense system to deter war and assure security in the Korean Peninsula.

▶ Dec. 29, 1972

▶ Mar. 23, 1973.
▶ Jul. 1, 1973
Establishment
Withdrawal of ROK Establishment of
Defense Objectives Forces in Vietnam the Third ROK
completed
Army (TROKA)▶ Oct. 10, 1973 ▶ Feb. 25, 1974

ROK MC
integrated to
ROK Navy

The First Phase of the ForceImprovement Plan (Yulgok
Project) implemented▶ Jun. 7, 1976

The first‘Team
Spirit’exercise
conducted

Building the Self-reliant Defense

1973-1980▶ Nov. 7, 1978

▶ Mar. 14, 1979
Establishment of
ROK-U.S. 1st Corps
the ROK-U.S. CFC reorganized into Combined
Field Army (CFA)

The First Phase of theForce Improvement Plan (1974-1981)
Army•Transformation from a manpower-based military to amobility-based, Division-level force.
•Developing individual firearms, Korean-model tanks, andnew, improved artillery.

Navy•Strengthening maritime surveillance system in major coastal
areas and anti-submarine attack capacities.
•Developing and producing Korean-model frigate and patrol
gunboat missile.
•Extension/establishment of ROK MC Divisions and Brigades.

Fighter Wings and introducing high-tech
Air •Establishing
weapons system and equipment.
Force•Introduction of O-2A, A-37, and F-4E.

Establishment of the Third ROK Army (Jun. 1, 1973)
As U.S. 7th Division withdrew in early 1971, the Third ROK Army (TROKA) was established to lift
the burden off FROKA in charge of 155 miles of front-line.

Modernization of the
ROK Military and Yulgok Project

Establishment of ROK-U.S. Combined Forces Command (November
7, 1978)

F-4E introduced (1977)
F-4E is a multi-purpose fighter-bomber with capacities to outperform communist fighters bygoing airborne for over three hours, boasting supreme mobility, equipped with air-to-air and airto-surface weapons, etc. It was ROKAF’s main aircraft for interception and close air support(CAS) operations until F-16s were introduced.

As U.S. President Jimmy Carter declared withdrawal of U.S. Ground Forces in Korea on March 9,
1977, ROK-U.S. Combined Forces Command was established in accordance with the decisions fromthe Tenth Round of the ROK-U.S. Security Consultative Meeting in Seoul (May, 1977) in order toreiterate U.S. commitment of defense of the ROK and as a supplementary measure to the withdrawal.

M-16 Rifles produced (1974)
As domestic production of M-16 rifles wasmade possible during earlier phase of ForceImprovement Plan (Yulgok Project) in 1974,
existing M-1s and carbines were able to be
replaced.

500MD Helicopters produced (1976)

Domesticated M-48 series tanks produced (1978)

First Commissioning of Korean-model Frigate (1980)

The ROK military accumulated technical capacities to produce tanks by improving/producing M48 series tanks purchased from the U.S.

By building and commissioning 1,500 ton Korean-model Frigate for the first time ever with domestic
technical staff, the ROK Navy established a foundation for improvement in Naval capacity.

Sixty Years of the ROK Military and Its Footsteps
Strengthening the Self-reliant Defense

1981-1990▶ Sep. 9, 1982

▶ Nov. 18, 1982

Production ofindigenous fighter
KF-5E/F (Jegong)

Introducing thefirst domesticatedpatrol combat
corvette

Strengthening the Self-reliant Defense
Entering the 1980s, the ROK re-organized its military command and administration system, developed defense industries, and performed the Second
Phase of the Force Improvement Plan (Yulgok Project). Moreover, with“defense planning and management system,”the military was reorganized
into a Korean-model joint military structure and provided extensive support for successful 1986 Asian Games and the 24th Olympic Games in Seoul.

▶ Dec. 31, 1985

Successful developmentof Korean-model combat
armored vehicle▶ Mar. 1, 1987

▶ Nov. 1, 1987

Establishment of Korea
Institute for Defense
Analyses (KIDA)

The Second Phase of theForce Improvement Plan (1982-1986)
Army•Reinforcing Division capabilities and reinforcing armored andartillery capacity.
- Mass production of K-1 tanks, K-200 armored vehicle,
and 155mm self-propelled howitzer.

Navy•Securing anti-submarine forces and enhancing surface/air
three-dimensional capacities.
- Reinforcing Korean-model frigates.
- Developing and producing patrol combat corvette.
- Introducing landing vehicle tracked (LVT7A1).

Air •Strengthening transport and air operational capabilities.
- Purchasing C-130 cargo aircraft and F-16 fighters.
Force- Production of indigenous fighter Chegong (KF-5E/F).

Re-establishment of
ROK MC Command▶ Jul. 22, 1989

▶ Oct. 1, 1990

Relocation of
Army/Air Force HQs
to Gyeryongdae area

Establishment of
ROK JCS (joint
forces command)

Force Improvement Projects
Production of K-1
Tanks (a.k.a. 88 Tank)
K-1 Tanks were Indigenously
designed and developed tos newest
dominate North Korea’
T-72 and T-62 Tanks, and to fit
Koreans’physique as well as
Korea’
s terrain as a part of aneffort to establish self-reliant
defense and to modernize its
equipment. Its first product was
introduced in 1986.

Production of 155mm Self
-propelled Howitzer(K-55)
It was jointly developed by ROKU.S. for mobile fire support, andwas fielded in 1985.

Production ofindigenous fighter
Chegong (KF-5E/F)

The Asian Games in 1986
(September 20, 1986)

The 24th Olympic Games in
Seoul (September 17, 1988)

Sky-diving performance during the Opening
Ceremony.

Gossaum, a traditional cultural game, isperformed by military servicemen.

The establishment of ROK JCS

Introducing the first
domesticated patrol
combat corvette (PCC)(November 18, 1982)

Developing and fielding
domesticated frigates(FF)

Plate-hanging Ceremony for the ROK JCS (October 1, 1990)
The ROK Joint Chiefs of Staff was established on October 1, 1990, to maximize integrated
capabilities of the Services. Military command structure including command of operations was
integrated into the ROK JCS, enhancing Army/Navy/Air Force’s joint operational capabilities aswell as allocation of capacities and resources, thus establishing a basis for a truly self-reliant
defense posture.

The ROK boasted its combat
ship-building skills to the world
and laid the groundwork for
future ship exports by producing
indigenous frigates with domestic
technologies in 1980 and by
fielding them in 1981,

Enhancing the Defense Posture
In the 1990s the ROK military cultivated a self-reliant, futuristic elite military force, strengthened ROK-U.S. combined capacities, and assumed
peacetime OPCON. Currently, the ROK military is heightening its potency as well as national prestige within the international community by actively
participating in PKO efforts.

▶ Jan. 17, 1991

Enhancing the Defense Posture

1991Present▶ Jun. 17, 1993 ▶ Dec. 1, 1994 ▶ Sep. 25, 2000 ▶ Sep. 18, 2002 ▶ Feb. 23, 2004 ▶ Oct. 26, 2004

Dispatching ROK
Military Medical
Support Group to
the Gulf War

Navy HQ
moves toGyeryongdae
area

Peacetime
OPCON
transitioned
back to the
ROK militaryFirst Round of
the SouthNorth Korea
DefenseMinisterial Talks

Construction to Establishment
connect ETC
of Zaytun
and WTC
Divisionunder way

International Peacekeeping Operations▶ Dec. 1, 2006
▶ Feb. 24, 2007 ▶ Sep. 30, 2008
Signing of Yongsan
National
WartimeTransfer of Ten
Base Relocation
Assembly passes OPCONUSFK Missions
Agreement and Imple- ‘Defense Reform Transition
completed.
mentation Agreement
Act’
confirmed

Status of the ROK Military

China
Georgia
CyprusLebanon
KuwaitWestern Sahara
Sudan
Liberia

ROK

Japan

Iraq
Afghanistan
Nepal
Qatar
India/Pakistan

BahrainDjibouti
Somalia

BurundiEast Timor

AngolaForce Improvement

K-9 Self-propelled Howitzers firing range was extended by 40km comparedK-9 Howitzer’to existing 155mm models, and the firing rate as well as
mobility was significantly enhanced.

Commissioning of ROKS Son Won-il (September 6, 2006)
Commissioning of ROK Navy’s newest submarine, Son Won-il.
ROKS Son Won-il boasts upgraded sub-water operational
capabilities and is significant as it indigenously produced
domesticated technologies.

First domesticated KF-16 (June 30, 1997)s aviation industry moved into a new epoch when
The nation’
300,000 out of 350,000 parts to produce KF-16s were madeby roughly 100 domestic companies.

Next Tank (Black Leopard)

ROKS Sejong the Great

F-15K

Black Panther is a Korean-model, next-generation tank thatreflects the changes in future warfare. Its prototype wasintroduced in March 2007 and it will be fielded in 2011
following a series of test evaluations.

ROKS Sejong the Great is a cutting-edge warship equippedwith AEGIS system. It was fielded following its commissioning
on December 22, 2008.

F-15K is a high-tech aircraft capable of performing missions
throughout the peninsula. It was phased-in from December
2005 to September 2008 and was leveraged for patrol
missions and etc. since July 10, 2008.

Special
2
Appendix Annex
01
Appendices

Timeline of Services’Introduction of
Weapon Systems

312
Defense White Paper 2008

Timeline of Services’Introduction of Weapon Systems
Classification

Founding of the Armed
Forces (1945-1950)

War and Post-War (1950.6.-1961.5.)

Building the Defense
System (1961.6.-1972)

M-47 (Tank, 1959)

M48A2C (Tank, 1971)

Building the Self-reliant Defense(1973-1980)

Strengthening the Self-reliant
Defense (1981-1990)(The dates indicated in the table are the years when the systems were first fielded.
If a system was fielded in phases over several years, then the year when its first system was introduced is used).

Enhancing the Defense Posture (1991-Present)

Tank
ArmoredvehicleM48A3K (Tank, 1977)

CM6614(Light armored vehicle, 1977)

M113 (Armored vehicles, 1967)

Army

Field
artillery/
MLRS
Air defense·
Guided weapons(involved Air Force)

M101 (105mm Towed
indirect fire artillery, 1950)

M114 (155mm Towed M115 (8" Towed indirect
indirect fire artillery, 1951) fire artillery, 1953)

40mm Anti-aircraft
artillery (AAA) (1955)

M110 (8" Self-propelled
howitzer, 1964)

M55/M45D (50mm AAA, 1955)

HAWK (Medium-range NIKE (Long-range
Surface to Air Milssile, 1964)
SAM, 1966)

K-1 (ROK Indigenous
Tank 1986)

M48A5K (Tank, 1977)

HONEST JOHN
(1971)

K-1 Recovery
tank (1993)

K-200 (Armedvihicle, 1984)

K-242 (Armored vehicle K-288 (Recovery
with 42“ mortar on turret, 1987) armored vihicle, 1988)

K-277 (Armoredvehicle for CP, 1998)

K-136(MLRS, 1981)

KH-179 (155mm Towed K-55 (155mm Selfindirect-fire artillery, 1983) propelled howitzer, 1985)

Large-caliber
MLRS (1998)

ORICON
M167A1 (Towed Vulcan
cannon) (20mm AAA, 1973) (35mm AAA, 1975)

JAVELIN (MANPAD: Manportable air defense, 1987)

Hyunmu (Surface tosurface missile, 1987)

AH-1 J/S (Midium
CH-47 (Large air
assult helicopters, 1988) mobility helicopter, 1988)

UH-60 (Utility
Helicopter, 1990)

MISTRAL(MANPAD, 1992)

XK-2(Black
Leopard1), ROKIT)

K1A1 (ROKIT, 1986)

IGLA(MANPAD, 1997)

K-21 (KIFV: Korean
infantry fighting vehicle 2))

K-9 (155mm Selfpropelled howitzer, 1999)

Biho (30mm selfpropelled AAA, 1999)

Chunma (Short-range
SAM, 1999)

Shingung(MANPAD, 2005)

Helicopter
OH-23 (Oservation
helicopter, 1967)

CombatvesselMine
operations
vesselAmphibious
Navy

SupportvesselUH-1H (Utility
helicopter, 1968)

500MD(Patrol helicopter, 1976)

PCE-51 (Noryang) 3) (Patrol APD-81 (Gyeongnam) (Attat,
craft escort, 1955)
personnel destroyer, 1959)
PC-701 (Baekdusan) PF-61 (Dumangang)3)(Pursuit craft, 1949) (Patrol frigate, 1950)

PCS-201 (Suseong)3)(Submarine chaser, 1952)

DE-71 (Gyunggi) LSMR-311 (Siheung) (Landing(Destroyer escorts, 1956) ship medium rocket, 1960)

PKMM-271 (Guided missile
medium patrol killer, 1974)
PCE-1001 (Shinsung) DD-911 (Chungmu)(Patrol craft escort,(Destroyer, 1963)
1963)

PK-151 (Jebi)(Patrol killer, 1973)
PGM-582 (Baeku) (Patrol
gunboat missile, 1974)

DDG-991 (KDX-Ⅲ) (Sejong the Great)(Korea destroyer - Aegis, 2008)
PKM-212 (Chamsuri)(Patrol killer medium,1978)

LST-801 (Yonghwa)(Landing ship tank, 1949)

AKL-901 (Busan)3)
ATA-1 (Inwang)3)(Transportation vessel, 1949) (Auxiliary ocean tug, 1950)

DDH-971 (KDX-Ⅰ)(Kwanggaeto the Great)(Korean destroyer, 1998)

PCC-751 (Donghae)(Patrol combat
corvette, 1983)

FF-951 (Ulsan)(Frigate Korea,
1981)

JMS-301 (Daejeon) (MSB
MSC (Gangjin)
Mine sweeping boat, 1946) (Minesweeper coastal, 1947)

LCI-103 (Chuncheon)(Landing craft, 1946)

BO-105 (Small-sizedreconnaisance helicopter, 1999)

PKG-711 (Yoon Youngha)(Patrol killer guided-missile, 2008)

MHC-561 (Ganggyeong)(Mine hunting coastal, 1986)

LVT7 (Landing vehicle
tracked, 1974)

LVT3C (Landing
vehicle tracked, 1956)

LSM-651 (Daecho) (Landing
ship medium, 1955)

LVT7A1 (Landing
LSF-611 (Solgae)
vehicle tracked, 1985) (Landing ship fast, 1989)

ARS-25 (Changwon)(Salvage Vessel, 1978)

AO-2 (Cheonji)(Oiler, 1953)

DDH-975 (KDX-Ⅱ)(Chungmugong Yi Sunshin)(Korea destroyer, 2003)

MLS-560 (Wonsan)(Mine layer ship, 1998)

LST (Gojunbong)(Landing ship tank, 1993)

AOE-57 (Cheonji) (Fastcombat support ship, 1990)

MSH-571 (Yangyang) (Minesweeper and hunter, 1999)

LSF-II (Solgae) (Landing LPH (Dokdo) (Amphibious
Transport Ship (helicopter), 2007)
ship fast, 2007)

KAAV (Korean assault
amphibious vehicle, 1996)

ASR-21 (Cheonghaejin) ATS-27 (Pyeongtaek)(Submarine rescue ship, 1996) (Salvage and rescue ship, 1997)

Submarine
SSM (Dolgorae)(Submarine midget, 1984)

OH-58 (Command andpatrol helicopter, 1974)

Aircraft/Helicopter

Air Force

Air mobility
aircraft

F-51 (Fighter, 1950)

L-4 / L-5 (Liaison aircraft, 1948)(E) C-47 (Cargotransport aircraft, 1950)

F-86D/F (Fighter, 1955)

L-19 (Liaison
aircraft, 1951)

RF-86F (Aerial
vehicles, 1958)

T-6 (Training
aircraft, 1950)

F-5A/B (Fighter, 1965) F-4D (Fighter, 1970)

T-33 (Training
aircraft, 1955)

T-28 (Training
aircraft 1960)

S-2 (Maritime patrolaircraft, 1976)

ALT-III (Operations
helicopter(s), 1977)

F-5E/F(Fighter, 1974)

A-37B (Attack
aircraft, 1976)

C-123 (Cargotransport aircraft, 1973)

C-46 (Cargo-transport
aircraft, 1955)

C2-ISRaircraftTraining
aircraft

500MD (Command andpatrol helicopter, 1977)
LYNX (Maritime operations
helicopter(s), 1991)

UH-1H (Utility
helicopter, 1978)

Combataircraft

RF-5A (Aerial
vehicles, 1972)

O-2A (Arial control
observer aircraft, 1974)

T-41 (Training
aircraft, 1973)

SS (Son Won-il) (214class submarine, 2007)

SS (Changbogo) (209class submarine, 1993)

F-4E(Fighter, 1977)

KF-5E/F (Chegong)(Fighter, 1982)

F-16C/D(Fighter, 1987)CARAVAN-II (Anti-air P-3C (Maritime patrol
UH-60 (Utility
aircraft, 1997)
helicopter, 1994) target and transportation
aircraft, 1995)

F-15K(Fighter, 2008)

KF-16C/D(Fighter, 1996)

C-130H (Cargotransport aircraft, 1988)

HH-60 (Search andrescue helicopter, 1991)

HH-47 (Search andrescue helicopter, 1993)

RF-4C (Aerial
vehicles, 1989)

T-59 (Training
aircraft, 1993)

T-38 (Training
aircraft, 1999)

1) XK-2 (Black Leopard) is currently being tested and will be fielded in 2011.
2) Infantry Fighting Vehicle (K-21) is currently being tested and will be fielded in 2009.
3) Due to limitations in available photographs, photos of equivalent models are shown (Dumangang → PF-65 Nakdonggang, Suseong → PCS-203 Mokseong, Noryang → PCE-50 Geojin, Busan → AKL-905 Jinnampo, Inwang → ATA-31 Yongmun)

CN-235M (Cargotransport aircraft, 1994)

HH-32 (Search and rescue
helicopter , 2006)

RC-800 (Reconnaissancecargo, 2001)

KA-1 (Aerial controlattack aircraft , 2007)

KT-1 (Training
aircraft, 2001)

T-103 (Training
aircraft, 2005)

T-50 (Training
aircraft, 2007)

Appendix 1■ TotalClassification

U.S.

Total Troops

1,498,157

1,027,000

2,205,000

240,970

Army

593,327

360,000

1,600,000

148,631Navy

341,588

142,000

255,000

44,495Air Force

336,081

160,000

250,000

45,733

Marine Corps
186,661
Coastal Guards
40,500Airlift 35,000
Strategic 80,000
Command/Support
250,000

The 2nd Artillery
100,000

Joint Staff 2,111

U.S.

RussiaOther

Russia

China

Japan

■ ArmyClassification

China

Japan

Troops593,327

360,000

1,600,000

148,631

Divisions

10 (BCT* 49)

38

60

9

Tanks
Light tanks
Infantry fighting vehicles
Reconnaissance tanks
Armored vehicles

7,620
6,719
96
19,931

23,000150
15,140
2,000
9,900

7,660
1,000
3,500

910
70
100
790

Towed artillery
Self-propelled artillery
MLRS
Mortars

1,547
2,087
830
2,066

12,765
6,010
3,976
2,550

14,000
1,200
2,400
100

420
240
100
2,020

SP* 2,005
Portable 19,950

526**

SP 24
Portable 7,176

SP 40
Portable 2,370

Surface-to-air Missiles

1,281

2,465

284

640

Helicopters

4,093

1,278

375

472

Aircraft

307

-

-

13

Anti-tankguided weapons* BCT: Brigade combat team, SP: Self-propelled** Numbers are obtained from‘The Military Balance 2008’without differentiating between SP and Portables.

313
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices

Appendix 1. Military Capabilities of Neighboring Countries

Appendix 1

Appendices■ NavyClassification

U.S.

Russia

China

Japan

Troops341,588

142,000

255,000

44,495

Submarines (strategic)
Aircraft carriers
Cruisers
Destroyers
Frigates
Corvettes
Minesweepers
Amphibious ships
Amphibious craft
Support vessels
Transportation vessels
Reserve transportation
Fighters
Helicopters
Marine divisions

71(14)
11
22
52
21
16
9
32
334
35
26
127
939
588
3

67(15)
1
5
16
14
74
45
22
23
370
245
311
1

62(3)
29
46
233
65
74
160
204
792
78
3

16
44
9
9
31
5
8
29
108
0

■ Air ForceClassification

U.S.

TroopsStrategic bombers
Bombers
Reconnaissance aircraft
Command aircraftFighters
Cargo aircraft
Tankers
AWACS
Training aircraft
Helicopters
Civilian reserve aircraft

Russia

China

Japan

336,081

160,000

250,000

45,733

179
80
37
2,624
(including bombers)
928
589
37
1,572
189
1,122

203
800
119
20
725

82
179
1,730

22
369

293
20
20
980
60
-

296
18
4
522
80
-

42
1
17
520
16
-

※ Source: The Military Balance 2008 (London: International Institute for Strategic Studies, February 2008)/Defense White Paper Japan(Tokyo, 2007)/Almanac for Equipment (Tokyo, 2007)

314
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 2

Appendices

Appendix 2. Defense Budget of Major Countries(Constant in 2006)

NationGDP(U.S. $ billions)

Defense Budget(U.S. $ billions)

Defense Budget Defense Budget
Ratio to GDP (%) per Capita (U.S. $)

ROK

880

24.6

2.8

505

U.S.

13,400

535.9

4.0

1,796

Japan

4,570

41.1

0.9

323

China

9,380

121.9

1.3

93

Russia

1,710

70

4.1

493

Taiwan

350

7.7

2.2

336

UK

2,410

55.4

2.3

915

France

2,250

54

2.4

887

Germany

2,910

37.8

1.3

458

Israel

140

11

7.9

1,737

Egypt

110

4.3

4.0

55

Saudi Arabia

350

29.5

8.5

1,093

Australia

720

17.2

2.4

849

Turkey

400

11.6

2.9

165

Malaysia

150

3.2

2.1

131

Thailand

210

2.3

1.1

35

Singapore

130

6.3

4.8

1,407

※ Source: The Military Balance 2008 (London: International Institute for Strategic Studies, February 2008)※ GDP is rounded off to the nearest 1 billion, and is estimated based on defense expenditure and defense budget ratio to GDP from
the Military Balance 2008

315
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 3

Appendices

Appendix 3. Comparison of Military Capabilities between
ROK and DPRK(As of December 2008)

Classification
Troops(Peace
time)

Total

More than 655,000

More than 1,190,000

522,000

1,020,000

Navy

68,00060,000Air Force

65,000110,000

Equipment

Principal
Force
Capability
Navy

Air
Force

Surfaceships

10 (including Special
Warfare Command)

Divisions46

Maneuver Brigades

15

Tanks

Army

DPRK

Army

Corps
Units

ROK

2,300

15
86
69 (10 Reserve Military Training
Unit not included)

3,900

Armored vehicles

2,400

2,100

Field artillery

5,200

8,500

MLRS

200

5,100

Surface-to-surface
guided weapons

30 (launchers)

100 (launchers)

Combat vessels

120

420

Landing vessels

10

260

Mine warfare ships

1030

Support vessels

20

30

Submarines

1070

Combat aircraft

490

840

C2-ISR aircraft

50 (including naval aircraft)

30

Air mo bility aircraft40

330 (including AN-2)

Training aircraft

170

180

680 (Including all
helicopters of the 3 services)

310

Helicopters

7,700,000
Reserve troops

3,040,000(including Reserve Military Training
Unit, Worker/Peasant Red Guards
and Red Youth Guards)※ Naval troops of the ROK include 27,000 troops of the Marine Corps. Ground forces units (division, brigade), and equipment include those of Marine Corps.
※ Field artillery of the North does not include infantry regiment’s 76.2mm guns.
※ Owing to limitation as for the expression of qualitative assessment, the above table indicates only quantitative comparison for public
discretion.

316
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 4, 5Appendices

Appendix 4. Comparison of Economic Indices between
ROK and DPRKROKClassification

DPRK

Comparison of ROK and DPRK

2006

2007

2006

2007

2006

2007

GNI ($ billions)

887.3

971.3

25.6

26.7

34.7 times

36.4 times

GNI per capita ($)

18,372

20,045

1,108

1,152

16.6 times

17.4 times

Economic growthrate (%) by GNI

5.1

5.0

-1.1

-2.3

-

-

Total trade volume($ billions)634.85728.333.0

2.94

211.9 times

247.6 times

Total population(millions)

48.30

48.46

23.08

23.20

2.1 times

2.1 times※ GNI (Gross National Income): International organizations such as the UN, IMF, etc. and major advanced nations are using GNI insteadof GNP. (GNI ≒GNP)

Appendix 5. Chronology of Major Events Related to theNorth Korean Nuclear Issue
Date

Major Details•A spokesman for DOS, Rich Boucher’s Briefing:

Jan. 29, 2005

Feb. 10- We expressed clearly our position that we were ready to resume the six-party talks
early without any preconditions.
•The North Korean Foreign Ministry announced that it had suspended participation in the
six-party talks indefinitely and made a declaration that it possessed nuclear weapons.
•The Chairman of the National Defense Committee, Kim Jong Il mentioned the following
at the time of receiving Chinese DG of Foreign Liaison Office, Wang Jiarui

Feb. 21- To maintain denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula and stress a peaceful solution
through dialogue- To make no opposition to the six-party talks and give his word to make efforts forthe success of the talks

317
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 5

Appendices

Date

Major Details•Chinese President Hu Jintao proposed three principles on North Korea’s nuclear issue
in an interview with Prime Minister Pak Pong-ju during his visit to China.

Mar. 23, 2005

Mar. 30- Three principles:(1) to maintain denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula,(2) to resolve North Korea’s matters of concern,(3) to maintain peace and stability in accordance with common interests•Former Assistant Secretary of State, Mr. Gallucci mentioned that the transfer of nuclear
materials could prompt a U.S. for military attack against North Korea.
- In the case that North Korea transfers nuclear materials to other actors, it would betime for the U.S. to review a military attack against North Korea.

May 11•The spokesman for the North Korean Foreign Ministry claimed it had completed thework to withdraw spent fuel rods.

Jun. 11•The ROK-U.S. summit agreed to move ahead with promoting U.S.-North Korea
relations in case North Korea gave up its nuclear program.

Jun. 17•When the Chairman of National Defense Committee, Kim Jong Il met special envoy of
the South, Chung Dong-young, he suggested the“return to the six-party talks uponnormalizing relations with the U.S.”

Jul. 12•Minister of Unification, Chung Dong-young, announced a“gave proposal to North
Korea”-“If North Korea agrees to the dismantlement of its nuclear program, the ROK will
provide two million kw of electricity.”Jul. 26 •Opening of the fourth round of the six-party talks
Sep. 15 •U.S. Department of Treasury froze the North Korean accounts in the BDA.
Sep. 13-19•Opening of the second session of the fourth round of the six-party talks. Adoption of
the Joint Statement

Oct. 24•The spokesman for the North Korean Foreign Ministry announced the participation in
the six-party talks in early November.

Nov. 9-11 •Commencement of the first session of the fifth round of the six-party talks
Dec.3•The spokesman for the North Korean Foreign Ministry urged to hold a bilateralmeeting to lift financial sanctions.
•Kim Gye-gwan and Hill met.

Jan. 18, 2006

- Agreed to the need for early resumption of the six-party talks but maintained theirinitial positions•U.S.-North Korea met in New YorkMar. 7- Reaffirmed that North Korea would not participate in the six-party talks unless thecurrently frozen BDA funds were paid.

318
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 5

Apr. 27-28,
2006

Appendices

Date

Major Details•Tang Jiaxuan’s visit to North Korea- The Chairman of the National Defense Committee, Kim Jong Il conveyed his intention
to deny a return to six-party talks in advance.
•The U.S. Secretary of State, Rice, gave North Korea a warning against its preparation
for launching missiles:

Jun. 19- North Korea’s launching of missiles was to withdraw an obligation of moratorium, apart of the Sep. 19 Joint Statement, and we would regard it as an evident
provocative action.

Jul. 5 •North Korea test-fired seven missiles in total including a Taepodong.
Jul. 15 •UNSC Resolution 1695 was unanimously adopted.
Jul. 25 •The U.S. Senate unanimously passed the North Korea Nonproliferation Act.
Sep. 13•The U.S. House of Representatives Foreign Relations Committee unanimously passed
the North Korea Nonproliferation Act.

Sep. 15•The ROK-U.S. summit agreed to make a united effort to prepare for a comprehensive
way of approach.

Oct. 3 •The North Korean Foreign Ministry announced a“plan for a nuclear test.”

Oct. 5Oct. 6•Chinese Ambassador to the UN, Wang Guangya, made a public warning of serious
consequences upon carrying out of nuclear test North Korea by.
- If North Korea presses ahead with a nuclear test, it will face serious
consequences.
•UNSC announced Chairman’s Statement that urged North Korea to abandon its
nuclear test.

Oct. 9 •The North Korean Central News announced that a nuclear test succeeded.
Oct. 11•The statement of a spokesman for the North Korean Foreign Ministry implied an
additional nuclear test.
•Adoption of the UNSC Resolution 1718

Oct. 15

Oct. 18-19- To prohibit the transfer of materials and technologies relevant to the WMDs such as
nuclear weapons and ballistic missiles, etc.
- To prohibit the export of luxuries- To intercept the transfer of nuclear/WMD-related funds- To prohibit the entry of WMD transfer-related figures- Cargo inspection to prevent nuclear/WMD transfer•Tang Jiaxuan’s visit to North Korea, and his remarks as to the additional nuclear test
is reported.
- The Chairman of National Defense Commission, Kim Jong Il,“we have no additional
nuclear tests planned but cannot keep still if the U.S. pressures us.”319
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 5

Appendices

Date

Major Details

Oct. 31, 2006

•Chinese Foreign Ministry announced that the resumption of six-party talks was agreed
at an informal trilateral meeting among China, U.S. and North Korea.

Nov. 1•The spokesman for North Korean Foreign Ministry expressed that it had decided toreturn to six-party talks on the premise of discussing & resolving the issue of financial
sanctions.

Nov. 28-29•U.S.-North Korea’s head of delegations for the six-party talks met in Beijing.
- U.S. proposed“initial actions for the implementation”to North Korea.
•The second session of the fifth round of the six-party talks was held in Beijing’s
Diaoyutai State Guesthouse.

Dec.18-22

Jan. 16-18,
2007- North Korea remained hard-lined, insisting that nuclear disarmament talks wasinevitable (Dec. 18).
- Discussions on specific initial actions were not conducted as North Korea insisted on
resolving BDA issues first.
•U.S.-North Korea met in Berlin.
- Hill and Kim Gye-gwan met at the Embassies.
- Discussed working-level agreements on the BDA issue and resumption of six-party talks.
•The third session of the fifth round of the six-party talks (Beijing’s Diaoyutai State
Guesthouse).

Feb. 8-13- Results from U.S.-North Korea talks in Berlin were elaborated upon.
- Discussed initial actions for the implementation and the potential agreements fororganizing five working groups.
•Initial actions for the implementation Sep. 19th joint statement (abbreviated as the Feb.
13th Agreement) was derived.

Feb. 13- To implement the initial actions within 60 days
- To form a working group to undertake the initial actions regarding the joint statement- To resume the sixth round of the six-party talks as well as six-party ministerial-levelmeetings in order to discuss plans for next phase actions for the implementation•The first working group meetings for normalization on U.S.- North Korea relations(New York)Mar. 5-6

Mar. 6-7- North Korea indicated that nuclear facilities would be shutdown and sealed after
BDA issues were resolved, five tons of heavy fuel oil (HFO) were supplied, and IAEA
Chief’
s visit was completed (March 13-14).
- Nuclear weapons issue is an item to discuss during the final stage as U.S.-North
Korea relations remained hostile.
•The first working group meetings for normalization on Japan- North Korea relations(Hanoi, Vietnam)- Japan insisted on resolving abduction issues, while North Korea responded byurging Japan to apologize for their colonial rule.

320
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 5

Mar. 15, 2007

Mar. 16

Major Details•The first working group meetings on economy and energy cooperation (ROK Embassyin China)- Reiterated U.S.-Korean intentions for early energy assistance. Heard reports on
status of North Korean energy.
•The first working group meetings on Northeast Asia peace and security mechanism(Russian Embassy in China).
- The nations offered statements to enhance mutual trust in the region.

Mar.17-18

Mar.19-22•The first working group meetings on denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula(Beijing’s Diaoyutai State Guesthouse)- Discussed initial actions, next phase actions for the implementation and IAEA
activities.
•The first session of the sixth round of the six-party talks (Beijing’s Diaoyutai State
Guesthouse).
- Adjourned without substantial discussion due to contentions on transfer of BDAfrozen funds.
•Resolution of the BDA issue.

Mar.14-Jun. 13

- North Korea requested integration of 40 BDA accounts ($23 Million) then transfer tothe Russian commercial bank.
- North Korea made official references to BDA issue being solved.

•IAEA working group representatives visited North Korea (Four including the DirectorGeneral).
Jun. 26-30.
- Discussed ways to monitor and verity shutdown and sealing of five nuclear-related
facilities.
Jul. 12- •Provision of HFO in connection to initial actions for implementation. ROK supplied
Aug. 2 50,000 tons.
Jul. 14-Aug.11•IAEA’s Monitor and Verification Team visits North Korea (ten people) to monitor
shutdown & sealing of nuclear facilities and set up surveillance cameras.
•The head of delegation meeting of the six-party talks (Beijing).

Jul. 18-20- North Korea’s intensions and positions on declaration and disablement wereascertained.
- Discussed holding five working group meetings before the end of August, next sixparty talks, and foreign ministerial talks.
•The second working group meetings on economy and energy cooperation(Panmunjeom)Aug. 7-8- Discussed ways to provide the equivalent of 950,000 tons of HFO for the next phase.
- That was the assistance up to 450,000 tons of HFO (supplying 50,000 tons every
month) and equipment & materials for energy up to the equivalent of 500,000 tons of HFO.

321
Defense White Paper 2008

AppendicesDateAppendix 5

Appendices

Date

Aug. 16-17,
2007

Aug. 20-21

Sep. 1-2

Sep. 5-6

Major Details•The second working group meetings on denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula(Shenyang): North Korea presented basic positions regarding declaration anddisablement.
- Declaration: nuclear facilities, material, and elaborations on Uranium Enrichment
Project (UEP) would be included. But nuclear detonating devises would be excluded.
- Disablement: 5MWe nuclear reactor, re-processing facilities, and fuel-rod producing
plant would be included.
•The second working group meetings on Northeast Asia peace and security
mechanism (Moscow).
- The nations offered statements about principles for security cooperation in Northeast
Asia and trust-building.
•The second working group meetings on normalization of U.S.- North Korea relations(Geneva)- Agreed to make complete declaration, implement disablement measures, and lift
sanctions against North Korea before the year-end.
•The second working group meetings on normalization of Japan- North Korea relations(Ulan Bator, Mongolia).
- Decided to have further discussions on matters such as abduction issues (agreed
to convene working group meetings).
•U.S.-China-Russia’s expert group visited Yongbyon nuclear facilities in North Korea.

Sep. 11-15- The parties expected to hear the team’s reports on discussions about
inspection/progress of disablement, technical issues, and related expenses during
the next six-party talks.
•The second session of the sixth round of the six-party talks (Beijing). Agreed on thesecond phase actions for the implementation (the October 3 agreement).

Sep. 27-30- Agreed to disable existing nuclear facilities and make a complete & correct
declaration of all North Korea’s nuclear programs before the year-end (the second
visit of the expert group to North Korea in two weeks).
- Decisions to remove the designation of the DPRK as state sponsor of terrorism andto terminate the application of the Trading with the Enemy Act with respect to the
DPRK would be made in parallel with the DPRK’s actions.
- Economic, energy and humanitarian assistance equivalent of one million
tons of HFO would be provided to North Korea.
- The parties reiterated that the six-party ministerial meeting would be held in Beijing
at an appropriate date.
•U.S. expert group visited North Korea and produced the Agreement on Disablement
Measures.

Oct. 11-18- To implement disablement measures of three Younbyon nuclear facilities(11 measures) by a U.S.-led effort.
- To store & seal & monitor separated (removed) devices (materials) in a mutuallyaccepted area within North Korea.

322
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 5

Major Details•The third working group meetings on economy and energy cooperation (Panmunjeom)

Oct. 29-30,
2007

Nov. 1-15- Discussed assistance up to 500,000 tons of HFO, equipment and materials forenergy up to the equivalent of 500,000 tons of HFO.
- Standard HFO price was fixed at $400 per ton and $21 per ton for incidental
expenses.
•Disablement team made its first visit to North Korea- Simultaneously underwent facility disablement (11 measures).
•The first ROK-China-DPRK working-level meeting (Shenyang).

Nov. 10-13

Nov. 27-29

Dec. 3-5

Dec. 11-12- Agreed on ways to assist equipment and materials for energy up to the equivalentof 500,000 tons of HFO.
•Korea-China-Russia-Japan the six-party disablement survey team visited North Korea.
- Inspected the ongoing disablement process in three Yongbyon nuclear facilities.
•Assistant Secretary Christopher Hill visited North Korea (to deliver President Bush’shand-written letter).
- Checked progress of disablement and conveyed U.S. position on North Korean
declaration.
•Unofficial working group meetings on economy and energy cooperation (Beijing).
- Discussed ways to assist HFO and non-oil resources.
•The second ROK-China-DPRK working-level meeting (Pyongyang).

Dec. 25-26- Reached a three-way agreement for second round assistance of equipment andmaterials to North Korea.
•North Korean Foreign Ministry issued a statement on the nuclear issue.

Jan. 4, 2008

- North Korea insisted that nuclear declaration had been submitted and that notification
was made to the U.S. in November 2007.
- North Korea denied neither uranium enrichment nor supporting of Syrian nuclear
program.
•Christopher Hill visited six-party nations (Korea, Japan, China, and Russia).

Jan. 7-12- Emphasized the need for a complete and correct declaration and related parties’
consolidated efforts.
•Sung Kim, Director of Korean Office at the U.S. State Department, visited North Korea.

Jan. 31-Feb. 1

Feb. 17-20- Discussed fine-tuning of North Korean nuclear declaration and resumption of thehead of delegation meeting of the six-party talks.
- Urged early implementation of the October 3 agreement.
•Christopher Hill visited Korea, China, and Japan.
- Provided video evidenc proving North Korea’s cooperation with Syria to Korea
and China.

323
Defense White Paper 2008

AppendicesDateAppendix 5

Appendices

Date
Feb. 20-21,
2008

Major Details•The third ROK-China-DPRK working-level meeting (Beijing).
- Discussed third round of assistance in equipment and materials to North Korea andassessed current work and progress.
•U.S.-North Korea talks convened in Geneva.

Mar. 13Mar. 24

Mar. 27-28- U.S. offered North Korea the methods in which to“indirectly admit HEU.”- North Korea refused to agree, emphasizing that it was a direct order from
Pyongyang.
•U.S.-North Korea working-level meeting was held in New York.
•North Korea delivered its draft of nuclear declaration to the U.S.
•A working-level consultation between ROK and DPRK delegation of the six-party talks
EEC/WG (Panmunjeom).
- Exchanged opinions on third round of assistance in equipment & materials andoverall assistance by the parties.
•U.S.-North Korea talks convened in Singapore.

Apr. 8- Agreed to include North Korea-Syria nuclear cooperation, acknowledgment of paston UEP, and pledges to prevent relapse.
- U.S. still pursued a complete and correct declaration, but was willing to accept
uncertainty in order to move on to the next phase.
- Reached provisional agreement on format of North Korean declaration.
•The second session of the third ROK-China-DPRK working-level meeting (Beijing)

Apr. 10- Reached provisional agreement on ways to provide third round of assistance inequipment and materials (ROK: 35,000 tons, China: 15,000 tons).
•U.S.-North Korea expert consultations convened in Pyongyang (five including Sung
Kim).

Apr. 22-24- U.S. made demands to include nuclear waste storage area and radioisotope
production laboratory in the draft of the declaration.
- Agreed to blow up the cooling tower within one-two days of submitting declaration
to symbolize its disablement effort.
- Discussed substantial ways to declare and verify.
•U.S.-ROK’s head of delegations met in Washington DC.

Apr. 28- Emphasized the importance of establishing a mechanism within the six-party talks incharge of verification and monitoring.
- Shared results from U.S.-North Korea expert consultations and discussed ways
forward.

•U.S. envoy visited North Korea for the second time (Pyongyang, five including Sung
Kim).
May 8-10 - Received 314 volumes of supplement data for declaration (18,822 pages).
- North Korea indicated that it would deliver its declaration form in connection with U.S.
indication to remove the designation of the North Korea as state sponsor of terrorism.

324
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 5

May 8-10,
2008

Major Details- North Korea reaffirmed its intent to destroy the cooling tower within 24 hours of U.S.
removal of North Korea as state sponsor and North Korea’s declaration of nuclear
programs.
- Fine-tuned declaration forms and checked whether specific U.S. demands were
included.
•ROK-China’s head of delegations met in Beijing.

May 13

May 19- Confirmed positive progress on nuclear declaration and discussed handling of unused fuel-rods.
- Discussed the next six-party talks.
•ROK-U.S.-Japan’s head of delegations met in Washington DC.
- Assessed work and progress of six-party talks and discussed ways forward.
•U.S.-North Korea’s head of delegations of the six-party talks met in Beijing.

May 27-28

May 27-31

Jun. 2- Discussed holding technical expert group meeting and etc. before the North Korean
declaration.
•Christopher Hill visited China and Russia.
- Discussed nuclear declaration and resumption of six-party talks.
•The number of spent fuel-rods produced was reduced (30 per day→15) (IAEA
Inspector).
•Meetings between five assistance-providing parties took place in Seoul.

Jun. 10- Discussed preliminary agenda for working group meeting on economic and energy
cooperation.
•The fifth working group meetings on economic and energy cooperation convened in
Panmunjeom (reached provisional agreements).

Jun. 11- Agreed to provide remaining HFO by December 2008.
- Agreed to write an agreement to provide remaining equipment and materials by
August 2008.
- Agreed to provide anthracite-related (smokeless coal) equipment first.
•The third working group meeting on normalization of Japan- North Korea (Beijing)

Jun. 11-12- North Korea announced that it would cooperate in re-investigation of abduction
issues and Yodo-go hijacking issue.
- Japan hinted at lifting portions of their sanctions against North Korea.
•North Korean Foreign Ministry announced successful discussions via broadcast.

Jun. 12- Sung Kim, Director of Korean Office at the U.S. State Department, arrived in Korea
on June 9, visited Pyongyang on June 10 via land, returned to Korea on June 11,
and held press interviews on June 12.

Jun. 19, 2008 •ROK-U.S.-Japan’s head of delegations of the six-party talks met in Beijing.

325
Defense White Paper 2008

AppendicesDateAppendix 5

Appendices

Date

Major Details•North Korea submitted its nuclear declaration to China.

Jun. 26

Jun. 27- On June 26, same date in U.S. ET, President Bush notified the Congress of theremoval of North Korea from the list of terror-sponsoring states (the decision would
come into effect on August 11 after 45 days of processing time starting June 27).
•Yongbyon’s 5MWe nuclear reactor was destroyed and the application of the Tradingwith the Enemy Act with respect to the DPRK was terminated.
- Sung Kim, Director of Korean Office at the U.S. State Department, visited North Korea
on June 27-28 and watched the destruction of the cooling tower.

Jun. 30 •The number of spent fuel-rods produced was increased from 15 per day to 30.
•The second head of delegations of the six-party talks and the third working groupmeeting on denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula (Beijing).
Jul. 10-12- Discussed evaluation of declaration, development of a verification system, completing
second phase, and denuclearization negotiations for third phase.
- Agreed to establish a verification system and to complete disablement and economic
support by the end of October.
- The working group meeting failed to produce an agreement on plans to implement
verification (protocol).
•Unofficial six-party foreign ministerial talks (Singapore).

Jul. 23

Jul. 30-Aug. 1

Jul. 31-Aug. 1- Agreed on North Korea’s completion of second phase of denuclearization and six
clauses specifying participating parties’efforts.
•Sung Kim, Director of Korean Office at the U.S. State Department, visited China anddiscussed plans to verify North Korea’s declaration. Kim also contacted North Korea
and explored ways and means forward.
•Sung Kim, U.S. special envoy to the six-party talks, and Ri Gun, Director-General of
the U.S. Affairs Bureau at North Korea’s Foreign Ministry, met twice in Beijing.
- North Korea did not express intentions to allow gathering of sample ores.

Aug. 11-12

Aug. 14
Aug. 14-16
2008
Aug. 17•The fourth working group meeting on normalization of Japan- North Korea relations(Shenyang).
- Discussed re-investigation of abductors of Japanese citizens, early lifting of sanctions
against the North, extradition of Yodo-go hijackers, and settlement of past history.
•North Korea stopped producing spent fuel-rods (North Korean Embassy in China
notified the Chinese Foreign Ministry).
•Sung Kim, U.S. special envoy to the six-party talks, visited China and discussed plansto verify North Korea’s declaration. U.S.-North Korea discussions did not occur asNorth Korean staff decided not to visit China.
•U.S. delivered 6,000 tons of HFO to Songrim, North Korea. Remaining 10,000 tons
were to be delivered to Sonbong.

326
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 5

Appendices

Date

Major Details•U.S.-North Korea met in New York.

Aug. 22

Aug. 26- U.S. presented implementation plans for a complete and correct nuclear verification
to North Korea and demanded an early reply.
* Sung Kim, U.S. special envoy to the six-party talks, and Kim Myong-gil, North
Korea’
s deputy envoy to the United Nations, were presumed to have met.
•The spokesman for the North Korean Foreign Ministry announced that North Korea
was considering suspension of all Yongbyon disablement efforts and restoration of its
facilities starting August 14.

Sep. 2 •Began to resume operation of nuclear facilities.
•ROK-U.S.-China-Japan’s head of delegations of the six-party talks met in Beijing.
Sep. 5-6- Exchanged views on plans to implement verification and countermeasures against
North Korea’s decision to suspend disablement efforts and to restore its facilities.
•The spokesman for the North Korean Foreign Ministry announced that‘Yongbyon’snuclear facilities were being restored.’

Sep. 19•The Inter-Korea working-level meeting on economic and energy cooperation(Panmunjeom House of Peace).
- Hwang Joon-kook (ROK’s Director-General of North Korean Nuclear Affairs Bureauof the MOFAT) and Hyun Hak-bong (North Korea’s Deputy Director-General of theAmerican Affairs Bureau in the DPRK’s Foreign Ministry).
* Concluded without specific agreements on ROK’s assistance.
•ROK-U.S.’head of delegations of the six-party talks met.

Sep. 21- Discussed ways to prevent deterioration of North Korean nuclear situation and tocomplete the second phase of disablement.
•President Bush and President Hu Jintao conducted telephone conversations.

- Agreed to persuade North Korea to abide by course of actions discussed in the sixparty talks.
Sep. 22•IAEA Director General indicated that North Korea demanded IAEA inspectors toremove seals and surveillance cameras.
- IAEA inspectors confirmed that some equipment had been restored.
Sep. 23

Sep. 24, 2008

•President Bush addressed the UN General Assembly.
- Urged UN to enforce sanctions on North Korea and Iran.
•IAEA inspection team removed seals from Yongbyon re-processing facility andsurveillance cameras per North Korea’s demands. North Korea notified injection of
nuclear material.

•Assistant Secretary Hill visited North Korea and discussed nuclear issues with Vice
Minister for Foreign Affairs Kim Gye-gwan, Minister of Foreign Affairs Park Eui-chun,
Oct. 1-3 and Colonel General Ri Chan-bok.
- Proposed submitting nuclear facility verification plans first and ways to verify
UEP/Syrian nuclear cooperation in piecemeal fashion.

327
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 5

Appendices

Date

Major Details

Oct. 11•U.S. State Department announced the removal of North Korea from the list of terrorsponsoring states.

Oct. 12•The spokesman for the North Korean Foreign Ministry announced that North Korea
welcomed U.S. State Department’s action and that it would resume disablement efforts(October 14) as well as allow U.S./IAEA inspectors’missions.

Oct. 25•(North) Korean Central Broadcasting (KCB) insisted on curtailing Japan from the sixparty framework.

Oct. 28•U.S.-Japan’s head of delegations of the six-party talks met in New York, discussed
North Korean nuclear issues.

Oct. 31 •The number of spent fuel-rods produced was reduced (30 per day →15).
Dec. 8-11•Head of delegations of the six-party talks met in Beijing.
- Failed to produce agreements due to contentions on gathering of sample ores.

328
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 6

Appendices

Appendix 6. North Korea’s Missile Development andSpecifications■ Chronology of North Korea’s Missile Development and ProductionTime

Development and Production Activities

Early 70s

Involved in China’s missile development project and acquired missile
technology (estimation)

1976-81

Introduction of USSR-made Scud-Bs and launchers from Egypt

Apr. 1984

First test-firing of improved Scud-B

May 1986

Test-firing of Scud-C

1988

Operational deployment of improved Scud-B/C

May 1990

First test-firing of the Rodong missile

Jun. 1991

Launching of the Scud-C missile

May 1993

Test-firing of the Rodong missile

Jan. 1994

First identification of the Taepodong-1

1998

Operational deployment of Rodong missiles

Aug. 1998

Test-firing of the Taepodong-1 (North Korea claimed that it had launched a satellite)

Jul. 2006

Test-firing of the Taepodong-2 and launching of Rodong & Scud missiles

2007

Operational deployment of Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile (IRBM)■ Specifications of North Korea’s Missiles
Classification

SCUD-B

SCUD-C

Rodong

IRBM

Range (km)

300

500

1,300

3,000

2,500

Over 6,700

Warhead
Payload (kg)

1,000

770

700

650

500

650-1,000(Estimated)

Operational
deployment

Operational
deployment

Test-firing

Under
development

Progress
StatusOperational Operational
deployment deployment

Taepodong-1 Taepodong-2

329
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 7

Appendices

Appendix 7. Chronology of Inter-Korean Military Talks
No Classification

Date

Place

Details of Major Consultations · Agreements

1

1st Round of theInter-Korean Sep.24•Adoption of the five-point joint press release of the InterJeju Island
Defense26, 2000
Korean Defense Ministerial Talks
Ministerial Talks

2•Major details of the discussion: (proposed) Inter-Korean
Agreement on Military Assurances
1st Round of the- Designation of the timing and scope of the Joint
Panmunjeom
Inter-Korean Nov. 28.
Administrative Area (JAA), location of the roads, andUnification
Military Working 2000
construction of facilities in the JAA
Pavilion- level Talks- Security assurance issue for DMZ construction works- Simultaneous commencement of landmine removal in
the DMZ•Major details of the discussion: (proposed) Inter-Korean
Agreement on Military Assurances- Finalization of the routes of the inter-Korean roads
2nd Round of- Discussion of the designation and operation of the JAA
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Dec. 5,
as well as joint regulations
3
House ofMilitary Working 2000
- Agreement of signature/entry into force of the
Peace- level Talks
agreements regarding safety issues during constructionin the ministerial talks- Narrowing the differences regarding the simultaneouscommencement of landmine removal in the DMZ•Centering around the South’s response to the issue
regarding the concept of main enemy posed by the
3rd Round of the
Panmunjeom North.
Dec. 21,
Inter-Korean
4
Unification- The meeting ended after the South explained and
Military Working 2000
Paviliondelivered its proposed agreement to the North. The- level Talks
two sides decided to discuss the proposed agreement
in ensuring talks•Major details of the discussion: (proposed) Inter-Korean
Agreement on Military Assurances
4th Round of the- Designation and operation of the JAA
Panmunjeom
Inter-Korean
Jan. 31,- Mine removal in the DMZ, method of road & railway
5
House ofMilitary Working
2001
reconnection works, and the method of contact andPeace- level Talks
communication between the military personnel incharge of the construction sites- Security on construction personnel & equipments andsafety assurance issues

330
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 7

Date

Place

Details of Major Consultations · Agreements•Agreement on Military Assurances for Designation of the
5th Round of
Joint Administrative Area in the East/West Coast Districts
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Feb. 8,
and the Construction of Railways and Roads Connecting
6
Unification
Military Working
2001
the South and North
Pavilion- level Talks※ Signature/entry into force was delayed due to the excuseof the concept of main enemy.

7

6th the InterKorean Military
Working- level Talks•Adoption of the Agreement on Military Assurances for
Designation of the Joint Administrative Area in the
Panmunjeom
Sep. 14,
East/West Coast Districts and the Construction ofHouse of2002
Railways and Roads Connecting the South and North
Peace→ agreed to sign/exchange/come into force agreement
through additional two rounds of talks (September 16/17)

7th Round of•Confirmation and initial exchange of the text of the
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Sep. 16,
Military Assurance Agreement, and discussion of the8
Unification
Military Working 2002
procedures of the 7th Inter-Korean Military
Pavilion- level Talks
Working-level Talks•Exchange and effectuation of the Agreement on Military
8th Round of
Panmunjeom Assurances for Designation of the Joint Administrative
the Inter-Korean Sep. 17,
9House of
Area in the East/West Coast Districts and theMilitary Working 2002
Peace
Construction of Railways and Roads Connecting- level Talks
the South and North
9th Round of
the Inter-Korean
10
Military Working- level Talks

Oct. 3,
2002•Exchange and discussion of the mutual construction plans
Panmunjeom
by timeline and route diagrams for the reconnection ofUnification
railways and roads
Pavilion•Issue to support of communication equipments

10th Round of
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Oct. 11.
•Balanced construction works for inter-Korean railway &11
House ofMilitary Working 2002
road reconnection and demining in DMZ
Peace- level Talks
11th Round of
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Oct. 16,•Consultation over the balanced construction works
12
Unification
Military Working 2002
for inter-Korean railway & road reconnection in DMZ
Pavilion- level Talks
12th Round of
Panmunjeom •Discussion of matters regarding verification of balanced
the Inter-Korean Oct. 25,
13House ofconstruction of road & railway construction, joint survey
Military Working 2002
Peaceand communication line connection for the Donghae Line- level Talks
13th Round of
Panmunjeom •Discussion of matters regarding verification of balanced
the Inter-Korean Nov. 13,
14
Unification
construction of road/railway construction, joint survey and
Military Working 2002
Pavilioncommunication line connection for the Donghae Line- level Talks

331
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices

No Classification

Appendix 7

Appendices

No Classification

Date

Place

Details of Major Consultations · Agreements

14th Round of•Consultations over the (proposed) makeshift road
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Dec. 23,
passage agreement regarding the Gyeongeui Line and
15
House ofMilitary Working 2002
Donghae Line, and connection of the communication
Peace- level Talks
lines concerning the Donghae Line
15th Round of•Adoption and effectuation of the Provisional Agreement
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Jan. 27,
on Military Assurances for passage of Makeshift Roads
16
Unification
Military Working 2003
in the Joint Administrative Area in the East and West
Pavilion- level Talks
Coast Districts
16th Round of
Panmunjeom •Agreement on mutual visits to the construction sites for
the Inter-Korean Jun. 4,
17House ofinspections (Number of personnel: 10 persons each for
Military Working 2003
Peace
the east and west coast districts on June 11)- level Talks
17th Round of•Adoption and effectuation of the Supplementary
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Sep. 17,
Agreement on the Provisional Agreement on Military18
Unification
Military Working 2003
Assurances for Passage of Makeshift Roads in the Joint
Pavilion- level Talks
Administrative Area in the East and West Coast Districts•Expression of mutual positions on the proposed
18th Round of
Agreement on Installation and Operation of Guard Posts
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Nov. 14,
in the Joint Administrative Area
19
House ofMilitary Working 2003
•Consultation of date for the contact between persons in
Peace- level Talks
charge of communication in relation to connection ofcommunication lines of Donghae line
19th Round of
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Nov. 28,•Consultation over Agreement on Installation and
20
Unification
Military Working 2003
Operation of Guard Posts
Pavilion- level Talks
20th Round of
Panmunjeom •Exchange and effectuation of the Agreement on
the Inter-Korean Dec. 23,
21
House ofand Installation Operation of Guard Posts in the Joint
Military Working 2003
Peace
Administrative Area in the East and West Coast Districts- level Talks
1st Round of
the Inter-Korean May 26,
22
General Officer
2004- level Talks

Mt.
Geumgang•Expression of mutual positions regarding measures toprevent accidental Naval clashes in the West Sea andto stop propaganda activities and remove propaganda
apparatus from the DMZ

2nd Round of
the Inter-Korean Jun. 3-4,
23
General Officer
2004- level Talks

Mt.
Seorak•Adoption and effectuation of the Agreement on thePrevention of Accidental Naval Clashes in the West Sea,and the Cessation of Propaganda Activities and the
Elimination of Propaganda Apparatus from the DMZ

332
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 7

Date

21st Round of
the Inter-Korean
24
Military Working- level Talks

Jun.
10-12,
2004

22nd Round ofJun.
the Inter-Korean
25
29-30,
Military Working
2004- level Talks
23rd Round of
the Inter-Korean
26
Military Working- level Talks

Jul. 5,
2004

Place

Details of Major Consultations · Agreements•Adoption and effectuation of the Subsequent Agreementon the Agreement on the Prevention of Accidental Naval
Gaeseong
clashes in the West Sea, and the Cessation of
Propaganda Activities and the Elimination of Propaganda
Apparatus from the DMZ

Paju•Assessment regarding prevention of accidental naval
clashes in the West Sea and first-stage propaganda
apparatus removal•Consultation over differences regarding the subjects offirst-stage propaganda apparatus removal, agreement
Gaeseong
to implement second-stage works. ROK suggested
improvement measures to prevent accidental clashes
in the West Sea•Consultation over differences regarding the subjects ofsecond-stage propaganda apparatus removal•Consultation over initiating third-stage propaganda
24th Round ofapparatus removal (July 25-August 13)
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Jul. 20,•Agreement to setting up the communication liaison office27
House ofMilitary Working 2005
to prevent accidental naval clashes in the West Sea
Peace- level Talks(since August 13)•Suggestion of the Supplementary Agreement Pertaining
to Improvement Measures to Prevent Accidental Clashes
in the West Sea
25th Round of
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Aug. 12,•Consultation over differences regarding the subjects
28
Unification
Military Working 2005of third-stage propaganda apparatus removal
Pavilion- level Talks
26th Round of•Agreement to discuss the Agenda for General Officerthe Inter-Korean Nov. 3,
29
Panmunjeom level Talks and the Military Assurances Agreement
Military Working 2005
on Railway/Road Passage- level Talks
27th Round of•Agreement to convene the third round of the General
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Feb. 3,
Officer-level Talks
30
Unification
Military Working 2006
•Agreement to discuss the Military Assurance
Pavilion- level Talks
Agreement on Railway/Road Passage

31•ROK, to make proposals on prevention of accidental
3rd Round ofclashes in the West Sea and establishment of Joint
Panmunjeom
Inter-Korean Mar. 2-3,
fishing area, and conclusion of the Military Assurance
Unification
General Officer
2006
Agreement on Railway/Road Passage
Pavilion- level Talks•North Korea, to bring up issues on re-establishing theWest Sea Maritime Borderline

333
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices

No Classification

Appendix 7

Appendices

No Classification

32

4th Round ofInter-Korean
General Officer- level Talks

Date

May
16-18,
2006

Place

Details of Major Consultations · Agreements•ROK, expression of the intention to discuss in theInter-Korean Defense Ministerial Talks on the basis offollowing two principles as regards Maritime Borderline in
Panmunjeom the West Sea
House of① Respect/observe NLL as agreed in the Basic Agreement
Peace② Comprehensive implementation as for agreed items of
military area in the Basic Agreement•North Korea, to deny insisting that re-establishing WestSea Maritime Borderline is the basic problem that must
be resolved first.

28th Round of
the Inter-Korean
33
Military Working- level Talks

Oct. 2,
2006•North Korea, to protest against scattering leaflets andPanmunjeom
violation of East/West area transportation order.
Unification•ROK, to raise military assurance measures for economic
Pavilioncooperation project and expansion of confidence-building

5th Round ofInter-Korean
General Officer- level Talks

May.
8-11,
2007

Panmunjeom •Joint press release for the General Officer-level Talks.
Unification •Adoption of the Provisional Agreement on Military
Pavilion
Assurances of Railroad Test Runs.

34

29th Round of
Panmunjeom •Discussion about implementation of agreements fromthe Inter-Korean Jun. 8,
35House ofthe joint press release of the fifth round of the General
Military Working 2007
Peace
Officer-level Talks.
- level Talks
30th Round of
Panmunjeom •Discussion about implementation of agreements from thethe Inter-Korean Jul. 10,36
Unification
joint press release of the fifth round of the General
Military Working 2007
Pavilion
Officer-level Talks.
- level Talks
31st Round of
Panmunjeom •Discussion about implementation of agreements from thethe Inter-Korean July 16,
37
House ofjoint press release of the fifth round of the General
Military Working 2007
Peace
Officer-level Talks.
- level Talks
6th Round of•Discussed prevention of west sea clashes, establishment
Jul.
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Koreanof joint fishing area, and military assurances to inter38
24-26,
House of
General Officer- Korean economic cooperation but ended with no
2007
Peace
- level Talks
progress.
32nd Round of
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Nov. 12,•Discussion about working-level issues on the second
39
Unification
Military Working 2007.
round of inter-Korean Defense Ministerial Talks.
Pavilion- level Talks
33rd Round of
Panmunjeom •Discussed working-level procedures yet to be agreed
the Inter-Korean Nov. 20,
40
House ofand fine-tuned drafts for agreements for the second
Military Working 2007
Peaceround of the Defense Ministerial Talks.
- level Talks

334
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 7

Date

Place

Details of Major Consultations · Agreements

34th Round of
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Nov. 24,•Fine-tuned drafts for agreements for the second round
41
House ofMilitary Working 2007of the Defense Ministerial Talks.
Peace- level Talks
2nd Round of
the Inter-Korean
42
DefenseMinisterial Talks

Nov.
27-29,
2007

Pyongyang
Songjeon
Pavilion•Adoption of the Agreements from inter-Korean Defense
Ministerial Talks to implement the Declaration
for inter-Korean Development and Peaceful Prosperity,
consisting of seven Sections and 21 Paragraphs.

35th Round of
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Dec. 5,•Military Assurance Agreement on Railway Freight
43
Unification
Military Working 2007
Transport between Munsan-Bongdong
Pavilion- level Talks

7th Round of
the Inter-Korean
44
General Officer- level Talks

Dec.
12-14,
2007•Adopted the Agreements on Military Assurances for
Passage/Communication/Customs for Joint Administrative
Area in East/West Area, but it failed to be implemented① Extending passage time (07:00-22:00) andPanmunjeom
guaranteeing passage everyday
House of② Allowing wire/wireless communication and internet
Peacecommunication from 2008
③ Simplifying procedures to shorten passage time, etc.
•Discussed the establishment of joint fishing area andpeace zone but it ended with no progress due tocontentions on location of joint fishing areas.

36th Round of
Panmunjeom
the Inter-Korean Jan. 25,•Discussion about railroad cargo transportation between
45
House ofMilitary Working 2008
Munsan and Bongdong
Peace- level Talks
37th Round of
the Inter-Korean
46
Military Working- level Talks

Oct. 2,
2008•Discussion about implementation issues between
Panmunjeom
the two militaries
House of※ North Korea persistently focused on South’s civilian
Peaceorganization’s leaflet scattering across the North.

335
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices

No Classification

Appendix 8

Appendices

Appendix 8. Agreement on the Second Round of SouthNorth Defense Ministerial Talks
Concerning the implementation of the declaration on the improvements in interKorean relations and peace and prosperity
The second round of the South-North Defense Ministerial Talks “the(Talks”) was held in
Pyongyang for three days from November 27, 2007.
At the Talks, the two sides agreed as follows after discussing how to implement military
actions concerning the implementation of the Declaration on the improvements in inter-Korean
relations and peace and prosperity adopted at the historic Summit:
1. The two sides agreed to take actual steps to put an end to military hostility relations,
alleviate tension and assure peace between them, including the following:① The two sides shall not take any action that may foster hostility between them and will
try to resolve all military issues between two sides peacefully through mutual
cooperation.
② The two sides shall thoroughly comply with all military agreements adopted between
two sides, including the one signed on June 4, 2004.
③ The two sides shall not engage in any military hostilities in the air, at sea or on the
ground.
④ The two sides shall amend and/or supplement systematic instruments so as not to induce
conflicts between two sides and, should accidental conflicts do occur, take immediate
actions to stop and resolve the conflict through dialogue.
With regard to the aforementioned issue, the two sides shall modernize the existing
communication/liaison system between two sides and positively utilize and expand existingnegotiating channels.

336
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 8

comply with their respective non-aggression obligations firmly, including the following:① The two sides agreed to adhere to the existing non-aggression demarcation line andareas under respective jurisdiction.
② The two sides agreed to discuss/resolve issues concerning the maritime non-aggression
demarcation line and military confidence-building measures through South-North Joint
Military Commission.
③ The two sides reconfirmed the principle of the non-use of force against each other andthe peaceful settlement of conflicts, and agreed to take steps to put the principle into
practice.
3. The two sides agreed to take substantial measures to prevent conflicts in the West Sea andto assure peace, including the following:① The two sides agreed to discuss/settle the issue of designating a joint fishing zone and apeaceful zone, sharing the view about the need for such a designation, at general officerlevel talks at the earliest possible date to ease military tension and prevent conflicts in theWest Sea.
② The two sides agreed to designate an area for the collection of aggregates near theestuary of the Han River and Imjin River.
③ The two sides agreed to discuss/settle a measure for assuring military confidence in eachother to prevent conflicts in the West Sea at the South-North Joint Military Commission.
4. The two sides agreed to cooperate militarily with each other to put an end to the current
armistice system and to establish an everlasting peace system, including the following:① The two sides share the view that what the Korean people desire and demand is a
declaration of the end of the war and the establishment of an effective peace regime.
② The two sides agreed to promote military cooperation with each other to foster
conditions for the declaration of the end of the war.
③ The two sides agreed to discuss/settle the issue of recovering the remains of those killedin action (KIA) during the Korean War, sharing the view that this issue relates to the337
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices2. The two sides agreed to take military actions to oppose recommencement of war and toAppendix 8

Appendicesfostering of military trust in each other and constitutes an official means of putting an end
to the war.
5. The two sides agreed to take steps to provide military assurance to projects for exchange
and cooperation between the two Koreas, including the following:① The two sides agreed to take steps to provide an immediate military assurance
concerning exchange and cooperation conducive to the joint prosperity of the Koreannation and the easing of military tension.
② The two sides agreed to take military assurance measures concerning the West Sea
Special Zone for Peace and Cooperation.
The two sides agreed to discuss/settle military assurance measures concerning projects
for exchange and cooperation, including joint fishing in the West Sea and joint use of theHan River estuary, on a priority basis at inter-Korean military working-level talks.
The two sides agreed to take military assurance measures for the designation of therelevant shipping routes and procedures concerning permission for the North’s civilian
ships’direct passage to Haeju Port.
③ The two sides agreed to provide military assurance for railroad transportation of cargoes
between Munsan and Bongdong, starting on December 11, 2007 so that the cooperation
projects in Gaesung and Geumgangsan may be further invigorated, and to discuss/adopt
a military assurance agreement for passage, communication and customs clearance in the
joint administrative area at Tongilgak, Panmunjeom, in early December 2007.
④ The two sides agreed to discuss/settle military assurance measures concerning the
opening of the path for direct access to Baekdusan to facilitate tours of the mountain by
the general public.
6. The two sides agreed to start normal operation of their respective consultative bodies for the
implementation of this Agreement, including the following:① The two sides agreed to hold the third round of the South-North Defense Ministerial
Talks in Seoul at a proper time in 2008.

338
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 8

upon its composition.
7. This Agreement shall take effect on the day on which the two sides exchange a signed copy
with each other after completing the procedure for its due effectuation.
① This Agreement may be amended or supplemented as and when required with mutual
consent.
② This Agreement is executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, but both of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

November 29, 2007

Minister of National Defense
Republic of Korea
Kim, Jang Soo

Minister of People’s Armed Forces
National Defense Committee
Democratic People’s Republic of Korea
Vice Marshall Kim, Il-chul
People’s Armed Forces

339
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices② The two sides agreed to hold the first talks of the South-North Joint Military Commission,

Appendix 9

Appendices

Appendix 9. Status of the Dispatch of ROK Troops(As of Dec. 2008)

Classification

Current
First
Rotation
Personnel Regions Dispatch Cycle

Total #of pers.

Total

1,075

15

20,511

Subtotal (Multi-National Force activities)
Subtotal (Iraq)
Subtotal(Zaytun)Command,DirectZaytunsubordinate
Divisionunit
Embassy
Iraq*
guard teamMulti- (3 nations)KuwaitNational
support unit
Force
Provincial Reconstruction Team
Activities
58 air transportation group(7 nations)
Cooperation
team
MNF-I
Staff
Cooperation
CJTF-101
Afghanistan
team
PRT
Cooperation
U.S. CENTCOM
team(Tampa, Florida)
Staff
U.S. 5th Fleet Command
Staff
CJTF-HOA (1 nation)
Staff
Subtotal (UN PKO activities)
India/Pakistan United Nations
Truce Supervision Organization
Georgia United Nations Truce
Supervision Organization
Mission group in Liberia
UN PKO Activities
Afghanistan support group(7 nations)
Mission group in Sudan
United Nations Operations
in Lebanon
Staff officers
UNIFIL
Staff in theWestern Brigade

680
669

8
4

19,174
19,104

524

500

Arbil

18

Baghdad

6
1
135
5
4
1
5
2

Apr.
2004

Dec.
2003
Sep.
Kuwait2004
Arbil Dec. 2006 6 months
Kuwait,
Oct.
6
Qatar
2004
monthsFeb.
Baghdad6
2003
monthsJul. 2003
Jul.
Bagram2002 6 months
Feb. 2008
Nov.
Florida2001
1 yearDefense White Paper 2008

17,708

4
1,261
49
82
22
6
27

1
1
1
395

Manama Jan. 2008 1 year
Djibouti Feb. 2003 6 months
7

4
1
10
1,337

10

Rawalpindi Oct. 1994

125

7

Sukhumi Nov. 1994

2
1
8
359
3
5

Monrovia Oct. 2003
Kabul Jul. 2003
Sudan Nov. 2005
Tyre

83
1 yearJul. 2007 6 months

Naqoura Jan. 2007
Mar. 2008* Dispatch units to Iraq (3 nations) have returned home in December 2008 upon completion of duties.

340

Command(1 year) /Others(6months)

10
4
24
1,077
6

1 year8

Appendix 10

Appendices´
Appendix 10. Joint Communique
The 39th U.S.-ROK Security Consultative Meeting
November 7, 2007, Seoul

1. The 39th Republic of Korea-United States Security Consultative Meeting (SCM) was held in
Seoul on November 7, 2007. ROK Minister of National Defense Kim Jang Soo and U.S.
Secretary of Defense Robert M. Gates led their respective delegations, which included
senior defense and foreign affairs officials. Before the SCM, the Chairman of the ROK Joint
Chiefs of Staff, General Kim Kwan Jin and the Chairman of the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff,
Admiral Michael G. Mullen presided over the 29th ROK-U.S. Military Committee Meeting(MCM) on November 6, 2007.
2. Secretary Gates expressed appreciation for the ROK’s continued support to the War on
Terror, highlighting the important contributions of the ROK armed forces in both Iraq and
Afghanistan and their role in advancing freedom for the Iraqi and Afghan people. The
Minister and the Secretary reviewed the way ahead and agreed that bilateral cooperation
between the two countries on the Global War on Terrorism continues to strengthen the
ROK-U.S. Alliance.
3. The Minister and the Secretary welcomed the progress achieved in inter-Korean relations at
the 2007 South-North Summit. Minister Kim explained that South Korea and North Korea
agreed to jointly endeavor to reduce tension on the Korean Peninsula, and hold a defense
ministers’meeting to discuss military confidence-building measures in this regard. The
Minister and the Secretary agreed that the ROK-U.S. Alliance would continue to assist inadvancing peace and stability on the peninsula and in the region and further agreed toclosely consult and coordinate in this regard.
4. The Secretary and the Minister welcomed the resumption of the Six Party Talks and theprogress made toward the implementation of the September 19, 2005 Joint Statement. They
noted positively that the ROK and U.S. are committed to work together to achieve the early341
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 10

Appendicesand complete denuclearization of North Korea, establish peace on the Korean Peninsulaand promote peace and security in Northeast Asia through the complete implementation of
the September 19 Joint Statement wherein North Korea agreed to abandon all nuclear
weapons and existing nuclear programs, to return, at an early date, to the Treaty on the
Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (NPT), and to International Atomic Energy Agency(IAEA) safeguards. In addition, the Minister and the Secretary agreed that North Korea’scontinued development of WMD and long-range missiles, along with the danger of theproliferation, were a challenge to the ROK-U.S. Alliance.
5. The Minister and the Secretary agreed that the ROK-U.S. Alliance, along with the U.S. forces
stationed in Korea, continuously ensure the security of the Korean Peninsula and thestability of Northeast Asia. Secretary Gates offered assurances of firm U.S. commitment andimmediate support towards the ROK, including continuation of the extended deterrence
offered by the U.S. nuclear umbrella, consistent with the ROK-U.S. Mutual Defense Treaty.
Minister Kim reaffirmed the ROK commitment to mutual defense for the preservation ofpeace and security.
6. The Minister and the Secretary received reports on the results of the ROK-U.S. Security
Policy Initiative (SPI) discussions and expressed satisfaction that through close
consultations, the ROK and the U.S are making progress on pending issues, including thetransition of the wartime operational control of ROK forces and the relocation of UnitedStates forces based in Korea. The Minister and the Secretary agreed to continue SPI
consultations in 2008 and beyond, based on the significant accomplishments of the past
three years.
7. The Secretary and the Minister shared the view that since 2003, the two nations havesuccessfully resolved alliance issues including relocation and realignment of the U.S. Forces
Korea, transition of the wartime operational control, and strategic flexibility, in order totransform and strengthen the ROK-U.S. Alliance to meet the demands of the changing
security environment and future security needs. The Minister and the Secretary agreed that

342
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 10

combined defense posture should be maintained in order to secure peace and stability on
the Korean Peninsula and in Northeast Asia. Both sides stressed their determination toensure that the capabilities of the ROK-U.S. combined forces remain at peak readiness andcontinue to improve.
8. The Minister and the Secretary reviewed the progress since the ROK-U.S. Defense
Ministerial Meeting held on February 23, 2007, where the two countries agreed to complete
the transition of wartime operational control on April 17, 2012. Both sides highly praised thesubstantial and significant progress that has been made toward implementation since the
ROK Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the Senior United States Military Officer
Assigned to Korea, representing the U.S. Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, agreed upon
the Strategic Transition Plan (STP) on June 28, 2007. In noting the strong momentum
behind this effort, Secretary Gates offered firm assurances that the transition of wartime
operational control will be carried out in a manner that strengthens deterrence andmaintains a fully capable ROK-U.S. combined defense posture on the Korean Peninsula.
The Secretary reaffirmed that the U.S. will continue to provide significant bridging
capabilities until the ROK obtains full self-defense capabilities. Secretary Gates further notedthat the U.S. will continue to contribute U.S. unique capabilities to the combined defense
for the life of the Alliance. Noting that the transition of wartime operational control will
strengthen deterrence on the Korean Peninsula, both sides pledged their fullest
commitment to meeting agreed upon benchmarks and timelines regarding the transition. In
particular, efforts will be made to work together closely to develop new operational plans
based on the new supporting-to-supported command relations structure created by thetransition of wartime OPCON and to implement a robust combined exercise schedule tofurther ensure readiness.
9. The Secretary and the Minister praised agreements reached on the Roadmap for theArmistice Maintenance Responsibility (AMR) adjustment through the Senior Level Working
Group, and expressed their satisfaction with the progress. In accordance with the Roadmap,

343
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendicesthe ROK-U.S Alliance remains vital to the future interests of the two nations and that a solidAppendix 10

Appendicesboth sides agreed to complete the AMR adjustment between the UNC and the ROK military
before the transition of wartime operational control in 2012.
10. The Minister and the Secretary expressed satisfaction with the progress of USFK baserelocation and returns. Secretary Gates expressed his appreciation towards the ROK
government for the dedicated efforts made for in this regard, and both sides agreed toexert a joint effort to advance the relocation and return of USFK bases.
11. The Secretary and the Minister noted that the successful completion of the modernizationof the Jik-do training range is helping to ensure appropriate training conditions for the
ROK and U.S. Air Forces. Both sides acknowledged that ensuring sufficient and sustained
training conditions for USFK is of critical importance for combined readiness and agreed tomake continuous efforts to enhance training conditions.
12. The Minister and the Secretary welcomed the conclusion of the Special Measures
Agreement for 2007-2008, and assessed that defense cost-sharing contributes tostrengthening combined defense capabilities on the Korean Peninsula. Secretary Gates
offered his appreciation for the ROK’s contributions to the stationing costs for U.S. forcesin the ROK. Both sides agreed to improve the current cost-sharing system and continue
consultations toward that end.
13. The Secretary and the Minister voiced their strong support for legislation introduced in the
U.S. Congress in July to elevate ROK Foreign Military Sales (FMS) Status noting that thiswould enhance defense cooperation between the two countries and further strengthen
ROK-U.S. combined defense capabilities.
14. Both sides positively recognized the work of the SCM subcommittees (the Security
Cooperation Committee (SCC), the Defense Technology and Industrial Cooperation
Committee (DTICC), and the Logistics Cooperation Committee (LCC)). Both sides notedthat negotiations are on-going regarding the War Reserve Stockpile for Allies-Korea

344
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 10report to the 40th SCM on the results.
15. The Secretary and the Minister concurred that through intense discussions on allianceissues, the 39th SCM and the 29th MCM not only strengthened the ROK-U.S. Alliance but
also significantly contributed to its continued development into a future-oriented,
comprehensive, dynamic and mutually beneficial partnership. Both sides agreed to holdthe 40th SCM at a mutually convenient time in 2008 in Washington D.C.

345
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices(WRSA-K) and encouraged both teams to conclude an agreement in the coming year andAppendix 11

Appendices´
Appendix 11. Joint Communique
The 40th U.S.- ROK Security Consultative Meeting
October 17, 2008, Washington, D.C.

1. The 40th United States - Republic of Korea Security Consultative Meeting (SCM) was held in
Washington, D.C. on October 17, 2008. ROK Minister of National Defense Lee, Sanghee
and U.S. Secretary of Defense Robert M. Gates led their respective delegations, which
included senior defense and foreign affairs officials. Before the SCM, the Chairman of the
ROK Joint Chiefs of Staff, General Kim, Tae Young and the Chairman of the U.S. Joint
Chiefs of Staff, Admiral Michael G. Mullen presided over the 30th ROK-U.S. MilitaryCommittee Meeting (MCM) on October 16, 2008. In this 40th SCM, the Minister and theSecretary noted with satisfaction that since 1968, the U.S.-ROK SCM has made invaluable
contributions to strengthening the U.S.-ROK Alliance and to maintaining peace and stabilityon the Korean Peninsula and in Northeast Asia.
2. The Minister and the Secretary reaffirmed the commitment of the ROK and U.S. Presidents
to develop the U.S.-ROK Alliance into a strategic and future-oriented structure to better
address changes and future needs in the security environment for the 21st Century, as
agreed in the Joint Statement of the ROK-U.S. Summit on August 6, 2008. They also agreed
to closely consult and coordinate to further articulate the broad vision for the future
development of the strategic Alliance.
3. The Minister and the Secretary agreed that the two countries have continued close
cooperation on the Global War on Terrorism. In this regard, Secretary Gates expressed
appreciation for the significant contribution the ROK armed forces have made for the past
four years to the stability and reconstruction of Iraq, and congratulated the“return on
success”of the ROK armed forces for successfully accomplishing its mission with honor anddignity. Secretary Gates also expressed appreciation for the ROK’s continued support in
Afghanistan with the Korea Medical and Vocational Training Team in Bagram. The Minister

346
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 11

required for bringing greater stability and reconstruction to Afghanistan. The two further
agreed that bilateral cooperation between the two countries on the Global War on
Terrorism will continue to strengthen the U.S.-ROK Alliance.
4. The Minister and the Secretary affirmed that the Six-Party Talks represents the best way
forward for achieving the verifiable denuclearization of North Korea in accordance with theSeptember 19 Joint Statement of 2005, and has contributed to peace and stability on the
Korean Peninsula and in Northeast Asia. Both welcomed the Six-Party Talks being broughtback on track through the recent agreements on verification, the subsequent U.S. action toremove North Korea from the list of state sponsors of terrorism, and the resumption of thedisablement measures by North Korea. The Minister and the Secretary urged North Korea tofully cooperate on the verification regime. The Minister and the Secretary recognized theimportance of close consultation between the ROK and the U.S. in the Six-Party process.
The Minister and the Secretary agreed that North Korea’s continued development of its
Weapons of Mass Destruction program, along with its ballistic missiles and the threat ofproliferation, pose a serious challenge to the U.S.-ROK Alliance and the peace and securityof Northeast Asia.
5. The Minister and the Secretary shared the view that inter-Korean dialogue should resume
expeditiously in order to address pending issues of mutual concern. They also agreed tocontinue to consult and coordinate closely on issues related to inter-Korean relations. The
Minister and the Secretary agreed to closely cooperate to effectively address any futurechanges and emerging needs in the security environment, recognizing the important rolethat the U.S.-ROK Alliance has in maintaining peace and stability on the Korean Peninsula.
6. The Minister and the Secretary, reiterating the mutual commitments to the fundamental
mission of the U.S.-ROK Alliance through a robust combined defense posture, also affirmedthat the U.S.-ROK Alliance remains vital to the future interests of the two nations andensures the security of the Korean Peninsula and the stability of Northeast Asia. Secretary

347
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendicesand the Secretary shared the view that the support of the international community would beAppendix 11

AppendicesGates reaffirmed the commitments of the U.S. and ROK Presidents during the April 19, 2008
Summit Meeting at Camp David to maintain the current U.S. troop level in Korea, andagreed to implement the commitment of both Presidents.
7. Secretary Gates assured Minister Lee of firm U.S. commitment and immediate support
toward the ROK, including continuation of the extended deterrence offered by the U.S.
nuclear umbrella, consistent with the ROK-U.S. Mutual Defense Treaty. Minister Lee
reaffirmed the ROK commitment to mutual defense for the preservation of peace andsecurity.
8. The Minister and the Secretary received a report on the results of the U.S.-ROK Security
Policy Initiative (SPI) discussions and expressed satisfaction that through close
consultations, the U.S. and the ROK are making progress on the realignment of the Allianceand a range of other security issues, including United Nations Command Armistice
Maintenance Responsibility adjustment, wartime operational control (OPCON) transition,
U.S. Forces - Korea (USFK) base relocation, and the upgrade of the Foreign Military Sales(FMS) status for the ROK. The Minister and the Secretary agreed to continue SPI
consultations in 2009 and beyond, based on the significant accomplishments of the past
four years and the mutual desire to continue to enhance the U.S.-ROK Alliance.
9. The Minister and the Secretary agreed that the U.S.-ROK Alliance can play an important rolein fostering regional stability, and shared the view on the need for security consultation
among the states in the region.
10. The Minister and the Secretary praised the substantial progress for the transition of wartime
operational control (OPCON) of ROK military forces in accordance with the Strategic
Transition Plan (STP), and reconfirmed the commitment for the April 17, 2012 wartime
OPCON transition date. Secretary Gates offered firm assurances that the transition of
wartime OPCON will be carried out in a manner that strengthens deterrence and maintains
a fully capable U.S.-ROK combined defense posture on the Korean Peninsula, noting that

348
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 11

appropriate military power to restore peace and stability to the Korean Peninsula. The
Secretary reaffirmed that the U.S. will continue to provide significant bridging capabilities
until the ROK obtains full self-defense capabilities. Secretary Gates further noted that the
U.S. will continue to contribute U.S. unique capabilities to the combined defense for thelife of the Alliance. The Minister and the Secretary also affirmed that the implementation of
the Strategic Transition Plan will be assessed and reviewed at the annual SCM/MCM andreflected in the transition process. The Minister and the Secretary praised the successful
results of the Ulchi Freedom Guardian (UFG) exercise that was held in August 2008 in
preparation for wartime OPCON transition, and agreed to continually conduct combined
exercises for the maintenance of a strong combined defense readiness posture. The
Minister and the Secretary agreed to work closely together to develop new operational
plans based on the post-OPCON transition command relations structure.
11. The Minister and the Secretary praised agreements reached by the Senior Working Groupfor the Armistice Maintenance Responsibility (AMR) on the first phase of the Roadmap thatwas briefed at the 39th SCM, and expressed their intent to continue to make progress
during the second phase. The Minister and the Secretary agreed to develop an
implementation plan for AMR adjustment starting in 2009 and to have it fully carried out
prior to the wartime OPCON transition in 2012.
12. The Minister and the Secretary reviewed the progress in implementing USFK relocation
and base returns, and shared the view that successful completion of these cooperative joint
efforts are in the best interest of both nations. The Minister and the Secretary shared theview that tour normalization for USFK service members would contribute to an
enhancement in combined operational readiness and strengthen the long-term
commitment of the United States to the development of the enduring Alliance.
13. The Minister and the Secretary shared the assessment that host nation support contributes
to strengthening the combined defense capabilities on the Korean Peninsula and to349
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices

the U.S. remains committed, both now and into the future, to respond quickly with

Appendix 11

Appendicesdeveloping a stable stationing environment for USFK. Secretary Gates offered his
appreciation for ROK contributions to the stationing cost of USFK. Reaffirming theircommitments to support defense cost-sharing, the Minister and the Secretary agreed to
improve the Special Measures Agreement system in consideration of the value andimportance of the U.S.-ROK Alliance.
14. The Minister and the Secretary voiced their strong support for the legislation approved in
the U.S. Congress to elevate the ROK’s Foreign Military Sales (FMS) status, noting that thiswould enhance defense cooperation between the two countries and further strengthen
U.S.-ROK combined defense capabilities. Minister Lee expressed deep appreciation for thestrong support that Secretary Gates and the U.S. government gave for the Foreign Military
Sales (FMS) status upgrade for the ROK.
15. The Minister and the Secretary received a report on the Military Committee Meeting (MCM)from General Sharp, Commander of the ROK-U.S. Combined Forces Command,
highlighting the robust capabilities and operational readiness of the U.S. and ROK
combined forces.
16. The Minister and the Secretary praised the mutually beneficial agreement reached between
two countries on the War Reserve Stockpile for Allies-Korea (WRSA-K) transfer, and signed
the WRSA-K transfer Memorandum of Agreement, which will result in an enhancement of
the combined defense capabilities.
17. Minister Lee expressed sincere appreciation to Secretary Gates for the courtesy andhospitality extended to him and his delegation by the Government of the United States,
and for the excellent arrangements which contributed to the success of the meeting. The
Minister and the Secretary agreed that the discussions during the 40th SCM and 30th MCM
not only strengthened the U.S.-ROK Alliance, but also significantly contributed to its
development into a future-oriented strategic Alliance. Both sides agreed to hold the 41st
SCM in Seoul at a mutually convenient time in 2009.

350
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 12

Appendices

Appendix 12. Major International Arms Control Regimes
and Organizations(As of Dec. 2008)

Classification

SignedNations(Enactment/
Established)

ROK-DPRK
Member States

Nuclear Non 191 nations (to ROK (Apr. 1975)-Proliferation be effectuated DPRK (Dec. 1985)
Treaty (NPT) in Mar. 1970)
International
Atomic Energy
Nuclear
Agency (IAEA)
Weapons

ROK (Aug. 1957)
DPRK (Jun. 1974)※Jun. 1994. withdrawal•Prevents proliferation of nuclear
weapons and promotes peaceful use
of nuclear energy•Accelerates peaceful use of nuclear
energy and performs international
cooperation to prevent it frombeing used for military purposes

Comprehensive
180 nations ROK (Sep. 1999)
Nuclear TestsignedDPRK (did not sign)
Ban Treaty(not effectuated)(CTBT)•Bans nuclear testing from all areas
including underground/underwater/atmosphere/space in order toprevent proliferation of nuclear
weapons

Biological
Weapons
Convention(BWC)

162 nations (toROK (Jun. 1987)
be effectuated
DPRK (Mar.1987)
in Mar. 1975)•Bans all development/production/conservation efforts on biologicalweapons (agents, toxins)

185 nations (to ROK (Apr. 1997)
be effectuated DPRK (did not sign)in Apr.1997)•Bans all development/production/conservation/use of chemical weapons•All chemical weapons must be
abandoned within ten years of signing※ Can be extended for five years
if necessary.

185 nations(establishedin May 1997)•An executive organization to verify
and inspect CWC obligations

Chemical
Biochemical Weapons
Weapons Convention(CWC)
Organization
for theProhibitionof Chemical
Weapons (OPCW)

Missile145 nations(establishedin Jul. 1957)

Key Elements

ROK (Apr. 1997)
DPRK (did not sign)

Hague Codeof Conductagainst130 nations ROK (Nov. 2002)
Ballistic(established in DPRK (did not sign)
MissileNov. 2002)
Proliferation(HCOC)•A voluntary international board tocontrol activities under consensus
that MTCR’s export control effort will
not effectively stop proliferation ofballistic missiles.
※ Bans supporting missile
development for nations withpropensity to develop or
acquire WMD

351
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 12

AppendicesClassification

SignedNations(Enactment/
Established)

ROK-DPRK
Member States

Key Elements•The official name is‘Agreement on
Banning or Limiting ParticularConventional Weapons that cancause Massive Damages
Convention
ROK (signing ofor Indiscriminate Effects’on Certain
108 nations 1st , 2nd Protocol: May- 1st Protocol: Banning use ofConventional (to be enacted 2001/ signing of 5th
shrapnel weapons that cannot
Weapons
in Dec. 1983) Protocol: Jan. 2008)
be detected via X-Ray
Conventional (CCW)DPRK (did not sign)- 2nd Protocol: Prohibiting or limiting
Weapons
the use of mines, booby-traps,
and etc.
- 5th Protocol: Regulation onremaining war explosives.
•Registers information on conventionalarms exports/imports andUnited Nations
173 nations
Register of
ROK (1993)
possessions to the UN
participation
Conventional
DPRK(did not participate)•The purpose is to enhance(implemented,
Arms
confidence by sharing information on
1991)(UNRCA)
conventional arms transfers and bypromoting transparency in armament.

Zangger
Committee(ZC)

36 nations(establishedin Aug. 1974)

ROK (Oct. 1995)
DPRK (did not join)

Multilateral
ExportControl
SystemNuclear
Suppliers
Group (NSG)

45 nations(establishedin Jan. 1978)

352
Defense White Paper 2008

ROK (Oct. 1995)
DPRK (did not join)•An export controlling systemestablished in accordance with NPT
Article 3, Paragraph 2 to exercise
the obligation to prohibit
exports of nuclear material andequipment by non-nuclear states thatfail to abide by security measures.
•Only NPT member states may join
the committee.
•An export control system fornuclear materials, equipment, andtechnologies.
•Non-NPT member states may join
the group.
•Controls export of all non-nuclear
states irrespective of NPT
membership.
•Controls export of dual-use items
and technologies related to nuclear
energy.

Appendix 12

SignedNations(Enactment/
Established)

Australia
Group (AG)41 nations(establishedin Jun. 1985)

Multilateral Missile
Export Technology
Control Control
System Regime(MTCR)

34 nations(establishedin Apr.1987)

UNrelated
Organizations

ROK-DPRK
Member States

ROK (Oct. 1996)
DPRK (did not join)

AppendicesClassification

Key Elements•Performs activities preventing
proliferation of items and technologies
related to chemical/biologicalweapons to potentially threatening
nations.

ROK (Mar. 2001)
DPRK (did not join)•The international regime to control
voluntarily the export/transfer ofRocket/UAV able to deliver WMD
and related equipments/technologies.

Wassenaar
40 nations
ROK (July 1996)
Arrangement (established in
DPRK (did not join)(WA)Jul. 1996)•An export control system forconventional weapons and dual-use
items & technologies.

First
Committee

ROK (Sep. 1991)
DPRK (Sep. 1991)•One of six committees separated bythemes, this one discusses arms
reduction and issues on international
security.
•Recommends 50-60 drafts ofresolutions to the UN General
Assembly, and most are adopted•Consists of all UN member states.

ROK (Sep. 1991)
DPRK (Sep. 1991)•Identifies three major issues
regarding disarmament andnonproliferation then upon close
examinations, submits a report to thenext UN General Assembly.
•A deliberative body that derives
international agreements, directions,and principles on major issues.
•Consists of all UN member states.

ROK (June 1996)
DPRK (June 1996)•The only multilateral arms reduction
negotiating body in the international
community.
•Most of the major multilateral treaties
on arms reduction are signed via
negotiations in CD.
•It is operated by UN Budget although
it is not directly under the UN
General Assembly, and it unilaterally
decides on agendas andparliamentary rules.
•Submits annual reports to the UN
General Assembly.

United Nations
DisarmamentCommission(UNDC)

Conference on
Disarmament(CD)

192 nations

192 nations

65 nations(establishedin 1979)

353
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 13

Appendices

Appendix 13. Status of International Defense Exchange
and Cooperation, 2007-2008
Date
January
2007

Visits to the ROK•China’s Deputy Chief of Staffs of PLA•Russia’s Chief Director of Intelligence

April•Subcommittee Meetings in Tokyo Defense
Forum•Minister of National Defense (MinDef)
visits U.S. and Japan•Chairman of ROK JCS visits U.S.
•The Eighth Round of the ROK-China
Defense Policy Talks

February

MarchOversea Visits•Malaysia’s Vice Prime Minister /Defense Minister•Japan’s Chief of Joint Staff Office (JSO)•Mongolia’s Chief of Staffs•Students from Australia National
Defense University (NDU)•Vice Minister visits U.S.
•The Ninth Round of the ROK-Australia
Defense Policy Talks•The Seventh Round of the ROK-New
Zealand (NZ) Defense Policy Talks•Meetings on the sidelines of ASEAN Regional
Forum (ARF) Confidence building/preventive
diplomacy meeting (Finland)•MinDef visits China•Chairman of ROK JCS visits Japan•MinDef visits India•Army Chief visits Germany, Switzerland, France•Defense Security Command (DSC)
Commander visits U.S. and Russia•The Sixth Round of the ROK-Japan
Security Policy Council (Tokyo)•ARF Security Policy Meetings (Philippines)•The Third Round of the ROK-China
Diplomatic Security Talks•Participates in International Maritime Defense
Industry Exhibition in Singapore

May•China’s Chief of General Staff•Peru’s Chairman of Joint Chiefs of Staffs

June•Asia Security Meetings (Singapore)•Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) visits U.S.
and Japan•Japan Air Self-Defense Force (JASDF)•CFC Deputy Commander visits U.S.
Western Air Defense Force Commander •First ROK Army (FROKA) Commander visits•Vietnam’s 7th Millitary District Commander Russia•Second ROK Army (SROKA) Commander
visits Russia•Marine Corps (MC) Commander visits U.S.

354
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 13

Visits to the ROK•China Jinan Military Region Commander
July 2007 •The Fifteenth Round of the ROK-Japan
Defense Policy Talks
AugustSeptember

OctoberNovember

DecemberJanuary
2008•Indonesia’s Commander of Joint Forces•Thailand’s Navy Commander

Appendices

Date

Oversea Visits•AF Chief visits Spain and Poland•Navy CNO visits Russia and China•ARF Foreign Minister’s Talks (Philippines)•Japan Self-Defense Naval Forces’Cruise
Training Fleet•Participates in Tokyo Defense Forum•Russian cruise fleet (SAREX)•Mongolia’s Defense Minister•Indonesia’s Air Force Chief of Staff•The Seventh Round of the ROK-Japan
Security Policy Consultation•MC Commander visits Indonesia andThailand•Meetings on the sidelines of the ARF
Confidence building/preventive diplomacy
meetings (Brunei)•ARF NDU Chancellor Meetings(Australia, NZ)•JASDF Western Air Defense Force
Commander•Russia’s ground training observer team

•Chairman of ROK JCS visits China•AF Chief visits Greece, Kuwait, and UAE•Third ROK Army (TROKA) Commander visits
China•The Ninth Round of the ROK-China
Defense Policy Talks•Northeast Asia Cooperation Dialogue (Russia)•The Fifteenth Round of the ROK-Russia
Defense Policy Talks•Vietnam’s Navy Commander•Indonesia’s Marine Corps Commander•MinDef visits Saudi Arabia and France•Vice Minister visits Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan•ROK-France Defense Strategic Talks•ROK-Germany Defense Policy Talks•The First Round of the ROK-Japan
Defense Exchange Cooperation Work-level
Meetings•The Fourth Round of the ROK-U.S.-Japan
J-5 Strategic Meetings (Hawaii)•The Ninth Round of the ROK-JapanROK JCS-JGS Department Chief Meetings•ROK-India Diplomatic Security Talks•Participateds in International Maritime Air
Defense Industry Exhibition in Malaysia•Army Chief visits U.S., China, and Japan•Navy CNO visits Turkey, Italy and Spain•MC Commander visits Japan•Participates in 2008 NATO Symposium(Germany)

355
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 13

Appendices

Date

Visits to the ROK

Feb. 2008 •Thailand’s Marine Corps Commander

March•Indonesia’s Navy Chief•Russia’s Deputy Commander of the Far
East Forces Military District•The Tenth Round of the ROK-Australia
Defense Policy Talks•The Eighth Round of the ROK-NZ
Defense Policy Talks

Oversea Visits•Subcommittee Meetings in Tokyo Defense Forum•The First Round of the ROK-Ukraine
Defense Policy Talks•ARF PKO Expert Meetings (Singapore)•ARF Maritime Security Training (India)•NATO HQ and International Disarmament
Organization•China Jinan Military Region Director of
Political Department•Students from Australian NDU•Chairman of ROK JCS visits Japan•AF Chief visits Russia, China and Japan•Navy CNO visits Indonesia, Thailand andIndia•ARF Confidence building/preventive
diplomacy meetings (Canada)

May•Greece’s Vice Minister of Defense•Asia Security Meetings (Singapore)•Chairman of ROK JCS visits Lebanon, Qatar,and Iraq•Special Warfare Command (SWC)
Commander visits U.S.
•AF Southern Combat Commander visits
JASDF Western Air Defense Force (Japan)•ARF Security Policy Meetings (Singapore)

June•U.S. SecDef•Uzbekistan’s Defense Minister•Ghana’s Defense Minister•Thailand’s Chief Commander•The First Round of the ROK-Indonesia
Defense Policy Talks•Students from Israeli NDU•Vice Minister visits Brazil, Columbia and U.S.
•Army Chief visits Saudi Arabia and Turkey•MC Commander visits U.S.
•The First Round of the ROK-NATO Policy
Conference Consultative Meetings (Belgium)

July•Norway’s Vice Minister•China Guangzhou Military Region
Commander•ROK-Russia consultative meeting forexecution of the Agreement on
Prevention of Maritime Accidents•MinDef visits Turkey•Navy CNO visits UK and France•The Sixteenth Round of the ROK-Japan
Defense Policy Talks•ARF Foreign Minister Meetings (Singapore)

August•The First Round of the ROK-Singapore
Defense Strategic Talks•New Zealand Command and General Staff•The First Round of the ROK-Mongolia
College (CGSC) Students
Defense Policy Talks•The First ROK-U.S.-Japan SAREX (Hawaii)

April

356
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 13

Visits to the ROK

September •Singapore’s Defense Minister
2008•Singapore’s AF Chief

October•ROK-Russia Military Academic
Conference•Students from UK Royal NDU

Oversea Visits•AF Chief visits Indonesia, Ireland, and France•CFC Deputy Commander visits U.S.
•MinDef visits U.S. (SCM)•The Ninth Round of the ROK-Canada
Defense Policy Talks•ARF confidence building/preventive
diplomacy meetings (Singapore)•Plenary session of Tokyo Defense Forum•MinDef visits Iraq, Lebanon, Kuwait andSaudi Arabia•Chairman of ROK JCS visits Turkey, Russia•CFC Deputy Commander visits Japan•DSC Commander visits Italy, France,
Germany, and UK•The Twelfth Round of the ROK-U.S.-Japan•China People’s Liberation Army Navy
Security Discussion (U.S.)(PLAN) Commander•The Sixteenth Round of the ROK-Russia•China’s Vice Chiefs of Staffs of PLA
Defense Policy Talks
November •Guatemala’s Minister of National Defense •Northeast Asia Cooperation Talks (China)•Representatives from Russia CGSC
•Army Training Observation Team visits•ROK-Russia Defense Academic Conference Russia•Representatives from NATO Parliamentary •The Eighth Round of the ROK-Japan
Assembly
Security Policy Consultation•The Tenth Round of the ROK-China
Defense Policy Talks•The Tenth Round of the ROK-Australia
Council for Politics and Military•The Sixth Round of the ROK-NZ Council for
Politics and Military•ROK-Russia Joint Military Committee•ROK-France Defense Strategy Talks•The Second Round of the ROK-Japan
Defense Exchange Cooperation
DecemberWorking-level Meetings•ROK-U.S.-Japan J-5 Strategic Meetings•ROK-Japan ROK JCS-JGS Department
Chief Meetings•Navy Operations Commander visits Russia•1st Fleet Commander visits Japan•ARF Disaster Relief Meetings (Indonesia)•The Fourth Round of the ROK-Indonesia
Council for Politics and Military

357
Defense White Paper 2008

AppendicesDateAppendix 14

Appendices

Appendix 14. Status of Defense Budget■ Annual Government and Defense Budgets by FY
YearDefense Budget(100 million Won)

Ratio of Defense
Budget to GDP (%)

Ratio of Defense
Budget to National
Budget (%)

Defense Budget
Increase Rate (%)

1981

26,979

5.54

33.6

20.1

1982

31,207

5.60

33.5

15.7

1983

32,741

4.99

31.4

4.9

1984

33,061

4.40

29.6

1.0

1985

36,892

4.39

29.4

11.6

1986

41,580

4.24

30.1

12.7

1987

47,454

4.12

29.6

14.1

1988

55,202

4.03

30.0

16.3

1989

60,148

3.89

27.3

9.0

1990

66,378

3.56

24.2

10.4

1991

74,764

3.31

23.8

12.6

1992

84,100

3.27

25.1

12.5

1993

92,154

3.17

24.2

9.6

1994

100,753

2.96

23.3

9.3

1995

110,744

2.78

21.4

9.9

1996

122,434

2.73

20.8

10.6

1997

137,865

2.81

20.7

12.6

1998

138,000

2.85

18.3

0.1

1999

137,490

2.60

16.4

-0.4

2000

144,774

2.50

16.3

5.3

2001

153,884

2.47

15.5

6.3

2002

163,640

2.39

14.9

6.3

2003

175,148

2.42

14.8

7.0

2004

189,412

2.43

15.8

8.1

2005

211,026

2.60

15.6

11.4

2006

225,129

2.66

15.3

6.7

2007

244,972

2.72

15.5

8.8

2008

266,490

2.76

15.2

8.8

358
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 14

Defense Budget
Year(Unit: 100 million won, %)Ordinary Operation & Maintenance

Force Improvement Programs

AmountIncreaserate

AmountIncrease
Percentage Amount
rate

1986

41,58012.7

23,842

9.1

57.3

17,738

17.9

42.7

1987

47,45414.1

26,001

9.1

54.8

21,453

20.9

45.2

1988

55,202

16.3

30,55017.5

55.3

24,652

14.9

44.7

1989

60,1489.0

34,15511.8

56.8

25,993

5.4

43.2

1990

66,37810.4

38,51512.8

58.0

27,863

7.2

42.0

1991

74,76412.6

44,98816.8

60.2

29,776

6.9

39.8

1992

84,10012.5

51,96815.5

61.8

32,132

7.9

38.2

1993

92,154

9.6

57,981

11.6

62.9

34,173

6.4

37.1

1994

100,753

9.3

64,637

11.5

64.2

36,116

5.7

35.8

1995

110,7449.9

71,032

9.9

64.1

39,712

10.0

35.9

1996

122,434

10.6

79,772

12.3

65.2

42,662

7.4

34.8

1997

137,865

12.6

89,032

11.6

64.6

48,833

14.5

35.4

1998

138,000

0.1

87,098-2.2

63.1

50,902

4.2

36.9

1999

137,490-0.4

85,186-2.2

62.0

52,304

2.8

38.0

2000

144,774

5.3

91,3377.2

63.1

53,437

2.2

36.9

2001

153,884

6.3

101,743

11.4

66.1

52,141

-2.4

33.9

2002

163,640

6.3

108,884

7.0

66.5

54,756

5.0

33.5

2003

175,148

7.0

117,7698.2

67.2

57,379

4.8

32.8

2004

189,412

8.1

126,482

7.4

66.8

62,930

9.7

33.2

2005

211,026

11.4

138,0399.1

65.4

72,987

16.0

34.6

2006

225,1296.7

167,052

6.3**

74.2*

58,077

7.7**

25.8*

2007

244,9728.8

178,165

6.7

72.7

66,807

15.0

27.3

2008

266,4908.8

189,677

6.5

71.2

76,81315.0

28.8

Increase
Percentage
rate* As Defense Acquisition Program Administration (DAPA) was established, budget transfer funds and SMA fund which has little relation toforce improvement is classified under MND Operation & Maintenanc [Force Improvement Programs (FIPs): 33.3 → 25.8%, Ordinary
Operation and Maintenance (OOM): 66.7 → 74.2%)].
** An increase rate for OOM and FIPs for 2006 is derived by reclassifying 2005 estimates in accordance with the changes made in
2006.

359
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices■ Composition of Defense Budget by FY

Appendix 14

Appendices■ Year 2008 National Defense Budget by Category(Unit: 100 million won,)

2007
Budget2008
Budget244,972

266,490

21,5188.8

Force Improvement Programs expenses

66,80776,813

10,006

15.0

Ordinary Operation and Maintenance expenses

178,165

189,677

11,512

6.5▣ Operation of Personnel Strength

110,831

116,817

5,986

5.4

Personnel expenses

96,597102,146

5,549

5.7

Food, Clothing & Outfits expenses

14,234

14,671437

3.1▣ Force Maintenance (Project expenses)

67,334

72,860

5,526

8.2

Defense Informatization

3,340

4,290

950

28.4

Service Members Welfare

1,736

2,035

299

17.2

Logistics Support

23,701

27,620

3,919

16.5

Cultivating Human Resources and Education& Training

2,764

3,019

255

9.2

Construction of Military Installations

10,15910,023-136-1.3Management of Reserve Forces

356

441

85

23.9

Policy Planning and International Cooperation

8,763

8,339

-424

-4.8

Maintenance and Support of Integrated Forces

7,252

8,128

876

12.1

National Defense Administration Support

7,057

7,345

288

4.1

Transfer Payment for Military Executive Agency
and USFK Base Relocation

2,206

1,620

-586

-26.6

Classification
Total Defense Budget※ Round off to the nearest 10 million won, then approximate at the nearest 100 million won

360
Defense White Paper 2008

Increase
Percentage(Decrease)Appendix 15

Appendices

Appendix 15. Status of Signing International Defense
Industry Cooperation Agreements■ Nations and Year Signed for International Defense Industry Cooperation
Agreements (Memorandum of Understanding)NationsYearsignedNationsYearsignedMalaysia

Jun. 1981

Philippines

May 1994 New Zealand Nov. 1998

U.S.

Jun. 1988

IsraelThailand

Apr. 1991

FranceNationsYearsignedNationsYearsignedIndia

Sep. 2005

Aug. 1995 Netherlands

Jun. 1999

Pakistan

May 2006

Indonesia

Oct. 1995

TurkeyNov. 1999

UkraineAug. 2007

Mar. 1992

CanadaMay 1996

Venezuela

Dec. 1999

Colombia

May 2008

Spain

Mar. 1992

Germany

Nov. 1997

Australia

Aug. 2001

UK

Sep. 1993

RussiaNov. 1997

VietnamAug. 2001

Italy

Sep. 1993

RomaniaNov. 1997

Bangladesh Jan. 2004

■ Status of Signing on Other Defense Industry Cooperation Agreements
Classification

Nations

Agreement on Exchange Agreement on Qualityof Scientists/Technical
Assurance (18 Nations)
Information (Five Nations)

Agreement of Price
Information Disclosure(Four Nations)U.S., UK, France, Spain,
Switzerland, Canada,
Italy, Netherlands, Belgium,
Denmark, Australia,
Philippines, Germany,
Israel, Turkey, Indonesia,
New Zealand, Greece

U.S., UK,
Germany, Netherlands

U.S., France, UK,
Italy, Israel

361
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 16

Appendices

Appendix 16. Combined/Joint Training and Exercises■ ROK-U.S. Combined Exercises
Name

Type

PurposeContents•To improve theater-level•Exercises Crisis Management
operational capacity of ROK JCS procedures.
Ulchi-Freedom Military CP and and U.S. KORCOM during•Exercises conversion to wartime
Guardian
Government
wartime OPCON Transition period. footing.
(UFG) Exercise
Exercise•To gain proficiency in execution •Exercises OPLAN Execution.
of Choongmu Plan and OPLAN. •Senior Leader Seminar (SLS) and
Joint Tactical Discussions.
•To gain proficiency in OPLAN•Exercises Crisis Management
execution procedures in order to procedures.
maintain combined defense•Exercises conversion to
posture during wartime OPCON
wartime footing.
Key Resolve CP Exercise and Transition period.
•Exercises OPLAN Execution(KR)/Foal Eagle Field Training •To guarantee deployment ofProcedure.
(FE) Exercise Exercise (FTX) U.S. Augmentation Forces and to •Gaining proficiency in RSOI
maintain ROK Forces’capability
procedures in Combined
for war sustainability.
Area of Operations.
•Senior Leader Seminar (SLS) and
Joint Tactical Discussions.

■ Joint Exercises/Training (ROK Forces)
Name

Taegeuk
ExerciseType

PurposeContents•Exercises Crisis Management/
conversion to wartime footing,defensive exercise based
Theater-level •To improve ROK JCS-led theater on war simulation.
CP Exercise-level crisis management and•Examines ROK JCS restructuring
operational capacity.
plans, roles, and functions.
•Establishing real-time operation
executing system in link withOperations Commands.

Theater-level •To display joint capacity and
Hoguk Exercise large scale Joint develop Operations CommandExercise
level joint operational capacity.

362
Defense White Paper 2008

•Two-way Corps training/
simultaneous training with joint
capacities supported byOperations Commands.
•Verifying air/ground/sea joint
operational system.
•Gaining proficiency in integrated
warfighting per echelons.

Appendix 16

Appendices■ Other Major Combined Exercises
Name

Combinedcounter-terror
Exercise

Rim of the
Pacific Exercise(RIMPAC)ROK-JAPAN
Search andRescue Exercise
Pacific Reach
West PacificCountermine Warfare
Exercise (MCMEX)ROK-U.S. antiSubmarine Warfare
Exercise (GUAMEX)

Combined Landing
Operation Exercise

Combined
Large Force
Employment(CLFE)

Cooperative
Cope Thunder(RED FLAG-Alaska)

Type

ParticipantsContents

Each year•Physical training, Overcoming of obstacles•Rappelling/climbing•Counter-terror command fire
ROK, U.S., Russia•Internal cleanup training (building, train, etc.)•Disposal of private explosion devices•Consolidated mock training

Even years(Jun.-Aug.)•Offensive/defensive sea exercises
ROK, U.S.,•Protection of sea line of communications
Australia, Chile,•Naval Blockades and air attacks
UK, Japan,•Naval gun fire training
Canada, Peru, etc.
•Guided missile and torpedo firing training

Biannual(odd years)

ROK, Japan•Basic tactical training•Search and rescue training for stranded
vessels and aircraft

Every 3 years(even years)

ROK, U.S.,
Australia, etc.

•Submarine evacuation and rescue exercise

Biannual(even years)

ROK, Japan, •Countermine training (Mine Search/Sweep)
Australia,•EOD exercise
Singapore, etc. •Medical exercise

Biannual(odd years)

Each year(with FE)

6 times a year

Biannual

ROK, U.S.

•Submarine to submarine exercise•CSOF/SLOC protection exercise•Laying offensive mines

ROK, U.S.

•Loading/advance unit operation•Three-dimensional amphibious assault•Maritime maneuver, maritime fire support
exercise•Ground operation(secure/defend coastal
bridgehead)•integrated fire operation

ROK, U.S.

•Mid-altitude infiltration training•Promotion of survival/mission performancecapabilities during infiltration•Arbitrary selection of similar targets, masteryof peace time attack procedures•Mission of low-altitude infiltration
ROK, Japan,
and freight dropping
Singapore,•Tactical assault takeoff/landing training
Thailand, Australia, on non-pavement airstrip
UK, France, etc. •Promotion of practical air infiltration capabilityof pilots/crew

363
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 17

Appendices

Appendix 17. Organization of the Ministry of National
Defense (MND)
MinisterSpecial Assistantfor Military Affairs

Spokesperson

Legal Affairs
Management Bureau

Management
SupportDivision

Planning and
Coordination
OfficePolicy Advisor
to Minister

Vice
MinisterNational
Defense
Policy Office

DefenseReform Office
ReformGeneralization
and Control
Division

Inspection Bureau

Force andResources
Management
OfficePersonnel
WelfareOfficeMilitary
Structure
ReformBureauJoint Chiefsof Staff
Central Directorate forIntelligenceCentral Directorate forOperations
Central Directorate forStrategic PlanningCentral directorate for
Personnel & Logistics

DefenseA CofS for Command &Management
Communications
ReformA CofS for Civil Affairs &BureauPsychological Warfare

Planning and
Coordination
BureauPolicy Planning
BureauPersonnel
Planning
BureauLogistics
Management
BureauProgrammingand Budgeting
BureauInternational
Policy Bureau

Mobilization
Planning
BureauMilitary
Installations
Planning Bureau

Information
Planning
BureauSpiritual Force
Planning
BureauHealth andWelfareForce Policy
BureauCombat Readiness
Inspection OfficeSecretariat
Public Affairs Offices OfficeSeoul National Memorial Board Prosecutor’Judge Advocate Office

Korea Armed Forces
Athletic CorpsMND Agency for Killed in
Action Recovery & ID (MAKRI)

Defense Media Agency

Korea Arms Verification
AgencyDefense Security Command

Gyeryongdae Service
Support Corps

National Defense Computer
CenterDefense Installations Agency

Defense Transportation
Command

Institute for Military History
Compilation

Defense Intelligence Agency

Criminal Investigation Agency

Defense Command/
Communication Command

Armed Forces Welfare Agency

National Defense Welfare
Support Group

Psychological Operation
Group

Chemical Biological Radiological
Defense Command

General Court Martial

National Defense University

Armed Forces Medical
Command

Air Force

Military Manpower
Administration

Army

Navy
MarineCorps

364
Defense White Paper 2008

Defense Acquisition
Program Administration

Appendix 18

Chairman

Kim, HakSong

The Grand National Party(Executive Member)Yoo, SeongMin

Kim, DongSung Kim, MooSung

Kim, SungHoi

Kim, YoungWoo

Kim, JangSoo

Kim, HyoJae

Yim, TaeHee

Hong, JoonPyo

Moon, HeeSang Seo, JongPyo

Jeong, KukKyoKim, OkLee

The Democratic Party(Executive Member)

Ahn, GyuBack
The Forward andCreation Alliance(Executive Member)

Lee, JinSam

Sim, DaePyung
The Park’s PartySeo, CheongWon

365
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendices

Appendix 18. Members of the National Defense Committee,
National Assembly (As of November 2008)

Appendix 19

Appendices

Appendix 19. Timeline for Deployment of Zaytun Unit
(2007-2008)
Date

Details•1st Relief in Place for 6th Shift unit of Zaytun Division (Segaero Operations I)- Deployed Troops: 569 (Including 49 for Daiman Unit)
Mar. 1-13, 2007
- Withdrawn Troops: 1,174 (Including 49 for Daiman Unit)•Deployed Troops after relief in place: 1,670 (617 reduced)

Apr. 26, 2007

•2nd Relief in Place for 6th Shift unit of Zaytun Division (Segaero Operations II)- Deployed Troops: 197 (Including 36 for Daiman Unit)- Withdrawn Troops: 603 (Including 39 for Daiman Unit)•Deployed Troops after relief in place: 1,670 (415 reduced)

June 7, 2007

•3rd Relief in Place for 6th Shift unit of Zaytun Division (Segaero Operations III)- Deployed Troops: 370 (Including 36 for Daiman Unit)- Withdrawn Troops: 366 (Including 39 for Daiman Unit)•Deployed Troops after relief in place: no changes

Sep. 6, 2007

•1st Relief in Place for 7th Shift unit of Zaytun Division (Miraero Operations I)- Deployed Troops: 544 (Including 47 for Daiman Unit)- Withdrawn Troops: 544 (Including 47 for Daiman Unit)•Deployed Troops after relief in place: no changes

Dec. 22, 2007

•Submit Plans for Zaytun Division Mission Termination to the National Assembly- Downsize Zaytun Division and cut its missions by half by the end of 2007 (1,255→659)- Complete all missions and pull out by the end of 2008

•2nd Relief in Place for 7th Shift unit of Zaytun Division (Miraero Operations II)- Deployed Troops: 361 (Including 61 for Daiman Unit)
Nov. 26, 2007
- Withdrawn Troops: 620 (Including 84 for Daiman Unit)•Deployed Troops after relief in place: 949 (257 reduced)

Dec. 15, 2007

•Withdraw of troops due to organizational changes in Zaytun Division (1,255 → 659)
(Miraero Operations III)- Withdrawn Troops: 324 (Including 30 for Daiman Unit)•Deployed Troops after relief in place: 659•1st Relief in Place for 8th Shift unit of Zaytun Division (Seungriro Operations I)- Deployed Troops: 257 (Including 43 for Daiman Unit)
Mar. 20, 2008
- Withdrawn Troops: 260 (Including 43 for Daiman Unit)•Deployed Troops after relief in place: no changes•2nd Relief in Place for 8th Shift unit of Zaytun Division (Seungriro Operations II)- Deployed Troops: 358 (Including 46 for Daiman Unit)
May 29, 2008
- Withdrawn Troops: 358 (Including 46 for Daiman Unit)•Deployed Troops after relief in place: no changes

366
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 19

Appendices

Date

Details•1st Relief in Place for 9th Shift unit of Zaytun Division (Seungriro Operations III)- Deployed Troops: 264 (Including 45 for Daiman Unit)
Sep. 25, 2008
- Withdrawn Troops: 264 (Including 45 for Daiman Unit)•Deployed Troops after relief in place: no changes
Dec. 1, 2008

•Handover of Zaytun’s Operational Units and Mission Termination Ceremony- Transfer of equipment and materiel to the regional government (KRG): Dec. 3

Dec. 19, 2008 •Zaytun Division Pulls out, troops return home367
Defense White Paper 2008

Appendix 20

Appendices

Appendix 20. Status of Defense R&D Investments■ Ratio of Defense R&D to Defense Budget and National R&D(Unit: 100 million won)Classification

’
03

’
04

’
05

’
06

’
07

’
08

’
09

Defense R&D

7,219

7,757

9,087

10,595

12,584

14,522

16,090

Defense Budget

175,148

189,41

211,026

225,129

244,97

266,490

285,326

Ratio of R&D to
Defense Budget (%)

4.1

4.1

4.3

4.7

5.1

5.4

5.6

National R&D

65,15470,827

77,99689,096

97,629110,784

123,446

Ratio of R&D to
National R&D (%)

11.1

11

11.7

11.9

12.9

13.1

13.0

※ Ratio of R&D to Defense Budget for major nations (2006): U.S. 13.6%, UK 9.1%, France 10.1%■ Details on Defense R&D (2007-2009)(Unit: 100 million won)Classification’
07

Defense R&D

12,584

14,522100%

16,090100%

Developing Defense Technologies

2,983

3,731

25.69

4,737

29.44

ADD-led system development(Including reinforcement of
R&D infrastructure)

3,783

3,292

22.67

3,620

22.50

Operating ADD

1,374

1,957

13.48

2,003

12.45

Corporation-led systemdevelopment

2,594

3,422

23.56

4,020

24.98

R&D for national policies

1,850

2,120

14.60

1,710

10.63

※ ADD: Agency for Defense Development

368
Defense White Paper 2008

’
08

’
09

Appendix 21

Appendices

Appendix 21. Status of Fielding of Major Military
Equipment (2007-2008)

Types

C4I

Ground ForceCapability

Army/Navy/Air Force Satellite Information System (ANASIS)R&D

ROK Joint Command & Control System (KJCCS)

R&D

Korea Naval Command & Control System (KNCCS)

R&D

Air Force Command & Control System (AFCCS)

R&D

K1A1 Tank

R&D

K-9 155mm Self-propelled Artillery

R&D

Munitions Transporting Vehicle (K-10)

R&D

Large-caliber MLRS
Newly Developed Decontamination Vehicle

Naval ForceCapability

Air Force
Capability

Air Defense
Capability

Executive Order

Import Technology
for Production
R&D

Destroyer (DDH-Ⅱ)

Domestic Construction

Submarine (SS-Ⅱ)

Domestic Construction

Amphibious Transport Ship Helicopter (LPH)

Domestic Construction

Amphibious Assault Vehicle

Import Technology
for Production

Fighter (F-15K)

Foreign Purchase

Aerial Control Aircraft (KA-1)

R&D

Advanced Trainer (T-50)

R&D

Short-Range Surface to Air Missile (Chunma)

R&D

30mm Self-propelled Anti-aircraft Artillery (Biho)

R&D

Man-portable Air Defense (Shingung)
SAM-X (Patriot)

R&D
Foreign Purchase

369
Defense White Paper 2008

IndexA

Abraham Tanks (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 62
Aegis (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 59
Agreements on CIWG Management (Ch.4 Sec.2 2.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 89
Air Control Operations (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 60
Air Interdiction Operations (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 60
Air Refueling Cargo Aircraft (Ch.1 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 20
Alternative Service System (Ch.10 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 288
Amphibious Operations (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 59
Anti-artillery Detection Radar (Ch.5 Sec.3 2.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 109
Apache Helicopters (AH-64) (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 62
Area-based Medical Treatment Closing System (Ch.9 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 246
Areas where golf courses are under extension work (Ch.9 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 243
Arms Control (Ch.6 Sec.1 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 153
Army Tactical Missile System (ATACMS) (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 61
ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF) (Ch.5 Sec.5 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 130
ASEAN Regional Forum Exercise to Foster Maritime Security Cooperation (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯ 186
Asia Security Summit (ASS) (Ch.5 Sec.5 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 130
Asset Management Guide (Ch.9 Sec.5 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 256

B

Biometric Information (Ch.8 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 222
Bradley Armored Vehicles (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 62
Bulava (Ch.1 Sec.2 3.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 23

C

Candidate Training (Ch.10 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 261
Career Development Program (CDP) (Ch.7 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 165
Carrier Battle Groups (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 62
Changjo 21 model (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 184
CIS (Ch.5 Sec.5 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 127
Civilian Access Control Line (Ch.10 Sec.2 1.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 268
Civilian Service System (Ch.10 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 289
Close Air Support Operations (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 60
Cobra Gold Exercise (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 186
Combined Delegated Authority (CODA) (Ch.4 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 88
Combined Exercise (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 180
Committee for the Support of Veterans (Ch.9 Sec.4 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 252
Companies Designated for Movilization (CDM) (Ch.3 Sec.1 3.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 67
Concentrated Hospital (Ch.9 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 246
Corporate Service (Ch.9 Sec.4 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 253
Cross-Strait Relations (Ch.1 Sec.2 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 17

Customer Waiting Time (CWT) (Ch.8 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 194
C4I2 (Ch.1 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 20

D

Declaration for Chemicalization (Ch.1 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 39
Defense Cost Sharing (Ch.4 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 93
Defense Female Personnel (Ch.7 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 166
Defense Posture (Ch.2 Sec.2 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 49
Developments in ROK-China Relations (Ch.5 Sec.5 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 121
Disarmament (Ch.5 Sec.5 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 130
Documents Available through Internet Service (Ch.9 Sec.5 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 257
Donate and Transfer Method (Ch.8 Sec.2 3.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 210

Dongmyeong Unit (Ch.5 Sec.6 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 136
Dual Use (Civil and Military) Technology (Ch.8 Sec.2 5.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 217

E

East Asia Strategic Initiative (EASI) (Ch.4 Sec.2 1.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 88
Effects-based Operations (EBO) (Ch.3 Sec.1 2.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 66
Employment Stimulating Coefficient (Ch.8 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 203
Essential Areas (Ch.4 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 90
Exercise (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 180
Extended Service System (Ch.10 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 286

F

Field Deployable Medical Facilities (Ch.9 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 247
Flexible Service System for Childcare (Ch.7 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 168
Four-Point Military Guidelines (Ch.1 Sec.3 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 30“File From Anywhere”Civil Petitions Service System (Ch.10 Sec.2 5.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 283

G

Gender Awareness (Ch.7 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 169
Gender Impact Assessment System (Ch.7 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 168
Global In Transit Visibility (G-ITV) (Ch.8 Sec.1 1.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 194
Global Korea (Ch.2 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 44
Global Positioning System (GPS) (Ch.8 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 193
Ground based interceptor missiles (PAC-3: Patriot Advanced Capability) (Ch.1 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 20
Guaranteeing full complete organization of combat units (Ch.5 Sec.1 2.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 100

H

High-Low Mix Concept (Ch.5 Sec.3 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 113
Homeland Defense Reserve Forces (Ch.5 Sec.4 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 117
Hwarang 21 model (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 184

I

Information Disclosure System (Ch.10 Sec.5 1.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 299
Information Operations (IO) (Ch.3 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 66
International Security Assistance Force (Ch.1 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 13
ISO 10002 (Ch.10 Sec.3 2.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 292

J

Job Guidance and Education (Ch.9 Sec.4 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 248

Index
Joint Concept (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 57
Joint Declaration of Security Cooperation for Japan-Australia (Ch.1 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 15
Joint Exercise (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 180
Joint Military Commission (Ch.6 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 148
Joint Professional Military Manpower (Ch.7 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 164
Joint Study on the Vision of the ROK-U.S. Alliance (Ch.4 Sec.3 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 94
Joint Unit (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 56
Jointness (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 57

L

Land Partnership Plan (LPP) (Ch.4 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 91
Legitimacy of the Alliance (Ch.2 Sec.2 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 49
Library in the Base (Ch.10 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 263
Limited Protection Zone (Ch.10 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 269
Local Units (Ch.3 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 75
LVC System (Ch.7 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 174

M

Management of Control (Ch.3 Sec.1 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 68
Meal Cost for Civilians (Ch.9 Sec.2 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 237
MILES (Multiple Integrated Laser Engagement System) Equipment (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 184
Military Confidence Building Measures (CBMs) (Ch.6 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 146
Military Executive Agency System (Ch.8 Sec.1 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 198
Military Strategy of China (Ch.1 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 21
Military Structure (Ch.5 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 102
Military Subcommittee (Ch.6 Sec.1 1.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 147
Military Unit with Assigned Mission (Ch.3 Sec.1 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 69
Military-Specific Categories (Ch.9 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 246
Mine Warfare (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 59
Mine Sweeper and Hunter (MSH) (Ch.5 Sec.3 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 112
Minesweeping Helicopters (Ch.5 Sec.2 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 106
Missions transferred to the ROK Military (Ch.4 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 85
MND Policies to Encourage Childbirth (for Multiple-children Families) (Ch.9 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 242
Mobile Support Hospital (Ch.9 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 246
Mobilization (Ch.3 Sec.1 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 67
Mobilization for Use (Ch.3 Sec.1 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 69
Mobilization Reserve Forces (Ch.5 Sec.4 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 117
Multilateral security cooperation (Ch.5 Sec.5 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 129
Multiple-Launch Rocket System (MLRS) (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 58

N

National Defense Budget announced by North Korea (Ch.1 Sec.3 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 30
National Defense Expenditure of China (Ch.1 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 21

National Defense Integrated Financial Information System (Ch.8 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 210
Network centric warfare (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 57
New Combined Defense System (Ch.4 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 87
New peace structure (Ch.6 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 146

Noblesse Oblige (Ch.10 Sec.3 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 290
Noncombat Management Area (Ch.2 Sec.2 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 52
Non-proliferation (Ch.5 Sec.5 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 130
Non-State Actor (Ch.1 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 11
Nuclear Fuel Cycle (Ch.1 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 37
Nunn-Warner Amendment to the Brooks Act (Ch.4 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 88

O

Offset Trading (Ch.8 Sec.2 5.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 218
Operation Green Angel (Ch.5 Sec.6 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 140
Operation Peace Wave (Ch.5 Sec.6 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 136
Operational Arms Control (Ch.6 Sec.1 3.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 154
Operational Command (OPCOM) (Ch.4 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 87
Operational Control (OPCON) (Ch.4 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 87
Outpatient Hospitals or Centers (Ch.9 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 246

P

Patriot (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 62
Policy Customer Service (Ch.10 Sec.5 1.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 301
Present Russian Force Structure (Ch.1 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 23
Private Investment Project (Ch.8 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 210
Production (Value Added) Stimulating Coefficient (Ch.8 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 203
Programs Promoted to Achieve Development in Military Medical Affairs (Ch.9 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 244
Proliferation Security Initiative (Ch.1 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 13
Providing a Professional Support to Service Member’s Family (Ch.9 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 241

R

Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) (Ch.8 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 194
Receiving Reserves (Ch.8 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 195
Reception, Staging, Onward Movement and Integration (RSOI) (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 182
Refresher Training (Ch.10 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 261
Reinforcement of Essential Organizations Focusing on Intelligence and Operations (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 57
Repair Cycle Time (RCT) (Ch.8 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 194
Replacement Status (Ch.3 Sec.1 3., Ch.10 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 68, 265
Restricted Protection Zone (Ch.10 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 268
Ricochet Rounds (Ch.7 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 175
Rim of the Pacific Exercise (RIMPAC) (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 186
ROK-Central Asia Cooperation Forum (Ch.5 Sec.5 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 127

IndexROK-Russia Joint Commission on Cooperation in Military Technical field, Defense Industries andCountries Support (Ch.5 Sec.5 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 123
Routes of Cruise Training (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 186

S

Sea-based interceptor missiles (Ch.1 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 20
Second Eligible Conscription Status (Ch.3 Sec.1 3., Ch.10 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 68, 265
Secondment Service System (Ch.10 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 289
Security Policy Initiative (SPI) (Ch.4 Sec.3 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 94
Six Leading Elements of Soldiers’Virtues (Ch.3 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 78
Soft Power (Ch.2 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 45
South-North High-Level Talks (Ch.6 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 147
Strategic Attack Operations (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 60
Structural Arms Control (Ch.6 Sec.1 3.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 154
Submarine Warfare (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 59
Sukhoi I-21 (Ch.1 Sec.2 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 23
Surface Warfare (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 59

T

Technical Education Program (2008) (Ch.9 Sec.4 2.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 251
The Enforcement Rule on HRF Commander Selection (Ch.5 Sec.4 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 116
The five countries of Central Asia (Ch.5 Sec.5 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 127
The Northern Limit Line (Ch.1 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 27
The ROK-U.S. Information Communication Technology (ICT) Forum (Ch.8 Sec.3 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 228
The ROK-U.S. Military Committee Meeting (MCM) (Ch.4 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 88
The ROK-U.S. Security Consultative Meeting (SCM) (Ch.4 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 85
The Shanghai Cooperation Organization (Ch.1 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 15
The Strait of Malacca (Ch.5 Sec.5 2.)⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 124
The Zaytun Division (Ch.5 Sec.6 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 138
Theme-oriented Curriculum (Ch.7 Sec.2 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 175
Time Phased Force Development Data (Ch.3 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 62
Tokyo Defense Forum (TDF) (Ch.5 Sec.5 3.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 130
Training (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 180
Types of Professional National Defense Workforce (Ch.7 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 163

U

Ubiquitous Sensor Network (USN) (Ch.8 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 193
Units for Potential Selection into Military Executive Agency (Ch.8 Sec.1 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 199
U.S. Marines’Arms-in-all Cooperation Training (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 188

V
W

Visualization of Logistics (Ch.8 Sec.1 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 192
War Reserve Stock for Allies (WRSA) (Ch.8 Sec.1 2.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 195
West Pacific Submarine Escape and Rescue Exercise (PAC-REACH) (Ch.7 Sec.2 4.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 186

Y

Yongsan Relocation Agreement (UA/IA) (Ch.4 Sec.3 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 91
Yulgok Project (Ch.8 Sec.2 1.) ⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯⋯ 201

Our territorial soil, waters and sky
to be defended by the ROK Armed Forces

Dokdo 37˚14´N 131˚52´E

1-96, Dokdo-ri, Ulleung-eup,
Ulleung-gun, Gyeongsangbuk-do

East Sea
West Sea

38˚37´N 133˚00´E

NLL

38˚03´N 123˚45´E

Baengnyeongdo

NLL

37˚58´N 124˚56´Eterritorial
watersBaengnyeong-Myeon, OngjinGun, Incheon-City

Maradoterritorial
waters33˚06´N 126˚16´E

Gapa-ri, Daejeong-eup,
Seogwipo-si, Jeju-do

South Sea
6
2008 국방백서